Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
 
 
Form 10-K
 
     
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to          
 
Commission File No. 0-13660
SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
     
Florida
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  59-2260678
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
815 Colorado Avenue, Stuart, FL
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
  34994
(Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (772) 287-4000
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act: None.
 
     
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, Par Value $0.10
(Title of Class)
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  YES  o      NO  þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  YES  o      NO  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  YES  þ      NO  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  YES  o      NO  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
             
Large accelerated filer  o
  Accelerated filer  þ   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  YES  o      NO  þ
 
The aggregate market value of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida common stock, par value $0.10 per share, held by non-affiliates, computed by reference to the price at which the stock was last sold on June 30, 2010, as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, was $96,164,715.
 
The number of shares outstanding of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida common stock, par value $0.10 per share, as of March 11, 2011, was 93,504,788.
 


Table of Contents

 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
1. Certain portions of the registrant’s 2011 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 26, 2011 (the “2011 Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10 through 14 of this report. Other than those portions of the 2011 Proxy Statement specifically incorporated by reference herein pursuant to Items 10 through 14, no other portions of the 2011 Proxy Statement shall be deemed so incorporated.
 
2. Certain portions of the registrant’s 2010 Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (the “2010 Annual Report”) are incorporated by reference into Part II, Items 6 through 8 of this report. Other than those portions of the 2010 Annual Report specifically incorporated by reference herein pursuant to Items 6 through 8, no other portions of the 2010 Annual Report shall be deemed so incorporated.


2


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
        Page
 
  PART I              
  Item 1.     Business     6  
  Item 1A.     Risk Factors     23  
  Item 1B.     Unresolved Staff Comments     37  
  Item 2.     Properties     37  
  Item 3.     Legal Proceedings     42  
  Item 4.     [Reserved]     42  
             
  PART II              
  Item 5.     Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     43  
  Item 6.     Selected Financial Data     45  
  Item 7.     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     45  
  Item 7A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     45  
  Item 8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     45  
  Item 9.     Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     45  
  Item 9A.     Controls and Procedures     45  
  Item 9B.     Other Information     46  
             
  PART III              
  Item 10.     Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     46  
  Item 11.     Executive Compensation     46  
  Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     47  
  Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     47  
  Item 14.     Principal Accountant Fees and Services     47  
             
  PART IV              
  Item 15.     Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules     48  
  EX-10.1
  EX-13
  EX-21
  EX-23.1
  EX-31.1
  EX-31.2
  EX-32.1
  EX-32.2
  EX-99.1
  EX-99.2
 
Certain statistical data required by the Securities and Exchange Commission are included on pages 15-50 of Exhibit 13.


3


Table of Contents

SPECIAL CAUTIONARY NOTICE
REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
Various of the statements made herein under the captions “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk”, “Risk Factors” and elsewhere, are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning and protections of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and are intended to be covered by the safe harbor provided by the same.
 
Forward-looking statements include statements with respect to our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, anticipations, assumptions, estimates, intentions and future performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which may be beyond our control, and which may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of Seacoast to be materially different from those set forth in the forward-looking statements.
 
All statements other than statements of historical fact are statements that could be forward-looking statements. You can identify these forward-looking statements through our use of words such as “may,” “will,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “should,” “indicate,” “would,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “continue,” “further,” “plan,” “point to,” “project,” “could,” “intend,” “target” and other similar words and expressions of the future. These forward-looking statements may not be realized due to a variety of factors, including, without limitation:
 
  •  the effects of future economic, business and market conditions and changes, domestic and foreign, including seasonality;
 
  •  changes in governmental monetary and fiscal policies, including interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve Board (the “FRB”);
 
  •  legislative and regulatory changes, including changes in banking, securities and tax laws and regulations and their application by our regulators, including those associated with the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and changes in the scope and cost of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance and other coverage;
 
  •  changes in accounting policies, rules and practices and applications or determinations made thereunder;
 
  •  the risks of changes in interest rates on the levels, composition and costs of deposits, loan demand, and the values and liquidity of loan collateral, securities, and interest sensitive assets and liabilities;
 
  •  changes in borrower credit risks and payment behaviors;
 
  •  changes in the availability and cost of credit and capital in the financial markets;
 
  •  changes in the prices, values and sales volumes of residential and commercial real estate in the United States and in the communities we serve, which could impact write-downs of assets, our ability to liquidate non-performing assets, realized losses on the disposition of non-performing assets and increased credit losses;
 
  •  our ability to comply with any requirements imposed on us or on Seacoast National Bank (“Seacoast National”) by regulators and the potential negative consequences that may result;
 
  •  our concentration in commercial real estate loans;
 
  •  the failure of assumptions and estimates, as well as differences in, and changes to, economic, market and credit conditions, including changes in borrowers’ credit risks and payment behaviors from those used in our loan portfolio stress test;
 
  •  the effects of competition from a wide variety of local, regional, national and other providers of financial, investment and insurance services;


4


Table of Contents

 
  •  the failure of assumptions and estimates underlying the establishment of reserves for possible loan losses and other estimates;
 
  •  the impact on the valuation of our investments due to market volatility or counterparty payment risk;
 
  •  statutory and regulatory restrictions on our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders, including those imposed by our participation in the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”);
 
  •  any applicable regulatory limits on Seacoast National’s ability to pay dividends to us;
 
  •  increases in regulatory capital requirements for banking organizations generally, which may adversely affect our ability to expand our business or could cause us to shrink our business;
 
  •  the risks of mergers, acquisitions and divestitures, including, without limitation, the related time and costs of implementing such transactions, integrating operations as part of these transactions and possible failures to achieve expected gains, revenue growth and/or expense savings from such transactions;
 
  •  changes in technology or products that may be more difficult, costly, or less effective than anticipated;
 
  •  the effects of war or other conflicts, acts of terrorism or other catastrophic events that may affect general economic conditions;
 
  •  the risks that our deferred tax assets could be reduced if estimates of future taxable income from our operations and tax planning strategies are less than currently estimated, and sales of our capital stock could trigger a reduction in the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that we may be able to utilize for income tax purposes; and
 
  •  other factors and risks described under “Risk Factors” herein and in any of our subsequent reports that we make with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission” or “SEC”) under the Exchange Act.
 
All written or oral forward-looking statements that are made by us or are attributable to us are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary notice. We have no obligation and do not undertake to update, revise or correct any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this report, or after the respective dates on which such statements otherwise are made, except as required by law.


5


Table of Contents

 
Part I
 
Item 1.    Business
 
General
 
We are a bank holding company, incorporated in Florida in [date of incorporation], and registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). Our principal subsidiary is Seacoast National Bank (“Seacoast National”). Seacoast National commenced its operations in 1933, and operated prior to 2006 as “First National Bank & Trust Company of the Treasure Coast”.
 
As a bank holding company, we are a legal entity separate and distinct from our subsidiaries, including Seacoast National. We coordinate the financial resources of the consolidated enterprise and maintain financial, operational and administrative systems that allow centralized evaluation of subsidiary operations and coordination of selected policies and activities. Our operating revenues and net income are derived primarily from Seacoast National through dividends and fees for services performed.
 
As of December 31, 2010, we had total consolidated assets of approximately $2,016.4 million, total deposits of approximately $1,637.2 million, total consolidated liabilities, including deposits, of approximately $1,850.1 million and consolidated shareholders’ equity of approximately $166.3 million. Our operations are discussed in more detail under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Consolidated Financial Condition and Results of Operations” incorporated by reference from our 2010 Annual Report.
 
We and our subsidiaries offer a full array of deposit accounts and retail banking services, engage in consumer and commercial lending and provide a wide variety of trust and asset management services, as well as securities and annuity products to our customers. Seacoast National had 39 banking offices in 13 counties in Florida at year-end 2010. We have 23 branches in the “Treasure Coast,” including the counties of Martin, St. Lucie and Indian River on Florida’s southeastern coast.
 
Most of our banking offices have one or more automated teller machines (“ATMs”) providing customers with 24-hour access to their deposit accounts. We are a member of the “Star System,” the largest electronic funds transfer organization in the United States, which permits banking customers access to their accounts at 2.3 million participating ATMs and retail locations throughout the United States.
 
Seacoast National’s “MoneyPhone” system allows customers to access information on their loan or deposit account balances, transfer funds between linked accounts, make loan payments, and verify deposits or checks that may have cleared. This service is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
 
In addition, customers may access information via Seacoast National’s Customer Service Center (“CSC”). From 7 A.M. to 7 P.M., EST Monday through Friday, and on Saturdays from 9 A.M. to 4 P.M., our CSC staff is available to open accounts, take applications for certain types of loans, resolve account issues and offer information on other bank products and services to existing and potential customers.
 
We also offer Internet banking. Our Internet service allows customers to access transactional information on their deposit accounts, review loan and deposit balances, transfer funds between linked accounts and make loan payments from a deposit account, 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
 
We have seven indirect, wholly-owned subsidiaries:
 
  •  FNB Brokerage Services, Inc. (“FNB Brokerage”), which provides brokerage and annuity services;
 
  •  FNB Insurance Services, Inc. (“FNB Insurance”), an inactive subsidiary, which was formed to provide insurance agency services;
 
  •  South Branch Building, Inc., which is a general partner in a partnership that constructed a branch facility of Seacoast National; and
 
  •  TCoast Holdings, LLC, BR West, LLC, TC Stuart, LLC and TC Property Ventures, LLC, each of which was formed to own and operate certain properties acquired through foreclosure.


6


Table of Contents

 
We directly own all the common equity in five statutory trusts relating to our trust preferred securities:
 
  •  SBCF Capital Trust I, formed on March 31, 2005 for the purpose of issuing $20 million in trust preferred securities;
 
  •  SBCF Statutory Trust II, formed on December 16, 2005, also for the purpose of issuing $20 million in trust preferred securities;
 
  •  SBCF Statutory Trust III, formed on June 29, 2007, for the purpose of issuing $12 million in trust preferred securities; and
 
  •  SBCF Statutory Trusts IV and V, formed on May 16, 2008, for the purpose of issuing additional preferred securities in the future. These trusts have been inactive since their formation.
 
The operations of each of these direct and indirect subsidiaries represented less than 10% of our consolidated assets and contributed less than 10% of our consolidated assets and revenues.
 
We have operated an office of Seacoast Marine Finance Division, a division of Seacoast National, in Ft. Lauderdale, Florida since February 2000. Seacoast Marine is staffed with experienced marine lending professionals with a marketing emphasis on marine loans of $200,000 and greater, with the majority of loan production sold to correspondent banks on a non-recourse basis. In November 2002, the Seacoast Marine Finance Division added offices and personnel in California to serve the western markets.
 
Our principal offices are located at 815 Colorado Avenue, Stuart, Florida 34994, and the telephone number at that address is (772) 287-4000. We and our subsidiary Seacoast National maintain Internet websites at www.seacoastbanking.com and www.seacoastnational.com , respectively. We are not incorporating the information on our or Seacoast National’s website into this report, and none of these websites nor the information appearing on these websites is included or incorporated in, or is a part of, this report.
 
We make available, free of charge on our corporate website, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with or furnish it to the SEC.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2010, we and our subsidiaries employed 398 full-time equivalent employees. We consider our employee relations to be good, and we have no collective bargaining agreements with any employees.
 
Expansion of Business
 
We have expanded our products and services to meet the changing needs of the various segments of our market, and we presently expect to continue this strategy. We have expanded geographically primarily through the addition of de novo branches. We also from time to time have acquired banks, bank branches and deposits, and have opened new branches and loan production offices.
 
In 2002, we entered Palm Beach County by establishing a new branch office. On April 30, 2005, we acquired Century National Bank, a commercial bank headquartered in Orlando, Florida. Century National Bank operated as our wholly owned subsidiary until August 2006 when it was merged with Seacoast National.
 
In April 2006, we acquired Big Lake National Bank (“Big Lake”), a commercial bank headquartered in Okeechobee, Florida, inland from our Treasure Coast markets, with nine offices in seven counties. Big Lake was merged with Seacoast National in June 2006.
 
Florida law permits statewide branching, and Seacoast National has expanded, and anticipates future expansion, by opening additional bank offices and facilities, as well as by acquisition of other financial institutions and branches. Since 2002, we have opened and acquired 17 new offices in 14 counties of Florida. The Seacoast Marine Finance Division operates loan production offices, or “LPOs”, in Ft. Lauderdale, Florida,


7


Table of Contents

and Newport Beach and Alameda, California. For more information on our branches and offices see “Item 2. Properties”.
 
We regularly evaluate possible mergers, acquisitions and other expansion opportunities.
 
Seasonality; Cycles
 
We believe our commercial banking operations are somewhat seasonal in nature. Investment management fees and deposits often peak in the first and second quarters, and often are lowest in the third quarter. Transactional fees from merchants, and ATM and debit card use also typically peak in the first and second quarters. Public deposits tend to increase with tax collections in the first and fourth quarters and decline as a result of spending thereafter.
 
Deposits tend to increase due to hurricanes as insurers disburse insurance proceeds more quickly than hurricane-related damage is repaired. No major hurricanes occurred between 2006 and 2010; as a result, deposits were more typical than during 2004 and 2005, when major hurricanes hit our coastal market areas, leading to an increase in deposits.
 
Commercial and residential real estate activity, demand, prices and sales volumes vary based upon various factors, including economic conditions, interest rates and credit availability.
 
Competition
 
We and our subsidiaries operate in the highly competitive markets of Martin, St. Lucie, Indian River, Brevard, Palm Beach and Broward Counties, in southeastern Florida and in the Orlando metropolitan statistical area. We also operate in six competitive counties in central Florida near Lake Okeechobee. Seacoast National not only competes with other banks of comparable or larger size in its markets, but also competes with various other nonbank financial institutions, including savings and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage companies, personal and commercial financial companies, investment brokerage and financial advisory firms and mutual fund companies. We compete for deposits, commercial, fiduciary and investment services and various types of loans and other financial services. Seacoast National also competes for interest-bearing funds with a number of other financial intermediaries and investment alternatives, including mutual funds, brokerage and insurance firms, governmental and corporate bonds, and other securities. Continued consolidation within the financial services industry will most likely change the nature and intensity of competition that we face, but can also create opportunities for us to demonstrate and exploit competitive advantages.
 
Our competitors include not only financial institutions based in the State of Florida, but also a number of large out-of-state and foreign banks, bank holding companies and other financial institutions that have an established market presence in the State of Florida, or that offer products by mail, telephone or over the Internet. Many of our competitors are engaged in local, regional, national and international operations and have greater assets, personnel and other resources. Some of these competitors are subject to less regulation and/or more favorable tax treatment than us. Many of these institutions have greater resources, broader geographic markets and higher lending limits than us and may offer services that we do not offer. In addition, these institutions may be able to better afford and make broader use of media advertising, support services, and electronic and other technology than us. To offset these potential competitive disadvantages, we depend on our reputation as an independent, “super” community bank headquartered locally, our personal service, our greater community involvement and our ability to make credit and other business decisions quickly and locally.
 
Supervision and Regulation
 
Bank holding companies and banks are extensively regulated under federal and state law. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions referred to below and is not intended to be an exhaustive description of the statutes or regulations applicable to us and Seacoast National’s business. Supervision, regulation, and examination of us, Seacoast National and our respective subsidiaries by the bank regulatory agencies are intended primarily for the protection of bank depositors and


8


Table of Contents

the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC rather than holders of our capital stock. The following summarizes certain of the more important statutory and regulatory provisions. Substantial changes to the regulatory framework applicable to us and our subsidiaries were recently passed by the U.S. Congress, and the majority of the recent legislative changes will be implemented over time by various regulatory agencies. For a discussion of such changes, see “Recent Regulatory Developments” below. The full effect of the changes in the applicable laws and regulations, as implemented by the regulatory agencies, cannot be fully predicted and could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
 
We are required to comply with various corporate governance and financial reporting requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules and regulations adopted by the SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, Nasdaq, and, more recently, the Treasury, since we are a participant in the Treasury’s Troubled Assets Relief Program (“TARP”) CPP. In particular, we are required to include management and independent registered public accounting firm reports on internal controls as part of our annual report on Form 10-K in order to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We have evaluated our controls, including compliance with the SEC rules on internal controls, and have and expect to continue to spend significant amounts of time and money on compliance with these rules. Our failure to comply with these internal control rules may materially adversely affect our reputation, ability to obtain the necessary certifications to financial statements, and the values of our securities. The assessments of our financial reporting controls as of December 31, 2010 are included elsewhere in this report with no material weaknesses reported.
 
Recent Regulatory Developments
 
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010
 
On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act will have a broad impact on the financial services industry, imposing significant regulatory and compliance changes, the imposition of increased capital, leverage and liquidity requirements, and numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthen safety and soundness within, the financial services sector. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act establishes a new framework of authority to conduct systemic risk oversight within the financial system to be distributed among new and existing federal regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council, (the “Oversight Council”), the FRB, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) and the FDIC.
 
The following items provide a brief description of the relevant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and their potential impact on our operations and activities, both currently and prospectively.
 
Creation of New Governmental Agencies.   The Dodd-Frank Act creates various new governmental agencies such as the Oversight Council and the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “CFPB”), an independent agency housed within the FRB. The CFPB will have a broad mandate to issue regulations, examine compliance and take enforcement action under the federal financial consumer laws. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are stricter than those regulations promulgated by the CFPB, and state attorneys general are permitted to enforce consumer protection rules adopted by the CFPB against certain institutions.
 
Limitation on Federal Preemption.   The Dodd-Frank Act significantly reduces the ability of national banks to rely upon federal preemption of state consumer financial laws. Although the OCC will have the ability to make preemption determinations where certain conditions are met, the broad rollback of federal preemption has the potential to create a patchwork of federal and state compliance obligations. This could, in turn, result in significant new regulatory requirements applicable to us, with attendant potential significant changes in our operations and increases in our compliance costs. It could also result in uncertainty concerning compliance, with attendant regulatory and litigation risks.
 
Mortgage Loan Origination and Risk Retention.   The Dodd-Frank Act contains additional regulatory requirements that may affect our mortgage origination and servicing operations, result in increased compliance costs and may impact revenue. For example, in addition to numerous new disclosure requirements, the Dodd-Frank Act imposes new standards for mortgage loan originations on all lenders, including banks, in an effort


9


Table of Contents

to strongly encourage lenders to verify a borrower’s ability to repay. Most significantly, the new standards limit the total points and fees that we and/or a broker may charge on conforming and jumbo loans to 3% of the total loan amount. Also, the Dodd-Frank Act, in conjunction with the FRB’s final rule on loan originator compensation issued August 16, 2010 and effective April 1, 2011, prohibits certain compensation payments to loan originators and steering consumers to loans not in their interest because it will result in greater compensation for a loan originator. These standards will result in a myriad of new system, pricing and compensation controls in order to ensure compliance and to decrease repurchase requests and foreclosure defenses. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act generally requires lenders or securitizers to retain an economic interest in the credit risk relating to loans the lender sells and other asset-backed securities that the securitizer issues if the loans have not complied with the ability to repay standards. The risk retention requirement generally will be 5%, but could be increased or decreased by regulation.
 
Corporate Governance.   The Dodd-Frank Act addresses many investor protection, corporate governance and executive compensation matters that will affect most U.S. publicly traded companies. The Dodd-Frank Act (1) grants shareholders of U.S. publicly traded companies an advisory vote on executive compensation; (2) enhances independence requirements for Compensation Committee members; and (3) requires companies listed on national securities exchanges to adopt incentive-based compensation clawback policies for executive officers.
 
Deposit Insurance.   The Dodd-Frank Act makes permanent the $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits. Amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”) also revise the assessment base against which an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the DIF will be calculated. Under the amendments, the assessment base will no longer be the institution’s deposit base, but rather its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity. This may shift the burden of deposit insurance premiums toward those depository institutions that rely on funding sources other than U.S. deposits. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act makes changes to the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF, increasing the minimum from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits, and eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. Several of these provisions could increase our FDIC deposit insurance premiums. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides that, effective one year after the date of enactment, depository institutions may pay interest on demand deposits.
 
Capital Standards.   Regulatory capital standards are expected to change as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, and in particular as a result of the Collins Amendment. The Collins Amendment requires that the appropriate federal banking agencies establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements on a consolidated basis for insured depository institutions and their holding companies. As a result, we and Seacoast National will be subject to the same capital requirements, and must include the same components in regulatory capital. One impact of the Collins Amendment is to prohibit bank and bank holding companies from including in their Tier 1 regulatory capital certain hybrid debt and equity securities issued on or after May 19, 2010. Among the hybrid debt and equity securities included in this prohibition are trust preferred securities, which we have used in the past as a tool for raising additional Tier 1 capital and otherwise improving our regulatory capital ratios.
 
Shareholder Say-On-Pay Votes.   The Dodd-Frank Act requires public companies to take shareholders’ votes on proposals addressing compensation (known as say-on-pay), the frequency of a say-on-pay vote, and the golden parachutes available to executives in connection with change-in-control transactions. Public companies must give shareholders the opportunity to vote on the compensation at least every three years and the opportunity to vote on frequency at least every six years, indicating whether the say-on-pay vote should be held annually, biennially, or triennially. The first say-on-pay and say-on-frequency votes must occur at our 2011 shareholders annual meeting. Both the say-on-pay and the say-on-parachute votes are explicitly nonbinding and cannot override a decision of our board of directors. It is currently unclear whether the say-on-frequency vote is binding.
 
Many of the requirements called for in the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented over time and most will be subject to implementing regulations over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with


10


Table of Contents

the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on our operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. While we cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on us, these changes could be materially adverse to our investors.
 
FDIC Insurance Assessment
 
On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule that requires nearly all FDIC-insured depositor-institutions prepay the DIF assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for the next three years. In addition, the FDIC voted to adopt a uniform three-basis point increase in assessment rates effective on January 1, 2011, which increase would be reflected in our prepaid assessments. As discussed above, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the FDIC to substantially revise its regulations for determining the amount of an institution’s deposit insurance premiums.
 
Basel III
 
As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act’s Collins Amendment, we and Seacoast National will formally be subject to the same regulatory capital requirements. The current risk-based capital guidelines that apply to us are based upon the 1988 capital accord of the international Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, a committee of central banks and bank supervisors, as implemented by the U.S. federal banking agencies on an interagency basis. In 2008, the banking agencies collaboratively began to phase-in capital standards based on a second capital accord (“Basel II”) for large or “core” international banks (generally defined for U.S. purposes as having total assets of $250 billion or more or consolidated foreign exposures of $10 billion or more). Basel II emphasizes internal assessment of credit, market and operational risk, as well as supervisory assessment and market discipline in determining minimum capital requirements.
 
On September 12, 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, announced agreement to a strengthened set of capital requirements for internationally active banking organizations in the United States and around the world (“Basel III”). The agreement is supported by the U.S. federal banking agencies and the final text of the Basel III rules was released by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision on December 16, 2010. While the timing and scope of any U.S. implementation of Basel III remains uncertain, the following items provide a brief description of the relevant provisions of Basel III and their potential impact on our capital levels if applied to us.
 
New Minimum Capital Requirements.   Subject to implementation by the U.S. federal banking agencies, Basel III would be expected to have the following effects on the minimum capital levels of banking institutions to which it applies when fully phased in on January 1, 2019:
 
  •  Minimum Common Equity.   The minimum requirement for common equity, the highest form of loss absorbing capital, will be raised from the current 2.0% level, before the application of regulatory adjustments, to 4.5% after the application of stricter adjustments. This requirement will be phased in by January 1, 2015. As noted below, total common equity required will rise to 7.0% by January 1, 2019 (4.5% attributable to the minimum required common equity plus 2.5% attributable to the “capital conservation buffer”).
 
  •  Minimum Tier 1 Capital.   The minimum Tier 1 capital requirement, which includes common equity and other qualifying financial instruments based on stricter criteria, will increase from 4.0% to 6.0% also by January 1, 2015. Total Tier 1 capital will rise to 8.5% by January 1, 2019 (6.0% attributable to the minimum required Tier 1 capital ratio plus 2.5% attributable to the capital conservation buffer, as discussed below).


11


Table of Contents

 
  •  Minimum Total Capital.   The minimum Total Capital (Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital) requirement will increase to 8.0% (10.5% by January 1, 2019, including the capital conservation buffer).
 
Capital Conservation Buffer.   An initial capital conservation buffer of 0.625% above the regulatory minimum common equity requirement will begin in January 2016 and will gradually be increased to 2.5% by January 1, 2019. The buffer will be added to common equity, after the application of deductions. The purpose of the conservation buffer is to ensure that banks maintain a buffer of capital that can be used to absorb losses during periods of financial and economic stress. It is expected that, while banks would be allowed to draw on the buffer during such periods of stress, the closer their regulatory capital ratios approach the minimum requirement, the greater the constraints that would be applied to earnings distributions.
 
Countercyclical Buffer.   Basel III expects regulators to require, as appropriate to national circumstances, a “countercyclical buffer” within a range of 0% to 2.5% of common equity or other fully loss absorbing capital. The purpose of the countercyclical buffer is to achieve the broader goal of protecting the banking sector from periods of excess aggregate credit growth. For any given country, it is expected that this buffer would only be applied when there is excess credit growth that is resulting in a perceived system-wide build up of risk. The countercyclical buffer, when in effect, would be introduced as an extension of the conservation buffer range.
 
Regulatory Deductions from Common Equity.   The regulatory adjustments (i.e., deductions and prudential filters), including minority interests in financial institutions, and deferred tax assets from timing differences, would be deducted in increasing percentages beginning January 1, 2014, and would be fully deducted from common equity by January 1, 2018. Certain instruments that no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital, such as trust preferred securities, also would be subject to phase-out over a 10-year period beginning January 1, 2013.
 
Non-Risk Based Leverage Ratios.   These capital requirements are supplemented by a non-risk-based leverage ratio that will serve as a backstop to the risk-based measures described above. In July 2010, the Governors and Heads of Supervision agreed to test a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 3.0% during the parallel run period. Based on the results of the parallel run period, any final adjustments would be carried out in the first half of 2017 with a view to adopting the 3.0% leverage ratio on January 1, 2018, based on appropriate review and calibration.
 
Adoption.   Basel III was endorsed at the meeting of the G-20 nations in November 2010 and the final text of the Basel III rules was subsequently agreed to by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision on December 16, 2010. The agreement calls for national jurisdictions to implement the new requirements beginning January 1, 2013. At that time, the U.S. federal banking agencies, including the OCC, will be expected to have implemented appropriate changes to incorporate the Basel III concepts into U.S. capital adequacy standards. While the Basel III changes as implemented in the United States will likely result in generally higher regulatory capital standards, it is difficult at this time to predict how any new standards will ultimately be applied to Seacoast National and us.
 
Bank Holding Company Regulation
 
As a bank holding company, we are subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) under the BHC Act. Bank holding companies generally are limited to the business of banking, managing or controlling banks, and other activities that the Federal Reserve determines to be closely related to banking, or managing or controlling banks and a proper incident thereto. We are required to file with the Federal Reserve periodic reports and such other information as the Federal Reserve may request. Ongoing supervision is provided through regular examinations by the Federal Reserve and other means that allow the regulators to gauge management’s ability to identify, assess and control risk in all areas of operations in a safe and sound manner and to ensure compliance with laws and regulations. The Federal Reserve may also examine our non-bank subsidiaries.
 
Expansion and Activity Limitations.   The BHC Act requires prior Federal Reserve approval for, among other things, the acquisition by a bank holding company of direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares or substantially all the assets of any bank, or for a merger or consolidation of a


12


Table of Contents

bank holding company with another bank holding company. With certain exceptions, the BHC Act prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of voting shares of any company which is not a bank or bank holding company, and from engaging directly or indirectly in any activity other than banking or managing or controlling banks or performing services for its authorized subsidiaries. A holding company, may, however, engage in or acquire an interest in a company that engages in activities which the Federal Reserve has determined by regulation or order to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.
 
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLB”) substantially revised the statutory restrictions separating banking activities from certain other financial activities. Under the GLB, bank holding companies that are “well-capitalized” and “well-managed”, as defined in Federal Reserve Regulation Y, which have and maintain “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, as amended (the “CRA”) ratings, and meet certain other conditions, can elect to become “financial holding companies”. Financial holding companies and their subsidiaries are permitted to acquire or engage in activities such as insurance underwriting, securities underwriting, travel agency activities, a broad range of insurance agency activities, merchant banking, and other activities that the Federal Reserve determines to be financial in nature or complementary thereto. In addition, under the merchant banking authority added by the GLB and Federal Reserve regulation, financial holding companies are authorized to invest in companies that engage in activities that are not financial in nature, as long as the financial holding company makes its investment with the intention of limiting the term of its investment and does not manage the company on a day-to-day basis, and the invested company does not cross-market with any of the financial holding company’s controlled depository institutions. Financial holding companies continue to be subject to supervision and regulation of the Federal Reserve, but the GLB applies the concept of functional regulation to the activities conducted by subsidiaries. For example, insurance activities would be subject to supervision and regulation by state insurance authorities. While we have not become a financial holding company, we may elect to do so in the future in order to exercise the broader activity powers provided by the GLB. Banks may also engage in similar “financial activities” through subsidiaries. The GLB also includes consumer privacy provisions, and the federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted extensive privacy rules implementing these statutory provisions.
 
The BHC Act permits acquisitions of banks by bank holding companies, such that we and any other bank holding company, whether located in Florida or elsewhere, may acquire a bank located in any other state, subject to certain deposit-percentage, age of bank charter requirements, and other restrictions. Federal law also permits national and state-chartered banks to branch interstate through acquisitions of banks in other states. Florida’s Interstate Branching Act (the “Florida Branching Act”) permits interstate branching. Under the Florida Branching Act, with the prior approval of the Florida Department of Banking and Finance, a Florida bank may establish, maintain and operate one or more branches in a state other than the State of Florida pursuant to a merger transaction in which the Florida bank is the resulting bank. In addition, the Florida Branching Act provides that one or more Florida banks may enter into a merger transaction with one or more out-of-state banks, and an out-of-state bank resulting from such transaction may maintain and operate the branches of the Florida bank that participated in such merger. An out-of-state bank, however, is not permitted to acquire a Florida bank in a merger transaction, unless the Florida bank has been in existence and continuously operated for more than three years.
 
Support of Subsidiary Banks by Holding Companies.   Federal Reserve policy requires a bank holding company to act as a source of financial and managerial strength and to preserve and protect its bank subsidiaries in situations where additional investments in a troubled bank may not otherwise be warranted. In addition, under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”), where a bank holding company has more than one bank or thrift subsidiary, each of the bank holding company’s subsidiary depository institutions are responsible for any losses to the FDIC resulting from an affiliated depository institution’s failure. Accordingly, a bank holding company may be required to loan money to its bank subsidiaries in the form of capital notes or other instruments that qualify as capital under bank regulatory rules. However, any loans from the holding company to such subsidiary banks likely will be unsecured and subordinated to such bank’s depositors and perhaps to other creditors of the bank.


13


Table of Contents

Capital Requirements
 
The Federal Reserve and the OCC have risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies and national banks, respectively. These guidelines require a minimum ratio of capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance-sheet activities, such as standby letters of credit) of 8%. At least half of the total capital must consist of common equity, retained earnings and a limited amount of qualifying preferred stock, less goodwill and certain core deposit intangibles (“Tier 1 capital”). The remainder may consist of non-qualifying preferred stock, qualifying subordinated, perpetual, and/or mandatory convertible debt, term subordinated debt and intermediate term preferred stock and up to 45% of pretax unrealized holding gains on available for sale equity securities with readily determinable market values that are prudently valued, and a limited amount of any loan loss allowance (“Tier 2 capital” and, together with Tier 1 capital, “Total Capital”). The Federal Reserve has stated that Tier 1 voting common equity should be the predominant form of capital.
 
In addition, the Federal Reserve and the OCC have established minimum leverage ratio guidelines for bank holding companies and national banks, which provide for a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted average quarterly assets (“leverage ratio”) equal to 3%, plus an additional cushion of 1.0% to 2.0%, if the institution has less than the highest regulatory rating. The guidelines also provide that institutions experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. All bank holding companies and banks are expected to hold capital commensurate with the level and nature of their risks, including the volume and severity of their problem loans, and higher capital may be required as a result of an institution’s risk profile. Lastly, the Federal Reserve’s guidelines indicate that the Federal Reserve will continue to consider a “tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio” (deducting all intangibles) in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.
 
Letter Agreement with the OCC
 
The OCC and Seacoast National agreed by letter agreement that Seacoast National shall maintain specific minimum capital ratios by March 31, 2009 and subsequent periods, including a total risk based capital ratio of 12.00 percent and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 7.50 percent. The agreed upon minimum capital ratios with the OCC were revised under the letter agreement to 12.00 percent for the total risk based capital ratio and 8.50 percent for the Tier l leverage ratio at January 31, 2010 and for subsequent periods. The federal bank regulatory agencies have begun seeking higher capital levels than the minimums due to market conditions and the OCC had indicated that Seacoast National, in light of risks in its loan portfolio and local economic conditions, especially in the real estate markets, should hold capital commensurate with such risks.
 
FDICIA and Prompt Corrective Action
 
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), among other things, requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to take “prompt corrective action” regarding depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. FDICIA establishes five regulatory capital tiers: “well capitalized”, “adequately capitalized”, “undercapitalized”, “significantly undercapitalized”, and “critically undercapitalized”. A depository institution’s capital tier will depend upon how its capital levels compare to various relevant capital measures and certain other factors, as established by regulation. The FDICIA imposes progressively more restrictive restraints on operations, management and capital distributions, depending on the category in which an institution is classified.
 
All of the federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted regulations establishing relevant capital measures and relevant capital levels for federally insured depository institutions. The relevant minimum capital measures are the total risk-based capital ratio, Tier 1 capital ratio, and the leverage ratio. Under the regulations, a national bank will be (i) “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% or greater, and a leverage ratio of at least 5%, and is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive by a federal bank regulatory agency to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure, (ii) “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 4% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 4% or


14


Table of Contents

greater (3% in certain circumstances), (iii) “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of less than 4% (3% in certain circumstances), (iv) “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6% or a Tier I capital ratio of less than 3%, or a leverage ratio of less than 3%, or (v) “critically undercapitalized” if its tangible equity is equal to or less than 2% of average quarterly tangible assets. In order to qualify as well-capitalized or adequately capitalized, an insured depository institution must meet all three minimum requirements. At each successively lower capital tier, increasingly stringent corrective actions are or may be required. The federal bank regulatory agencies have authority to require additional capital.
 
As of December 31, 2010, the consolidated capital ratios of the Seacoast and Seacoast National were as follows:
 
                         
    Regulatory
    Seacoast
    Seacoast
 
    Minimum     (Consolidated)     National  
 
Tier 1 capital ratio
    4.0 %     16.56 %     15.03 %
Total risk-based capital ratio
    8.0 %     17.84 %     16.30 %
Leverage ratio
    3.0-5.0 %     10.25 %     9.29 %
 
As discussed above, we have agreed with the OCC to maintain a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of at least 8.50 percent and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12.00 percent.
 
As previously noted, the regulatory capital framework will change in important respects as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III. It is widely anticipated that the capital requirements for most insured depository institutions will increase, although the nature and amounts of the increase have not yet been specified.
 
FDICIA directs that each federal bank regulatory agency prescribe standards for depository institutions and depository institution holding companies relating to internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth compensation, a maximum ratio of classified assets to capital, minimum earnings sufficient to absorb losses, a minimum ratio of market value to book value for publicly traded shares, and such other standards as the federal bank regulatory agencies deem appropriate.
 
FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. Undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan for approval within 90 days of becoming undercapitalized. For a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan. The aggregate liability of the parent holding company is limited to the lesser of 5% of the depository institution’s total assets at the time it became undercapitalized and the amount necessary to bring the institution into compliance with applicable capital standards. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is significantly undercapitalized. If the controlling holding company fails to fulfill its obligations under FDICIA and files (or has filed against it) a petition under the federal Bankruptcy Code, the claim for such liability would be entitled to a priority in such bankruptcy proceeding over third party creditors of the bank holding company. In addition, an undercapitalized institution is subject to increased monitoring and asset growth restrictions and is required to obtain prior regulator approval for acquisitions, new lines of business, and branching. Such an institution also is barred from soliciting, taking or rolling over brokered deposits.
 
Significantly undercapitalized depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. Critically undercapitalized institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 90 days of becoming significantly undercapitalized, except under limited circumstances. Because our company and Seacoast National exceed applicable capital requirements, the respective managements of our company and Seacoast


15


Table of Contents

National do not believe that the provisions of FDICIA have had any material effect on our company and Seacoast National or our respective operations.
 
FDICIA also contains a variety of other provisions that may affect the operations of our company and Seacoast National, including reporting requirements, regulatory standards for real estate lending, “truth in savings” provisions, the requirement that a depository institution give 90 days’ prior notice to customers and regulatory authorities before closing any branch, and a prohibition on the acceptance or renewal of brokered deposits by depository institutions that are not well capitalized, or are adequately capitalized and have not received a waiver from the FDIC. Seacoast National was well capitalized at December 31, 2010, and brokered deposits are not restricted.
 
Payment of Dividends
 
We are a legal entity separate and distinct from Seacoast National and other subsidiaries. Our primary source of cash, other than securities offerings, is dividends from Seacoast National. The prior approval of the OCC is required if the total of all dividends declared by a national bank (such as Seacoast National) in any calendar year will exceed the sum of such bank’s net profits for that year and its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfers to surplus. Federal law also prohibits any national bank from paying dividends that would be greater than such bank’s undivided profits after deducting statutory bad debts in excess of such bank’s allowance for possible loan losses.
 
In addition, our Company and Seacoast National are subject to various general regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain adequate capital above regulatory minimums. The appropriate federal bank regulatory authority may prohibit the payment of dividends where it has determined that the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit payment thereof. The OCC and the Federal Reserve have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a national or state member bank’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsound and unsafe banking practice. The OCC and the Federal Reserve have each indicated that depository institutions and their holding companies should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings.
 
Under a Federal Reserve policy adopted in 2009, the board of directors of a bank holding company must consider different factors to ensure that its dividend level is prudent relative to maintaining a strong financial position, and is not based on overly optimistic earnings scenarios, such as potential events that could affect its ability to pay, while still maintaining a strong financial position. As a general matter, the Federal Reserve has indicated that the board of directors of a bank holding company should consult with the Federal Reserve and eliminate, defer or significantly reduce the bank holding company’s dividends if:
 
  •  its net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends;
 
  •  its prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with its capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or
 
  •  it will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios.
 
In 2009 and 2010, Seacoast National recorded a net loss and did not pay any dividends. In 2008, Seacoast National recorded a net loss and paid $6.8 million in dividends to us.
 
Prior approval by the OCC is required if the total of all dividends declared by a national bank in any calendar year exceeds the bank’s “profits”, as defined, for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years. Under this restriction, Seacoast National cannot distribute any dividends to us, without prior OCC approval, as of December 31, 2010.
 
In addition to these regulatory requirements and restrictions, our ability to pay dividends is also limited by our participation in the Treasury’s CPP, as described below. Prior to December 19, 2011, unless we have redeemed the preferred stock issued to the Treasury in the CPP or the Treasury has transferred the preferred stock to a third party, we cannot increase our quarterly dividend above $0.01 per share of common stock. Furthermore, if we are not current in the payment of quarterly dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, we


16


Table of Contents

cannot pay dividends on our common stock. Due to recent operating losses, we are currently restricted by the Federal Reserve from paying dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock. As a result, we have deferred the payment of seven dividends to the Treasury and are unable to pay dividends on our common stock.
 
Enforcement Policies and Actions; Formal Agreement with OCC
 
The Federal Reserve and the OCC monitor compliance with laws and regulations. Violations of laws and regulations, or other unsafe and unsound practices, may result in these agencies imposing fines or penalties, cease and desist orders, or taking other enforcement actions. Under certain circumstances, these agencies may enforce these remedies directly against officers, directors, employees and other parties participating in the affairs of a bank or bank holding company.
 
Seacoast National entered into a formal agreement with the OCC on December 16, 2008 to improve Seacoast National’s asset quality. Under the formal agreement, Seacoast National’s board of directors appointed a compliance committee to monitor and coordinate Seacoast National’s performance under the formal agreement. The formal agreement provided for the development and implementation of written programs to reduce Seacoast National’s credit risk, monitor and reduce the level of criticized assets, and manage commercial real estate (“CRE”) loan concentrations in light of current adverse CRE market conditions. Seacoast National believes it has complied with all of the terms of this agreement.
 
Bank and Bank Subsidiary Regulation
 
Seacoast National is a national bank subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the OCC, which monitors all areas of operations, including reserves, loans, mortgages, the issuance of securities, payment of dividends, establishing branches, capital adequacy, and compliance with laws. Seacoast National is a member of the FDIC and, as such, its deposits are insured by the FDIC to the maximum extent provided by law. See “FDIC Insurance Assessments”.
 
Under Florida law, Seacoast National may establish and operate branches throughout the State of Florida, subject to the maintenance of adequate capital and the receipt of OCC approval.
 
The OCC has adopted the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s (“FFIEC”) rating system and assigns each financial institution a confidential composite rating based on an evaluation and rating of six essential components of an institution’s financial condition and operations including Capital Adequacy, Asset Quality, Management, Earnings, Liquidity and Sensitivity to Market Risk, as well as the quality of risk management practices. For most institutions, the FFIEC has indicated that market risk primarily reflects exposures to changes in interest rates. When regulators evaluate this component, consideration is expected to be given to: management’s ability to identify, measure, monitor, and control market risk; the institution’s size; the nature and complexity of its activities and its risk profile, and the adequacy of its capital and earnings in relation to its level of market risk exposure. Market risk is rated based upon, but not limited to, an assessment of the sensitivity of the financial institution’s earnings or the economic value of its capital to adverse changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, or equity prices; management’s ability to identify, measure, monitor, and control exposure to market risk; and the nature and complexity of interest rate risk exposure arising from nontrading positions.
 
FNB Brokerage, a Seacoast National subsidiary, is registered as a securities broker-dealer under the Exchange Act and is regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission” or SEC). It also is subject to examination and supervision of its operations, personnel and accounts by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). FNB Brokerage is a separate and distinct entity from Seacoast National, and must maintain adequate capital under the SEC’s net capital rule. The net capital rule limits FNB Brokerage’s ability to reduce capital by payment of dividends or other distributions to Seacoast National. FNB Brokerage is also authorized by the State of Florida to act as a securities dealer and an investment advisor.
 
FNB Insurance, a Seacoast National subsidiary, is authorized by the State of Florida to market insurance products as an agent. FNB Insurance is a separate and distinct entity from Seacoast National and is subject to supervision and regulation by state insurance authorities. It is a financial subsidiary, but is inactive.


17


Table of Contents

The Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), as amended, provides requirements that must be met with respect to Seacoast National’s indirect subsidiary, FNB RE Services, Inc., which has elected to be taxed as a “real estate investment trust” under the Code. FNB RE Services, Inc. was dissolved at the end of May 2009.
 
FDIC Insurance Assessments
 
Seacoast National’s deposits are insured by the FDIC’s DIF, and Seacoast National is subject to FDIC assessments for its deposit insurance, as well as assessments by the FDIC to pay interest on Financing Corporation (“FICO”) bonds.
 
Effective January 1, 2009, the FDIC increased it deposit insurance assessment rates uniformly by 7 basis points annually for the first quarter 2009 assessment period only. Annual rates applicable to the first quarter 2009 assessments, which were collected at the end of June, were as follows:
 
     
    Deposit Insurance
Risk Category
 
Assessment Rate
 
I
  12 to 14 basis points
II
  17 basis points
III
  35 basis points
IV
  50 basis points
 
The FDIC issued another final rule effective April 1, 2009, to change the way that the FDIC’s assessment system differentiates for risk, make corresponding changes to assessment rates beginning with the second quarter of 2009, as well as other changes to the deposit insurance assessment rules. In addition, a one-time special assessment was imposed for the second quarter of 2009 only, based on the total assets of Seacoast National, and resulting in an additional $976,000 of premium paid. The FDIC’s new rules include a decrease for long-term unsecured debt, including senior and subordinated debt and, for small institutions with assets under $10 billion, a portion of Tier 1 capital; (2) an increase for secured liabilities above a threshold amount; and (3) an increase for brokered deposits above a threshold amount. The new assessment rules increase assessments for banks that use brokered deposits above a threshold level to fund “rapid asset growth”. As a result, we have been required to pay significantly increased premiums or additional special assessments.
 
In 2009, we paid $5.0 million in FDIC insurance premiums, including $976,000 for a special industry-wide FDIC deposit insurance assessment of five basis points of an institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009. In addition, to restore the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund, all FDIC-insured institutions were required to prepay their deposit premiums for the next 3 years on December 30, 2009. The FDIC ruling also provided for maintaining the assessment rates at their current levels through the end of 2010, with a uniform increase of $0.03 per $100 of covered deposits effective January 1, 2011. On December 30, 2009, we prepaid $14.8 million of FDIC insurance premiums for the calendar quarters ending December 31, 2009 through December 31, 2012. In 2010, we recorded $3.8 million to expense in FDIC insurance premiums.
 
Under the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (the “TLG”), the entire amount in any eligible noninterest bearing transaction accounts was guaranteed by the FDIC to the extent such balances were not covered by FDIC insurance. The TLG also provides FDIC guarantees to newly issued senior unsecured debt of banks and holding companies. The TLG debt guarantee program expired on December 31, 2009. We and Seacoast National did not issue any guaranteed debt under TLG. Seacoast National did not opt out from the extension of the transaction account guarantee program that expired December 31, 2010, and provisions under the recent Dodd-Frank legislation will provide coverage for all noninterest bearing transaction account balances at all financial institutions through December 31, 2012. Banks participating in the extended noninterest bearing transaction account guarantee program pay the FDIC an increased fee of 15 to 25 basis points depending on an institution’s risk category for deposit insurance purposes.
 
FICO assessments are set by the FDIC quarterly and ranged from 1.14 basis points in the first quarter of 2008 to 1.10 basis points in the last quarter of 2008, 1.14 basis points in the first quarter of 2009 to 1.02 basis points in the last quarter of 2009, and 1.06 basis points in the first quarter of 2010 to 1.04 basis points in the


18


Table of Contents

last quarter of 2010. The FICO assessment rate for the first quarter of 2011 is 1.02 basis points. FICO assessments of approximately $224,000, $192,000 and $184,000 were paid to the FDIC in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
 
Participation in Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program
 
On October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) became law. Under the TARP authorized by EESA, the Treasury established the CPP providing for the purchase of senior preferred shares of qualifying FDIC-insured depository institutions and their holding companies. On December 19, 2008, pursuant to a letter agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”), we sold 2,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and warrants (the “Warrant”) to acquire 1,179,245 shares of common stock to the Treasury pursuant to the CPP for an aggregate consideration of $50 million. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the successful public capital raise conducted by the Company during 2009 reduced the number of shares under the Warrant by 50 percent to 589,625 shares of common stock. As a result of our participation in the CPP, we have agreed to certain limitations on our dividends, distributions and executive compensation.
 
Specifically, we are unable to declare dividend payments on our common, junior preferred or pari passu preferred shares if we are in arrears on the dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock. Further, without the Treasury approval, we are not permitted to increase dividends on our common stock above $0.01 per share without the Treasury’s approval until December 19, 2011 unless all of the Series A Preferred Stock has been redeemed or transferred by the Treasury. In addition, we cannot repurchase shares of common stock or use proceeds from the Series A Preferred Stock to repurchase trust preferred securities. Consent of the Treasury generally is required for us to make any stock repurchase until December 19, 2011 unless all of the Series A Preferred Stock has been redeemed or transferred by the Treasury to a third party. Further, our common, junior preferred or pari passu preferred shares may not be repurchased if we are in arrears on the Series A Preferred Stock dividends. In the event that we fail to pay dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock for an aggregate of at least six quarterly dividend periods (whether or not consecutive) the Treasury will have the right to appoint two directors to our board of directors until all accrued but unpaid dividends have been paid; otherwise, except as required by law, holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have limited voting rights. We currently have failed to pay dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock for seven consecutive quarterly dividend periods.
 
In addition, we have adopted the Treasury’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the Treasury holds the equity issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, including the common stock which may be issued pursuant to the warrant. These standards generally apply to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and the three next most highly compensated senior executive officers. The standards include:
 
  •  ensuring that incentive compensation for senior executives does not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the financial institution;
 
  •  required clawback of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive based on statements of earnings, gains or other criteria that are later proven to be materially inaccurate;
 
  •  prohibition on making golden parachute payments to senior executives; and
 
  •  an agreement not to deduct for tax purposes executive compensation in excess of $500,000 for each senior executive.
 
On February 17, 2009 President Obama signed into law The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “ARRA”), commonly known as the economic stimulus or economic recovery package. The ARRA retroactively imposes certain new executive compensation and corporate expenditure limits and corporate governance standards on all current and future TARP recipients, including us, that are in addition to those previously announced by the Treasury, until the institution has repaid the Treasury. The Treasury released an interim final rule on TARP standards for compensation and corporate governance on June 10, 2009, which implemented and further expanded the limitations and restrictions imposed on executive compensation and corporate governance by the TARP CPP and ARRA. The new Treasury interim final rules


19


Table of Contents

also prohibit any tax gross-up payments to senior executive officers and the next 20 highest paid executives; require “say on pay” vote in annual shareholders’ meeting; and impose restrictions on bonus payments with the exceptions for long-term restricted stock.
 
In addition, we are also required to include certificates from our management in our annual report on Form 10-K regarding the compliance with all regulations summarized above as a result of our participation in TARP CPP.
 
Repayment of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant is now permitted under the ARRA without penalty and without the need to raise new capital, subject to the Treasury’s consultation with the recipient’s appropriate regulatory agency, the prior approval of the Federal Reserve and the maintenance of appropriate levels of capital by the issuers and their subsidiaries. .
 
Other Regulations
 
Anti-Money Laundering.   The International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorism Funding Act of 2001 specifies “know your customer” requirements that obligate financial institutions to take actions to verify the identity of the account holders in connection with opening an account at any U.S. financial institution. Banking regulators will consider compliance with the Act’s money laundering provisions in acting upon acquisition and merger proposals, and sanctions for violations of the Act can be imposed in an amount equal to twice the sum involved in the violating transaction, up to $1 million.
 
Under the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (“USA PATRIOT”) Act of 2001, financial institutions are subject to prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account relationships as well as enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers.
 
The USA PATRIOT Act requires financial institutions to establish anti-money laundering programs. The USA PATRIOT Act sets forth minimum standards for these programs, including:
 
  •  the development of internal policies, procedures, and controls;
 
  •  the designation of a compliance officer;
 
  •  an ongoing employee training program; and
 
  •  an independent audit function to test the programs.
 
Transactions with Related Parties.   We are a legal entity separate and distinct from Seacoast National and our other subsidiaries. Various legal limitations restrict our banking subsidiaries from lending or otherwise supplying funds to us or our non-bank subsidiaries. We and our banking subsidiaries are subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W thereunder. Section 23A defines “covered transactions” to include extensions of credit, and limits a bank’s covered transactions with any affiliate to 10% of such bank’s capital and surplus. All covered and exempt transactions between a bank and its affiliates must be on terms and conditions consistent with safe and sound banking practices, and banks and their subsidiaries are prohibited from purchasing low-quality assets from the bank’s affiliates. Finally, Section 23A requires that all of a bank’s extensions of credit to its affiliates be appropriately secured by acceptable collateral, generally United States government or agency securities.
 
We and our bank subsidiaries also are subject to Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which generally requires covered and other transactions among affiliates to be on terms, including credit standards, that are substantially the same or at least as favorable to the bank or its subsidiary as those prevailing at the time for similar transactions with unaffiliated companies.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act generally enhances the restrictions on transactions with affiliates under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered credit transactions must be satisfied. The ability of the Federal Reserve Board to grant exemptions from these


20


Table of Contents

restrictions is also narrowed by the Dodd-Frank Act, including with respect to the requirement for the OCC, FDIC and Federal Reserve Board to coordinate with one another.
 
Concentrations in Lending.   During 2006, the federal bank regulatory agencies released guidance on “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending” (the “Guidance”). The Guidance defines commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans as exposures secured by raw land, land development and construction (including 1-4 family residential construction), multi-family property, and non-farm nonresidential property where the primary or a significant source of repayment is derived from rental income associated with the property (that is, loans for which 50 percent or more of the source of repayment comes from third party, non-affiliated, rental income) or the proceeds of the sale, refinancing, or permanent financing of the property. Loans to Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REIT”) and unsecured loans to developers that closely correlate to the inherent risks in CRE markets would also be considered CRE loans under the Guidance. Loans on owner occupied CRE are generally excluded.
 
The Guidance requires that appropriate processes be in place to identify, monitor and control risks associated with real estate lending concentrations. This could include enhanced strategic planning, CRE underwriting policies, risk management, internal controls, portfolio stress testing and risk exposure limits as well as appropriately designed compensation and incentive programs. Higher allowances for loan losses and capital levels may also be required. The Guidance is triggered when CRE loan concentrations exceed either:
 
  •  Total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land of 100 percent or more of a bank’s total capital; or
 
  •  Total reported loans secured by multifamily and nonfarm nonresidential properties and loans for construction, land development, and other land of 300 percent or more of a bank’s total capital.
 
The Guidance also applies when a bank has a sharp increase in CRE loans or has significant concentrations of CRE secured by a particular property type.
 
The Guidance applies to our CRE lending activities due to the concentration in construction and land development loans. At December 31, 2010, we had outstanding $47.8 million in commercial construction and residential land development loans and $31.5 in residential construction loans to individuals, which represents approximately 39 percent of Seacoast National’s total risk based capital at December 31, 2010, well below the Guidance’s threshold.
 
We have always had significant exposures to loans secured by commercial real estate due to the nature of our markets and the loan needs of both retail and commercial customers. We believe our long term experience in CRE lending, underwriting policies, internal controls, and other policies currently in place, as well as our loan and credit monitoring and administration procedures, are generally appropriate to managing our concentrations as required under the Guidance. The federal bank regulators are looking more closely at the risks of various assets and asset categories and risk management, and the need for additional rules regarding liquidity, as well as capital rules that better reflects risk. We have agreed with the OCC to manage our CRE risks. At December 31, 2010, total CRE exposure for Seacoast National had been significantly reduced to 218 percent of total risk based capital, below the Guidance’s threshold. See “Item 1. Business — Enforcement Policies and Actions.”
 
Community Reinvestment Act.   We and our banking subsidiaries are subject to the provisions of the CRA and related federal bank regulatory agencies’ regulations. Under the CRA, all banks and thrifts have a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with their safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs for their entire communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA requires a depository institution’s primary federal regulator, in connection with its examination of the institution, to assess the institution’s record of assessing and meeting the credit needs of the communities served by that institution, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The bank regulatory agency’s assessment of the institution’s record is made available to the public. Further, such assessment is required of any institution which has applied to: (i) charter a national bank; (ii) obtain deposit insurance coverage for a newly-chartered institution; (iii) establish a new branch office that accepts deposits; (iv) relocate an office; (v) merge or consolidate with, or acquire the assets or assume the liabilities of, a federally regulated financial institution, or


21


Table of Contents

(vi) expand other activities, including engaging in financial services activities authorized by the GLB. A less than satisfactory CRA rating will slow, if not preclude, expansion of banking activities and prevent a company from becoming or remaining a financial holding company.
 
Following the enactment of the GLB, CRA agreements with private parties must be disclosed and annual CRA reports must be made to a bank’s primary federal regulator. A bank holding company will not be permitted to become or remain a financial holding company and no new activities authorized under GLB may be commenced by a holding company or by a bank financial subsidiary if any of its bank subsidiaries received less than a “satisfactory” CRA rating in its latest CRA examination. Federal CRA regulations require, among other things, that evidence of discrimination against applicants on a prohibited basis, and illegal or abusive lending practices be considered in the CRA evaluation.
 
Privacy and Data Security.   The GLB Act imposed new requirements on financial institutions with respect to consumer privacy. The GLB Act generally prohibits disclosure of consumer information to non-affiliated third parties unless the consumer has been given the opportunity to object and has not objected to such disclosure. Financial institutions are further required to disclose their privacy policies to consumers annually. Financial institutions, however, will be required to comply with state law if it is more protective of consumer privacy than the GLB Act. The GLB Act also directed federal regulators, including the FDIC and the OCC, to prescribe standards for the security of consumer information. Seacoast National is subject to such standards, as well as standards for notifying customers in the event of a security breach. Under federal law, Seacoast National must disclose its privacy policy to consumers, permit customers to opt out of having nonpublic customer information disclosed to third parties in certain circumstances, and allow customers to opt out of receiving marketing solicitations based on information about the customer received from another subsidiary. States may adopt more extensive privacy protections. The Company is similarly required to have an information security program to safeguard the confidentiality and security of customer information and to ensure proper disposal. Customers must be notified when unauthorized disclosure involves sensitive customer information that may be misused.
 
Consumer Regulation.   Activities of Seacoast National are subject to a variety of statutes and regulations designed to protect consumers. These laws and regulations include provisions that:
 
  •  limit the interest and other charges collected or contracted for by Seacoast National, including new rules respecting the terms of credit cards and of debit card overdrafts;
 
  •  govern Seacoast National’s disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;
 
  •  require Seacoast National to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether it is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;
 
  •  prohibit Seacoast National from discriminating on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors when it makes decisions to extend credit; and
 
  •  govern the manner in which Seacoast National may collect consumer debts.
 
New rules on credit card interest rates, fees, and other terms took effect on February 22, 2010, as directed by the Credit Card Accountability, Responsibility and Disclosure (“CARD”) Act. Among the new requirements are (1) 45-days advance notice to a cardholder before the interest rate on a card may be increased, subject to certain exceptions; (2) a ban on interest rate increases in the first year; (3) an opt-in for over-the-limit charges; (4) caps on high fee cards; (5) greater limits on the issuance of cards to persons below the age of 21; (6) new rules on monthly statements and payment due dates and the crediting of payments; and (7) the application of new rates only to new charges and of payments to higher rate charges.
 
New rules regarding overdraft charges for debit card and automatic teller machine, or ATM, transactions took effect on July 1, 2010. These rules eliminated automatic overdraft protection arrangements now in common use and required banks to notify and obtain the consent of customers before enrolling them in an overdraft protection plan. For existing debit card and ATM card holders, the current automatic programs expired on August 15, 2010. The notice and consent process is a requirement for all new cards issued on or after July 1, 2010. The new rules do not apply to overdraft protection on checks or to automatic bill payments.


22


Table of Contents

As a result of the turmoil in the residential real estate and mortgage lending markets, there are several concepts currently under discussion at both the federal and state government levels that could, if adopted, alter the terms of existing mortgage loans, impose restrictions on future mortgage loan originations, diminish lenders’ rights against delinquent borrowers or otherwise change the ways in which lenders make and administer residential mortgage loans. If made final, any or all of these proposals could have a negative effect on the financial performance of Seacoast National’s mortgage lending operations, by, among other things, reducing the volume of mortgage loans that Seacoast National can originate and sell into the secondary market and impairing Seacoast National’s ability to proceed against certain delinquent borrowers with timely and effective collection efforts.
 
The deposit operations of Seacoast National are also subject to laws and regulations that:
 
  •  require Seacoast National to adequately disclose the interest rates and other terms of consumer deposit accounts;
 
  •  impose a duty on Seacoast National to maintain the confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribe procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;
 
  •  require escheatment of unclaimed funds to the appropriate state agencies after the passage of certain statutory time frames; and
 
  •  govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts with Seacoast National and the rights and liabilities of customers who use automated teller machines, or ATMs, and other electronic banking services. As described above, beginning in July 2010, new rules took effect that limited Seacoast National’s ability to charge fees for the payment of overdrafts for every day debit and ATM card transactions.
 
As noted above, Seacoasts National will likely face a significant increase in its consumer compliance regulatory burden as a result of the combination of the newly-established CFPB and the significant roll back of federal preemption of state laws in the area.
 
Non-Discrimination Policies.   Seacoast National is also subject to, among other things, the provisions of the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (the “ECOA”) and the Fair Housing Act (the “FHA”), both of which prohibit discrimination based on race or color, religion, national origin, sex, and familial status in any aspect of a consumer or commercial credit or residential real estate transaction. The Department of Justice (the “DOJ”), and the federal bank regulatory agencies have issued an Interagency Policy Statement on Discrimination in Lending that provides guidance to financial institutions in determining whether discrimination exists, how the agencies will respond to lending discrimination, and what steps lenders might take to prevent discriminatory lending practices. The DOJ has increased its efforts to prosecute what it regards as violations of the ECOA and FHA.
 
Statistical Information
 
Certain statistical and financial information (as required by SEC Guide 3) is included in response to Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Certain additional statistical information is also included in response to Item 6 and Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Item 1A.    Risk Factors
 
In addition to the other information contained in this Form 10-K, you should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the risk factors and uncertainties discussed in our other public filings with the SEC under the caption “Risk Factors” in evaluating us and our business and making or continuing an investment in our stock. The risks contained in this Form 10-K are not the only risks that we face. Additional risks that are not presently known, or that we presently deem to be immaterial, could also harm our business, results of operations and financial condition and an investment in our stock. The trading price of our securities could decline due to the materialization of any of these risks, and our shareholders may lose all or part of their investment. This Form 10-K also contains forward-looking statements that may not be realized as


23


Table of Contents

a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, the risks described herein and in our other public filings with the SEC. Please refer to the section in this Form 10-K entitled “Special Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for additional information regarding forward-looking statements.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
Difficult market conditions have adversely affected and may continue to affect our industry.
 
We are exposed to downturns in the U.S. economy, and particularly the local markets in which we operate in Florida. Declines in the housing markets over the past three years, including falling home prices and sales volumes, and increasing foreclosures, have negatively affected the credit performance of mortgage loans and resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions, including government-sponsored entities and major commercial and investment banks, as well as Seacoast National. These write-downs have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail. Many lenders and institutional investors have reduced or ceased providing funding to borrowers, including other financial institutions. This market turmoil and the tightening of credit have led to increased levels of commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of consumer confidence, increased market volatility and reductions in business activity generally. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and lack of confidence in the financial markets has adversely affected our business, financial condition and results of operations. We do not expect that the difficult conditions in the financial markets are likely to improve in the near future. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and other financial institutions. In particular:
 
  •  We expect to face increased regulation of our industry, including as a result of recent regulatory reform initiatives by the U.S. government. Compliance with such regulations may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities.
 
  •  Market developments, government programs and the winding down of various government programs may continue to adversely affect consumer confidence levels and may cause adverse changes in borrower behaviors and payment rates, resulting in further increases in delinquencies and default rates, which could affect our loan charge-offs and our provisions for credit losses.
 
  •  Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of our customers or to estimate the values of our assets and collateral for loans will be reduced if the models and approaches we use become less predictive of future behaviors, valuations, assumptions or estimates. We estimate losses inherent in our credit exposure, the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses and the values of certain assets by using estimates based on difficult, subjective, and complex judgments, including estimates as to the effects of economic conditions and how these economic conditions might affect the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans or the value of assets.
 
  •  Our ability to borrow from other financial institutions on favorable terms or at all, or to raise capital, could be adversely affected by further disruptions in the capital markets or other events, including, among other things, deterioration in investor expectations and changes in the FDIC’s resolution authority or practices.
 
  •  Failures of other depository institutions in our markets and increasing consolidation of financial services companies as a result of current market conditions could increase our deposits and assets, necessitating additional capital, and may have unexpected adverse effects upon our ability to compete effectively.
 
We are not paying dividends on our preferred stock or common stock and are deferring distribution on our trust preferred securities, and we are restricted in otherwise paying cash dividends on our common stock. The failure to resume paying dividends on our preferred stock and trust preferred securities may adversely affect us.
 
We suspended dividend payments on our preferred and common stock and distributions on our trust preferred securities on May 19, 2009, pursuant to the request of the Federal Reserve, because of the Federal Reserve’s policy that bank holding companies should not pay dividends or make distributions on trust


24


Table of Contents

preferred securities using funds from the TARP CPP. There is no assurance that we will receive approval to resume paying cash dividends. Even if we are allowed to resume paying dividends by the Federal Reserve, future payment of cash dividends on our common stock, if any, will be subject to the prior payment of all unpaid dividends and deferred distributions on our Series A Preferred Stock and trust preferred securities. Further, we need prior Treasury approval to increase our quarterly cash dividends above $0.01 per common share through the earliest of December 19, 2011, the date we redeem all shares of Series A Preferred Stock or the Treasury has transferred all shares of Series A Preferred Stock to third parties. All dividends are declared and paid at the discretion of our board of directors and are dependent upon our liquidity, financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant
 
Further, dividend payments on our Series A Preferred Stock and distributions on our trust preferred securities are cumulative and therefore unpaid dividends and distributions will accrue and compound on each subsequent dividend payment date. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of our Company, holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive for each share of Series A Preferred Stock the liquidation amount plus the amount of any accrued and unpaid dividends. We cannot pay dividends on our outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock or our common stock until we have paid in full all deferred distributions on our trust preferred securities, which will require prior approval of the Federal Reserve.
 
The Treasury currently has the right to appoint two directors to the Company’s board of directors.
 
Because we have missed more than six quarterly dividend payments, the Treasury has the right to appoint two directors to our board of directors until all accrued but unpaid dividends have been paid. In the event that the Treasury elects to exercise this right, we could face negative publicity and the decision making authority of current members of our board of directors could be significantly impacted.
 
Nonperforming assets could result in an increase in our provision for loan losses, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, our nonperforming loans (which consist of non-accrual loans) totaled $68.3 million and $97.9 million, or 5.5 percent and 7.0 percent of the loan portfolio, respectively. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, our nonperforming assets (which include foreclosed real estate) were $94.0 million and $123.3 million, or 4.7 percent and 5.7 percent of assets, respectively. In addition, we had approximately $5.0 million and $8.8 million in accruing loans that were 30 days or more delinquent at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Our nonperforming assets adversely affect our net income in various ways. Until economic and market conditions improve, we may incur additional losses relating to an increase in nonperforming loans. We do not record interest income on nonaccrual loans or other real estate owned, thereby adversely affecting our income, and increasing our loan administration costs. When we take collateral in foreclosures and similar proceedings, we are required to mark the related loan to the then fair market value of the collateral, which may result in a loss. These loans and other real estate owned also increase our risk profile and the capital our regulators believe is appropriate in light of such risks. If economic conditions and market factors negatively and/or disproportionately affect some of our larger loans, then we could see a sharp increase in our total net charge-offs and also be required to significantly increase our allowance for loan losses. Any further increase in our nonperforming assets and related increases in our provision for losses on loans could negatively affect our business and could have a material adverse effect on our capital, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Seacoast National has adopted and implemented a written program to ensure Bank adherence to a written program designed to eliminate the basis of criticism of criticized assets as required by the OCC pursuant to the formal agreement that Seacoast National entered into with the OCC. While we have reduced our problem assets significantly through loan sales, workouts, restructurings and otherwise, decreases in the value of these remaining assets, or the underlying collateral, or in these borrowers’ performance or financial conditions, whether or not due to economic and market conditions beyond our control, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the resolution of nonperforming assets requires significant commitments of time from management and our directors, which can be detrimental to the


25


Table of Contents

performance of their other responsibilities. There can be no assurance that we will not experience further increases in nonperforming loans in the future, or that nonperforming assets will not result in further losses in the future.
 
Liquidity risks could affect operations and jeopardize our financial condition.
 
Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our funding sources include federal funds purchases, securities sold under repurchase agreements, non-core deposits, and short- and long-term debt. We are also members of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (the “FHLB”) and the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, where we can obtain advances collateralized with eligible assets. We maintain a portfolio of securities that can be used as a secondary source of liquidity. There are other sources of liquidity available to us or Seacoast National should they be needed, including our ability to acquire additional non-core deposits, the issuance and sale of debt securities, and the issuance and sale of preferred or common securities in public or private transactions.
 
Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize our activities or on terms which are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a downturn in the markets in which our loans are concentrated or adverse regulatory action against us. In addition, our access to deposits may be affected by the liquidity and/or cash flow needs of depositors. Although we have historically been able to replace maturing deposits and FHLB advances as necessary, we might not be able to replace such funds in the future and can lose a relatively inexpensive source of funds and increase our funding costs if, among other things, customers move funds out of bank deposits and into alternative investments, such as the stock market, that are perceived as providing superior expected returns. We may be required to seek additional regulatory capital through capital raising at terms that may be very dilutive to existing stockholders. In addition, our liquidity, on a parent only basis, is adversely affected by our current inability to receive dividends from Seacoast National without prior regulatory approval.
 
Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as further disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry in light of recent turmoil faced by banking organizations and the continued deterioration in credit markets.
 
Our allowance for loan losses may prove inadequate or we may be adversely affected by credit risk exposures.
 
Our business depends on the creditworthiness of our customers. We periodically review our allowance for loan losses for adequacy considering economic conditions and trends, collateral values and credit quality indicators, including past charge-off experience and levels of past due loans and nonperforming assets. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. We cannot be certain that our allowance for loan losses will be adequate over time to cover credit losses in our portfolio because of unanticipated adverse changes in the economy, market conditions or events adversely affecting specific customers, industries or markets, or borrower behaviors towards repaying their loans. The credit quality of our borrowers has deteriorated as a result of the economic downturn in our markets. If the credit quality of our customer base or their debt service behavior materially decreases further, if the risk profile of a market, industry or group of customers declines further or weaknesses in the real estate markets and other economics persist or worsen, or if our allowance for loan losses is not adequate, our business, financial condition, including our liquidity and capital, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. If charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, we will need additional provisions to increase the allowance for


26


Table of Contents

loan losses, which would result in a decrease in net income and capital, and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
All of our loan portfolios have been affected by the sustained economic weakness of our markets and the effects of higher unemployment rates. Our commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related portfolios have been especially affected by adverse market conditions, including reduced real estate prices and sales levels.
 
Our commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related loans, especially construction and development loans, have been affected adversely by the on-going correction in real estate prices, reduced levels of sales during the recessions, and the economic weakness of our Florida markets and the effects of higher unemployment rates. We may have to increase our allowance for loan losses through additional provisions for loan losses because of continued adverse changes in the economy, market conditions, and events that adversely affect our customers or markets. Our business, financial condition, liquidity, capital (especially tangible common equity), and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by additional provisions for loan losses.
 
Current and further deterioration in the real estate markets, including the secondary market for residential mortgage loans, have adversely affected us and may continue to adversely affect us.
 
The effects of ongoing mortgage market challenges, combined with the correction in residential real estate market prices and reduced levels of home sales, could result in further price reductions in single family home values, further adversely affecting the liquidity and value of collateral securing commercial loans for residential land acquisition, construction and development, as well as residential mortgage loans and residential property collateral securing loans that we hold, mortgage loan originations and gains on sale of mortgage loans. Declining real estate prices have caused higher delinquencies and losses on certain mortgage loans, generally, particularly second lien mortgages and home equity lines of credit. Significant ongoing disruptions in the secondary market for residential mortgage loans have limited the market for and liquidity of most residential mortgage loans other than conforming Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac loans. These trends could continue, notwithstanding various government programs to boost the residential mortgage markets and stabilize the housing markets. Declines in real estate values, home sales volumes and financial stress on borrowers as a result of job losses, interest rate resets on adjustable rate mortgage loans or other factors could have further adverse effects on borrowers that result in higher delinquencies and greater charge-offs in future periods, which would adversely affect our financial condition, including capital and liquidity, or results of operations. In the event our allowance for loan losses is insufficient to cover such losses, our earnings, capital and liquidity could be adversely affected.
 
Our real estate portfolios are exposed to weakness in the Florida housing market and the overall state of the economy.
 
Florida has experienced a deeper recession and more dramatic slowdown in economic activity than other states and the decline in real estate values in Florida has been significantly higher than the national average. The declines in home prices and the volume of home sales in Florida, along with the reduced availability of certain types of mortgage credit, have resulted in increases in delinquencies and losses in our portfolios of home equity lines and loans, and commercial loans related to residential real estate acquisition, construction and development. Further declines in home prices coupled with the continued economic recession in our markets and continued high or increased unemployment levels could cause additional losses which could adversely affect our earnings and financial condition, including our capital and liquidity.
 
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act could increase our regulatory compliance burden and associated costs or otherwise adversely affect our business.
 
On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act represents a significant overhaul of many aspects of the regulation of the financial services industry.


27


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Act directs applicable regulatory authorities to promulgate regulations implementing its provisions, and its effect on the Company and on the financial services industry as a whole will be clarified as those regulations are issued. The Dodd-Frank Act addresses a number of issues including capital requirements, compliance and risk management, debit card overdraft fees, healthcare, incentive compensation, expanded disclosures and corporate governance. The Act establishes a new, independent CFPB, which will have broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority over consumer financial products and services, including deposit products, residential mortgages, home-equity loans and credit cards. States will be permitted to adopt stricter consumer protection laws and can enforce consumer protection rules issued by the CFPB.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act will likely increase our regulatory compliance burden and may have a material adverse effect on us, including increasing the costs associated with our regulatory examinations and compliance measures. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as the resulting regulations promulgated by federal agencies, may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes to comply with new laws and regulations. For a more detailed description of the Dodd-Frank Act, see “Item 1. Business — Supervision and Regulation.”
 
Our concentration in commercial real estate loans could result in further increased loan losses.
 
Commercial real estate (“CRE”) is cyclical and poses risks of loss to us due to our concentration levels and similar risks of the asset. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, 47.7 percent and 50.7 percent of our loan portfolio was comprised of CRE loans. The banking regulators continue to give CRE lending greater scrutiny, and banks with higher levels of CRE loans are expected to implement improved underwriting, internal controls, risk management policies and portfolio stress testing, as well as higher levels of allowances for possible losses and capital levels as a result of CRE lending growth and exposures. During 2010, we added $31.7 million to our provisions for loan losses compared to $124.8 million in 2009, and $88.6 million in 2008, in part reflecting collateral evaluations in response to recent changes in the market values of land collateralizing acquisition and development loans.
 
Pursuant to the formal agreement that Seacoast National entered into with the OCC, Seacoast National adopted and implemented a written commercial real estate concentration risk management program. However, there is no guarantee that the program will effectively reduce our concentration in commercial real estate.
 
Higher FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments could adversely affect our financial condition.
 
FDIC insurance premiums increased substantially in 2009 and we expect to pay significantly higher FDIC premiums in the future. Market developments have significantly depleted the insurance fund of the FDIC and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits. The FDIC adopted a revised risk-based deposit insurance assessment schedule on February 27, 2009, which raised deposit insurance premiums. On May 22, 2009, the FDIC implemented a five basis point special assessment of each insured depository institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, but no more than 10 basis points times the institution’s assessment base for the second quarter of 2009, collected on September 30, 2009. The FDIC also required all FDIC-insured institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012, which was paid on December 30, 2009.
 
We also participate in the FDIC’s TLG for noninterest-bearing transaction deposit accounts. Banks that participate in the TLG’s noninterest-bearing transaction account guarantee paid the FDIC an annual assessment of 10 basis points on the amounts in such accounts above the amounts covered by FDIC deposit insurance. TLG’s noninterest-bearing transaction deposit account guarantee program was scheduled to expire on December 31, 2009, but was extended to December 31, 2010. Management decided to participate in the extended program. Institutions that participate in the program are required to pay an annualized fee of 15 to 25 basis points in accordance with their risk category rating assigned by the FDIC. To the extent that these TLG assessments are insufficient to cover any loss or expenses arising from the TLG program, the FDIC is


28


Table of Contents

authorized to impose an emergency special assessment on all FDIC-insured depository institutions. The FDIC has authority to impose charges for the TLG program upon depository institution holding companies, as well. The increased premiums and TLG assessments charged by the FDIC increased our noninterest expense in 2010 and 2009.
 
Under the Dodd-Frank legislation recently passed, unlimited deposit insurance coverage on noninterest bearing transaction accounts to all FDIC insured institutions was approved through December 31, 2012. Unlike the TLG program, which will expire at December 31, 2010, the Dodd-Frank provisions apply at all FDIC insured institutions and will cover only traditional checking accounts that do not pay interest. Under this legislation our noninterest expense is expected to continue to increase prospectively.
 
Current levels of market volatility are unprecedented.
 
The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption for more than three years. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial condition or performance. If current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or worsen, we may experience adverse effects, which may be material, on our ability to maintain or access capital and on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We could encounter difficulties as a result of our growth.
 
Our loans, deposits, fee businesses and employees have increased as a result of our organic growth and acquisitions. Our failure to successfully manage and support this growth with sufficient human resources, training and operational, financial and technology resources in challenging markets and economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.
 
We are required to maintain capital to meet regulatory requirements, and if we fail to maintain sufficient capital, whether due to losses, an inability to raise additional capital or otherwise, our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, as well as our compliance with regulatory requirements, would be adversely affected.
 
Both we and Seacoast National must meet regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity and our regulators may modify and adjust such requirements in the future. Seacoast National agreed to an informal letter agreement with the OCC to maintain a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 8.50 percent and a total risk-based capital ratio of 12.00 percent, which are higher than the regulatory minimum capital ratios. We also face significant regulatory and other governmental risk as a financial institution and a participant in the TARP CPP.
 
Our ability to raise additional capital, when and if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets, general economic conditions and a number of other factors, including investor perceptions regarding the banking industry and the market, governmental activities, many of which are outside our control, and on our financial condition and performance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to raise additional capital if needed or on terms acceptable to us. If we fail to meet these capital and other regulatory requirements, our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.
 
Although we currently comply with all capital requirements, we may be subject to more stringent regulatory capital ratio requirements in the future and we may need additional capital in order to meet those requirements. Our failure to remain “well capitalized” for bank regulatory purposes could affect customer confidence, our ability to grow, our costs of funds and FDIC insurance costs, our ability to pay dividends on common and preferred stock, make distributions on our trust preferred securities, our ability to make acquisitions, and our business, results of operation and financial conditions, generally. Under FDIC rules, if Seacoast National ceases to be a “well capitalized” institution for bank regulatory purposes, its ability to accept brokered deposits may be restricted and the interest rates that it pays may be restricted.


29


Table of Contents

Our ability to realize our deferred tax assets may be further reduced in the future if our estimates of future taxable income from our operations and tax planning strategies do not support our deferred tax amount, and the amount of net operating loss carry-forwards and certain other tax attributes realizable for income tax purposes may be reduced under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code by sales of our capital securities.
 
As of December 31, 2010, we had deferred tax assets of $18.9 million after we recorded $47.9 million of valuation allowance based on management’s estimation of the likelihood of those deferred tax assets being realized. These and future deferred tax assets may be further reduced in the future if our estimates of future taxable income from our operations and tax planning strategies do not support the amount of the deferred tax asset.
 
The amount of net operating loss carry-forwards and certain other tax attributes realizable annually for income tax purposes may be reduced by an offering and/or other sales of our capital securities, including transactions in the open market by 5% or greater shareholders, if an ownership change is deemed to occur under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The determination of whether an ownership change has occurred under Section 382 is highly fact specific and can occur through one or more acquisitions of capital stock (including open market trading) if the result of such acquisitions is that the percentage of our outstanding common stock held by shareholders or groups of shareholders owning at least 5% of our common stock at the time of such acquisition, as determined under Section 382, is more than 50 percentage points higher than the lowest percentage of our outstanding common stock owned by such shareholders or groups of shareholders within the prior three-year period. Our sales of common stock in April 2010 increased the risk of a possible future change in control under Section 382.
 
Our cost of funds may increase as a result of general economic conditions, FDIC insurance assessments, interest rates and competitive pressures.
 
Our cost of funds may increase as a result of general economic conditions, FDIC insurance assessments, interest rates and competitive pressures. We have traditionally obtained funds principally through local deposits and we have a base of lower cost transaction deposits. Generally, we believe local deposits are a cheaper and more stable source of funds than other borrowings because interest rates paid for local deposits are typically lower than interest rates charged for borrowings from other institutional lenders and reflect a mix of transaction and time deposits, whereas brokered deposits typically are higher cost time deposits. Our costs of funds and our profitability and liquidity are likely to be adversely affected if, and to the extent, we have to rely upon higher cost borrowings from other institutional lenders or brokers to fund loan demand or liquidity needs, and changes in our deposit mix and growth could adversely affect our profitability and the ability to expand our loan portfolio.
 
Our profitability and liquidity may be affected by changes in interest rates and economic conditions.
 
Our profitability depends upon net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned on assets, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Net interest income will be adversely affected if market interest rates change such that the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings and our FDIC deposit insurance assessments increase faster than the interest earned on loans and investments. Interest rates, and consequently our results of operations, are affected by general economic conditions (domestic and foreign) and fiscal and monetary policies may materially affect the level and direction of interest rates. From June 2004 to mid-2006, the Federal Reserve raised the federal funds rate from 1.0 percent to 5.25 percent. Since then, beginning in September 2007, the Federal Reserve decreased the federal funds rates by 100 basis points to 4.25 percent over the remainder of 2007, and has since reduced the target federal funds rate by an additional 400 basis points to a range between zero and 25 basis points beginning in December 2008. Decreases in interest rates generally increase the market values of fixed-rate, interest-bearing investments and loans held, and increase the values of loan sales and mortgage loan activities. However, the production of mortgages and other loans and the value of collateral securing our loans, are dependent on demand within the markets we serve, as well as interest rates. The levels of sales, as well as the values of real estate in our markets, have declined. Declining rates reflect efforts by the Federal Reserve to


30


Table of Contents

stimulate the economy, but may not be effective, and thus may negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition, liquidity and earnings.
 
On February 18, 2010, the Federal Reserve raised the discount rate from 0.5 percent to 0.75%. Increases in interest rates generally decrease the market values of fixed-rate, interest-bearing investments and loans held and the production of mortgage and other loans and the value of collateral securing our loans, and therefore may adversely affect our liquidity and earnings.
 
The TARP CPP and the ARRA impose, and other proposed rules may impose additional, executive compensation and corporate governance requirements that may adversely affect us and our business, including our ability to recruit and retain qualified employees.
 
The purchase agreement we entered into in connection with our participation in the TARP CPP required us to adopt the Treasury’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance while the Treasury holds the equity issued pursuant to the TARP CPP, including the common stock which may be issued pursuant to the warrant to purchase 589,623 shares of common stock (or the “Warrant”) which we refer to as the TARP Assistance Period. These standards generally apply to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and the three next most highly compensated senior executive officers. The standards include:
 
  •  ensuring that incentive compensation for senior executives does not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the financial institution;
 
  •  required clawback of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive based on statements of earnings, gains or other criteria that are later proven to be materially inaccurate;
 
  •  prohibition on making golden parachute payments to senior executives; and
 
  •  agreement not to deduct for tax purposes executive compensation in excess of $500,000 for each senior executive.
 
In particular, the change to the deductibility limit on executive compensation may increase the overall cost of our compensation programs in future periods.
 
The ARRA imposed further limitations on compensation during the TARP Assistance Period including:
 
  •  a prohibition on making any golden parachute payment to a senior executive officer or any of our next five most highly compensated employees;
 
  •  a prohibition on any compensation plan that would encourage manipulation of the reported earnings to enhance the compensation of any of its employees; and
 
  •  a prohibition of the five highest paid executives from receiving or accruing any bonus, retention award or incentive compensation, or bonus except for long-term restricted stock with a value not greater than one-third of the total amount of annual compensation of the employee receiving the stock.
 
The Treasury released an interim final rule on TARP standards for compensation and corporate governance on June 10, 2009, which implemented and further expanded the limitations and restrictions imposed on executive compensation and corporate governance by the TARP CPP and ARRA. The new Treasury interim final rules also prohibit any tax gross-up payments to senior executive officers and the next 20 highest paid executives; require a “say on pay” vote in annual shareholders’ meetings; and restrict stock or units that may vest or become transferable granted to executives.
 
The Federal Reserve has proposed guidelines on executive compensation. The FDIC also has proposed a rule to incorporate employee compensation factors into the risk assessment system which would adjust risk-based deposit insurance assessment rates if the design of certain compensation programs does not satisfy certain FDIC goals to prevent executive compensation from encouraging undue risk-taking.
 
These provisions and any future rules issued by the Treasury, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC or any other regulatory agencies could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain management capable and motivated sufficiently to manage and operate our business through difficult economic and market conditions. If


31


Table of Contents

we are unable to attract and retain qualified employees to manage and operate our business, we may not be able to successfully execute our business strategy.
 
The short-term and long-term impact of the new Basel III capital standards and the forthcoming new capital rules for non-Basel U.S. banks is uncertain.
 
On September 12, 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, announced an agreement to a strengthened set of capital requirements for internationally active banking organizations in the United States and around the world, known as Basel III. When implemented by U.S. banking authorities, which have expressed support for the new capital standards. For a more detailed description of Basel III, see “Item 1. Business — Supervision and Regulation.”
 
Changes in accounting and tax rules applicable to banks could adversely affect our financial conditions and results of operations.
 
From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) and the SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in us restating prior period financial statements.
 
TARP lending goals may not be attainable.
 
Congress and the bank regulators have encouraged recipients of TARP capital to use such capital to make loans and it may not be possible to safely, soundly and profitably make sufficient loans to creditworthy persons in the current economy to satisfy such goals. Congressional demands for additional lending by recipients of TARP capital, and regulatory demands for demonstrating and reporting such lending, are increasing. On November 12, 2008, the bank regulatory agencies issued a statement encouraging banks to, among other things, “lend prudently and responsibly to creditworthy borrowers” and to “work with borrowers to preserve homeownership and avoid preventable foreclosures.” We continue to lend and have expanded our mortgage loan originations, and to report our lending to the Treasury. The future demands for additional lending are unclear and uncertain, and we could be forced to make loans that involve risks or terms that we would not otherwise find acceptable or in our shareholders’ best interest. Such loans could adversely affect our results of operation and financial condition, and may be in conflict with bank regulations and requirements as to liquidity and capital. The profitability of funding such loans using deposits may be adversely affected by increased FDIC insurance premiums.
 
Changes of TARP program and future rules applicable to banks generally or to TARP recipients could adversely affect our operations, financial condition, and results of operations.
 
The rules and policies applicable to recipients of capital under the TARP CPP continue to evolve and their scope, timing and effect cannot be predicted. Any redemption of the securities sold to the Treasury to avoid these restrictions would require prior Federal Reserve and Treasury approval. Based on recently issued Federal Reserve guidelines, institutions seeking to redeem TARP CPP preferred stock must demonstrate an ability to access the long-term debt markets without reliance on the FDIC’s TLG, successfully demonstrate access to public equity markets and meet a number of additional requirements and considerations before we can redeem any securities sold to the Treasury. Therefore, it is uncertain if we will be able to redeem such securities even if we have sufficient financial resources to do so.
 
In addition, the government is contemplating potential new programs under TARP, including programs to promote small business lending, among other initiatives. It is uncertain whether we will qualify for those new programs and whether those new programs may impose additional restrictions on our operation and affect our financial condition in the future.


32


Table of Contents

Our continued participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program may adversely affect our ability to retain customers, attract investors, compete for new business opportunities and retain high performing employees.
 
Several financial institutions which participated in the TARP CPP received approval from the Treasury to exit the program during the second half of 2009 and in 2010. These institutions have, or are in the process of, repurchasing the preferred stock and repurchasing or auctioning the warrant issued to the Treasury as part of the TARP CPP. We have not yet requested approval to repurchase the preferred stock and warrant from the Treasury. In order to repurchase one or both securities, in whole or in part, we must establish that we have satisfied all of the conditions to repurchase, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to repurchase these securities from the Treasury.
 
Our customers, employees, counterparties in our current and future business relationships, and the media may draw negative implications regarding the strength of Seacoast as a financial institution based on our continued participation in the TARP CPP following the exit of one or more of our competitors or other financial institutions. Any such negative perceptions may impair our ability to effectively compete with other financial institutions for business. In addition, because we have not yet repurchased the Treasury’s TARP CPP investment, we remain subject to the restrictions on incentive compensation contained in the ARRA. Financial institutions which have repurchased the Treasury’s CPP investment are relieved of the restrictions imposed by the ARRA and its implementing regulations. Due to these restrictions, we may not be able to successfully compete with financial institutions that have repurchased the Treasury’s investment to retain and attract high performing employees. If this were to occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected, perhaps materially.
 
Our future success is dependent on our ability to compete effectively in highly competitive markets.
 
We operate in the highly competitive markets of Martin, St. Lucie, Brevard, Indian River and Palm Beach Counties in southeastern Florida, the Orlando, Florida metropolitan statistical area, as well as in more rural competitive counties in the Lake Okeechobee, Florida region. Our future growth and success will depend on our ability to compete effectively in these markets. We compete for loans, deposits and other financial services in geographic markets with other local, regional and national commercial banks, thrifts, credit unions, mortgage lenders, and securities and insurance brokerage firms. Many of our competitors offer products and services different from us, and have substantially greater resources, name recognition and market presence than we do, which benefits them in attracting business. Larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we can, and have broader customer and geographic bases to draw upon.
 
We are dependent on key personnel and the loss of one or more of those key personnel could harm our business.
 
Our future success significantly depends on the continued services and performance of our key management personnel. We believe our management team’s depth and breadth of experience in the banking industry is integral to executing our business plan. We also will need to continue to attract, motivate and retain other key personnel. The loss of the services of members of our senior management team or other key employees or the inability to attract additional qualified personnel as needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
We are subject to losses due to fraudulent and negligent acts on the part of loan applicants, mortgage brokers, other vendors and our employees.
 
When we originate mortgage loans, we rely heavily upon information supplied by loan applicants and third parties, including the information contained in the loan application, property appraisal, title information and employment and income documentation provided by third parties. If any of this information is misrepresented and such misrepresentation is not detected prior to loan funding, we generally bear the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation.


33


Table of Contents

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.
 
Our ability to engage in routine funding and other transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems, losses of depositor, creditor and counterparty confidence and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. We could experience increases in deposits and assets as a result of other banks’ difficulties or failure, which would increase the capital we need to support such growth.
 
We operate in a heavily regulated environment.
 
We and our subsidiaries are regulated by several regulators, including the Federal Reserve, the OCC, the SEC, the FDIC and FINRA, and since December 2008, the Treasury. Our success is affected by state and federal regulations affecting banks and bank holding companies, and the securities markets and securities and insurance regulators. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors, not shareholders. The financial services industry also is subject to frequent legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes, the effects of which cannot be predicted. Federal bank regulatory agencies and the Treasury, as well as the Congress and the President, are evaluating and have proposed numerous significant changes in the regulation of banks, other financial services providers and the financial markets. These changes, if adopted, could require us to maintain more capital, liquidity and risk controls which could adversely affect our growth, profitability and financial condition.
 
Federal banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, including for compliance with laws and regulations, and our failure to comply with any supervisory actions to which we are or become subject as a result of such examinations may adversely affect us.
 
The Federal Reserve and the OCC periodically conduct examinations of our business and Seacoast National’s business, including for compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, the Federal Reserve and/or the OCC were to determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, asset concentrations, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, sensitivity to market risk, or other aspects of any of our or Seacoast National’s operations had become unsatisfactory, or that we or our management were in violation of any law, regulation or guideline in effect from time to time, the regulators may take a number of different remedial actions as they deem appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative actions to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to change the composition of our concentrations in portfolio or balance sheet assets, to assess civil monetary penalties against our officers or directors or to remove officers and directors.
 
We are subject to internal control reporting requirements that increase compliance costs and failure to comply with such requirements could adversely affect our reputation and the value of our securities.
 
We are required to comply with various corporate governance and financial reporting requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules and regulations adopted by the SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and Nasdaq. In particular, we are required to include management and independent registered public accounting firm reports on internal controls as part of our annual report on Form 10-K pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We are also subject to a number of disclosure and reporting requirements as a result of our participation in TARP CPP. The SEC also has proposed a number of new rules or regulations requiring additional disclosure, such as lower-level employee compensation. We expect to continue to spend significant amounts of time and money on compliance with these rules. Our failure to track and comply with the various rules may materially adversely affect our reputation, ability to obtain the necessary certifications to financial statements, and the value of our securities.


34


Table of Contents

Technological changes affect our business, and we may have fewer resources than many competitors to invest in technological improvements.
 
The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to serving clients better, the effective use of technology may increase efficiency and may enable financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to use technology to provide products and services that provide convenience to customers and to create additional efficiencies in operations. We may need to make significant additional capital investments in technology in the future, and we may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services. Many competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements.
 
The anti-takeover provisions in our Articles of Incorporation and under Florida law may make it more difficult for takeover attempts that have not been approved by our board of directors.
 
Florida law and our Articles of Incorporation include anti-takeover provisions, such as provisions that encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to consult with our board, and which enable the board to negotiate and give consideration on behalf of us and our shareholders and other constituencies to the merits of any offer made. Such provisions, as well as supermajority voting and quorum requirements and a staggered board of directors, may make any takeover attempts and other acquisitions of interests in us, by means of a tender offer, open market purchase, a proxy fight or otherwise, that have not been approved by our board of directors more difficult and more expensive. These provisions may discourage possible business combinations that a majority of our shareholders may believe to be desirable and beneficial. As a result, our board of directors may decide not to pursue transactions that would otherwise be in the best interests of holders of our common stock.
 
Hurricanes or other adverse weather events would negatively affect our local economies or disrupt our operations, which would have an adverse effect on our business or results of operations.
 
Our market areas in Florida are susceptible to hurricanes and tropical storms and related flooding and wind damage. Such weather events can disrupt operations, result in damage to properties and negatively affect the local economies in the markets where we operate. We cannot predict whether or to what extent damage that may be caused by future hurricanes will affect our operations or the economies in our current or future market areas, but such weather events could result in a decline in loan originations, a decline in the value or destruction of properties securing our loans and an increase in the delinquencies, foreclosures or loan losses. Our business or results of operations may be adversely affected by these and other negative effects of future hurricanes or tropical storms, including flooding and wind damage. Many of our customers have incurred significantly higher property and casualty insurance premiums on their properties located in our markets, which may adversely affect real estate sales and values in our markets.
 
We may engage in FDIC-assisted transactions, which could present additional risks to our business.
 
We may have opportunities to acquire the assets and liabilities of failed banks in FDIC-assisted transactions, which present general acquisition risks, as well as risks specific to these transactions. Although FDIC-assisted transactions typically provide for FDIC assistance to an acquiror to mitigate certain risks, which may include loss-sharing, where the FDIC absorbs most losses on covered assets and provides some indemnity, we would be subject to many of the same risks we would face in acquiring another bank in a negotiated transaction, without FDIC assistance, including risks associated with pricing such transactions, the risks of loss of deposits and maintaining customer relationships and the failure to realize the anticipated acquisition benefits in the amounts and within the timeframes we expect. In addition, because these acquisitions provide for limited diligence and negotiation of terms, these transactions may require additional resources and time, servicing acquired problem loans and costs related to integration of personnel and operating systems, the establishment of processes to service acquired assets, and require us to raise additional capital, which may be dilutive to our existing shareholders. If we are unable to manage these risks, FDIC-


35


Table of Contents

assisted acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Attractive acquisition opportunities may not be available to us in the future.
 
While we seek continued organic growth, as our earnings and capital position improve, we may consider the acquisition of other businesses. We expect that other banking and financial companies, many of which have significantly greater resources, will compete with us to acquire financial services businesses. This competition could increase prices for potential acquisitions that we believe are attractive. Also, acquisitions are subject to various regulatory approvals. If we fail to receive the appropriate regulatory approvals, we will not be able to consummate an acquisition that we believe is in our best interests. Among other things, our regulators consider our capital, liquidity, profitability, regulatory compliance and levels of goodwill and intangibles when considering acquisition and expansion proposals. Any acquisition could be dilutive to our earnings and shareholders’ equity per share of our common stock.
 
Risks Related to our Common Stock
 
We may issue additional shares of common or preferred stock securities, which may dilute the interests of our shareholders and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
 
We are currently authorized to issue up to 130 million shares of common stock, of which 93,487,581 shares were outstanding as of December 31, 2010, and up to 4 million shares of preferred stock, of which 2,000 shares are outstanding. During the second quarter of 2010, the Company issued Series B convertible preferred stock raising $47.1 million in capital, with additional common stock of 34,465,348 shares issued at conversion five days after approval by shareholders at the annual shareholders’ meeting on June 22, 2010. Our board of directors has authority, without action or vote of the shareholders, to issue all or part of the remaining authorized but unissued shares and to establish the terms of any series of preferred stock. These authorized but unissued shares could be issued on terms or in circumstances that could dilute the interests of other shareholders.
 
The Series A Preferred Stock diminishes the net income available to our common shareholders and earnings per common share, and the Warrant we issued to Treasury may be dilutive to holders of our common stock.
 
The dividends accrued and the accretion on discount on the Series A Preferred Stock reduce the net income available to common shareholders and our earnings per common share. The Series A Preferred Stock is cumulative, which means that any dividends not declared or paid will accumulate and will be payable when we resume paying dividends. Shares of Series A Preferred Stock will also receive preferential treatment in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Seacoast. Additionally, the ownership interest of the existing holders of our common stock will be diluted to the extent the Warrant is exercised. The shares of common stock underlying the Warrant represent approximately 0.6 percent of the shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2010 (including the shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant in our total outstanding shares). Although Treasury has agreed not to vote any of the shares of common stock it receives upon exercise of the Warrant, a transferee of any portion of the Warrant or of any shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of the Warrant is not bound by this restriction.
 
Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have certain voting rights that may adversely affect our common shareholders, and the holders of shares of our Series A Preferred Stock may have different interests from, and vote their shares in a manner deemed adverse to, our common shareholders.
 
In the event that we fail to pay dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock for an aggregate of at least six quarterly dividend periods (whether or not consecutive) the Treasury will have the right to appoint two directors to our board of directors until all accrued but unpaid dividends have been paid; otherwise, except as required by law, holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have limited voting rights. We currently have failed to pay dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock for seven consecutive quarterly dividend periods. So long as


36


Table of Contents

shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of shareholders required by law or our amended and restated charter, the vote or consent of holders owning at least 66 2 / 3  percent of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding is required for:
 
  •  any authorization or issuance of shares ranking senior to the Series A Preferred Stock;
 
  •  any amendment to the rights of the Series A Preferred Stock so as to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock; or
 
  •  consummation of any merger, share exchange or similar transaction unless the shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, or if we are not the surviving entity in such transaction, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving entity and the shares of Series A Preferred Stock remaining outstanding or such preference securities have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting power as are not materially less favorable to the holders than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting power of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock could block the foregoing transitions, even where considered desirable by, or in the best interests of, holders of our common stock.
 
The holders of Series A Preferred Stock, including the Treasury, may have different interests from the holders of our common stock, and could vote to disapprove transactions that are favored by, or are in the best interests of, our common shareholders.
 
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments
 
None.
 
Item 2.    Properties
 
We and Seacoast National’s main office occupies approximately 66,000 square feet of a 68,000 square foot building in Stuart, Florida. This building, together with an adjacent 10-lane drive-through banking facility and an additional 27,000-square foot office building, are situated on approximately eight acres of land in the center of Stuart that is zoned for commercial use. The building and land are owned by Seacoast National, which leases out portions of the building not utilized by our company and Seacoast National to unaffiliated third parties.
 
Adjacent to the main office, Seacoast National leases approximately 21,400 square feet of office space to house operational departments, consisting primarily of information systems and retail support. Seacoast National owns its equipment, which is used for servicing bank deposits and loan accounts as well as on-line banking services, and providing tellers and other customer service personnel with access to customers’ records. In addition, Seacoast National acquired Big Lake’s operations center as a result of the acquisition of Big Lake on April 1, 2006. The operations center is situated on 1.44 acres in a 4,939 square foot building in Okeechobee, Florida, all owned by Seacoast National; during 2010, 1.81 acres of vacant land adjacent to Big Lake’s operations center was sold. Our PGA Blvd. branch is utilized as a disaster recovery site should natural disasters or other events preclude use of Seacoast National’s primary operations center.
 
In February 2000, Seacoast National opened a lending office in Ft. Lauderdale, Florida for its Seacoast Marine Finance Division. In November 2002, additional office space was acquired for the Seacoast Marine Finance Division in Alameda, California (430 square feet of leased space), and Newport Beach, California (1,200 square feet of leased space). Since January 2005, the Ft. Lauderdale, Florida office has been in a 2,009 square feet leased facility. The furniture and equipment at these locations is owned by Seacoast National.
 
As of December 31, 2010, the net carrying value of branch offices of Seacoast National (excluding the main office) was approximately $27.6 million. Seacoast National’s branch offices are described as follows:
 
Jensen Beach , opened in 1977, is a free-standing facility located in the commercial district of a residential community contiguous to Stuart. The 1,920 square foot bank building and land are owned by


37


Table of Contents

Seacoast National. Improvements include three drive-in teller lanes and one drive-up ATM, as well as a parking lot and landscaping.
 
East Ocean Boulevard , was originally opened in 1978 and relocated in 1995. This office is located on the main thoroughfare between downtown Stuart and Hutchinson Island’s beachfront residential developments. This branch is housed in a four-story office condominium. The 2,300 square foot branch area on the first floor operates as a full service branch including five drive-in lanes and a drive-up ATM. The remaining 2,300 square feet on the ground floor was sold in June 1996, the third floor was sold in December 1995, and the second floor was sold in December 1998.
 
Cove Road , opened in late 1983, is conveniently located close to housing developments in the residential areas south of Stuart known as Port Salerno and Hobe Sound. South Branch Building, Inc., a subsidiary of Seacoast National, is a general partner in a partnership that entered into a long-term land lease for approximately four acres of property on which it constructed a 7,500 square foot building. Seacoast National leases the building and utilizes 3,450 square feet of the available space. Remaining space is sublet by Seacoast National to other business tenants. Seacoast National has improved the premises with three drive-in lanes, bank equipment, and furniture and fixtures, all of which are owned by Seacoast National. A drive-up ATM was added in early 1997.
 
Hutchinson Island , opened on December 31, 1984, is in a shopping center located on a coastal barrier island, close to numerous oceanfront condominium developments. In 1993, the branch was expanded from 2,800 square feet to 4,000 square feet and is under a long-term lease to Seacoast National. Seacoast National has improved the premises with bank equipment, a walk-up ATM and three drive-in lanes, all owned by Seacoast National.
 
Rivergate , opened October 28, 1985, originally occupied 1,700 square feet of leased space in the Rivergate Shopping Center, Port St. Lucie, Florida. Seacoast National moved the branch to larger facilities in the shopping center in April 1999. Furniture and bank equipment located in the prior facilities were moved to the new facility, which occupied approximately 3,400 square feet, with three drive-in lanes and a drive-up ATM. This office closed in the second quarter of 2008, simultaneous with the opening of Seacoast National’s new Westmoreland branch office (across the street from Rivergate). The Westmoreland office is situated in a stand alone building owned by Seacoast National with 4,468 square feet of space (2,821 square feet to be occupied by the branch, the remainder to be leased to tenants) on leased land, with three drive-in lanes, a drive-up ATM, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National. Located on the corner of a heavily traversed thoroughfare, the new location is more prominent than the existing store front location in the shopping plaza.
 
Wedgewood Commons , opened in April 1988, is located on an out-parcel under long term ground lease in the Wedgewood Commons Shopping Center, south of Stuart on U.S. Highway 1. The property consists of a 2,800 square foot building that houses four drive-in lanes, a walk-up ATM and various bank equipment, all owned by Seacoast National. This office closed simultaneously in January 2009, with its relocation to a new stand alone building on a leased out parcel in the same shopping center, but with a greater presence on the corner of U.S. 1 and offering better ingress and egress. The new building owned by Seacoast National contains 5,477 square feet of space (2,836 square feet to be occupied by the branch, the remainder to be leased to tenants), with four drive-in lanes, a drive-up ATM, and furniture and equipment, all of which are owned by Seacoast National.
 
Bayshore , opened in September 1990, occupies 3,520 square feet of a 50,000 square foot shopping center located in Port St. Lucie. Seacoast National has leased the premises under a long-term lease agreement and has made improvements to the premises, including the addition of three drive-in lanes and a walk-up ATM, all of which are owned by Seacoast National.
 
Hobe Sound , acquired in December 1991 from the Resolution Trust Corporation, is a two-story facility containing 8,000 square feet and is centrally located in Hobe Sound. Of 2,800 square feet on the second floor, 1,225 square feet is utilized by local community organizations. Improvements include two


38


Table of Contents

drive-in teller lanes, a drive-up ATM, and equipment and furniture, all of which are owned by Seacoast National.
 
Fort Pierce , acquired in December 1991, is a 2,895 square foot facility owned by Seacoast National in the heart of Fort Pierce that has three drive-in lanes and a drive-up ATM. Equipment and furniture at this location are all owned by Seacoast National. In August 2007, Seacoast National sold this building, realizing a gain of $280,000. Under the terms of the sales agreement, Seacoast National obtained an accommodation whereby it could continue to occupy the location until construction of its new Ft. Pierce location was completed. The new location on U.S. 1 is situated on leased land with 5,477 square feet of space (2,836 square feet to be occupied by the branch, the remainder to be leased to tenants), with three drive-in lanes, a drive-up ATM, and furniture and equipment, all of which are owned by Seacoast National. The new location opened in October 2008.
 
Martin Downs , acquired in February 1992, is a 3,960 square foot bank building owned by Seacoast National located at a high traffic intersection in Palm City, an emerging commercial and residential community west of Stuart. Improvements include three drive-in teller lanes, a drive-up ATM, equipment and furniture.
 
Tiffany , acquired in May 1992 and owned by Seacoast National, is a two-story facility containing 8,250 square feet and is located on a corner of U.S. Highway 1 in Port St. Lucie offering excellent exposure in one of the fastest growing residential areas in the region. Seacoast National uses the second story space to house brokerage and loan origination personnel, a training facility and conference area. Three drive-in teller lanes, a walk-up ATM, equipment and furniture are utilized and owned by Seacoast National.
 
Vero Beach , acquired in February 1993 and owned by Seacoast National, is a 3,300 square foot bank building located in Vero Beach on U.S. Highway 1 at the intersection with 12th Street. Seacoast National holds a long-term ground lease on the property. Improvements include three drive-in teller lanes, a walk-up ATM, equipment and furniture, all of which are owned by Seacoast National.
 
Beachland , opened in February 1993, consists of 4,150 square feet of leased space located in a three-story commercial building on Beachland Boulevard, the main beachfront thoroughfare in Vero Beach, Florida. This facility has 2 drive-in teller lanes, a drive-up ATM, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National. In November 2008, Seacoast National closed this location and relocated branch personnel, as well as furniture and equipment, to a separate leased facility in close proximity on Cardinal Drive.
 
Sandhill Cove , opened in September 1993, in a leased facility in an upscale life-care retirement community. The 135 square foot office was located within community facilities on a 36-acre development in Palm City, Florida containing approximately 168 private residences. Seacoast National closed this office in November 2010.
 
St. Lucie West , opened in November 1994 in a different location, was moved to the Renar Centre, located at 1100 SW St. Lucie West Blvd., Port St. Lucie, Florida, in June 1997, where Seacoast National leases 4,320 square feet on the first floor. The facility includes three drive-in teller lanes, a drive-up ATM, and furniture and equipment.
 
Mariner Square , acquired in April 1995, was a 3,600 square foot leased space located on the ground floor of a three-story office building located on U.S. Highway 1 between Hobe Sound and Port Salerno. Approximately 700 square feet of the space was sublet to a third party. The space occupied by Seacoast National had been improved to be a full service branch with two drive-in lanes, one serving as a drive-up ATM lane as well as a drive-in teller lane, all owned by Seacoast National. Seacoast National closed this location in March 2008.
 
Sebastian , opened in May 1996, is located within a 174,000 square foot Wal-Mart Superstore on U.S. Highway 1 in northern Indian River County. The leased space occupied by Seacoast National totals 865 square feet. The facility has a walk-up ATM, owned by Seacoast National.


39


Table of Contents

South Vero Square , opened in May 1997 in a 3,150 square foot building owned by Seacoast National on South U.S. Highway 1 in Vero Beach. The facility includes three drive-in teller lanes, a drive-up ATM, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National.
 
Oak Point , opened in June 1997, occupies 5,619 square feet of leased space on the first floor of a 19,700 square foot three-story building in Indian River County. The office is in close proximity to Indian River Memorial Hospital and the peripheral medical community adjacent to the hospital. The facility includes three drive-in teller lanes, a walk-up ATM, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National. Seacoast National sublets 2,030 square feet of space on the first floor to a third party.
 
Route 60 Vero , opened in July 1997.  Similar to the Sebastian office, this facility is housed in a Wal-Mart Superstore in western Vero Beach in Indian River County. The branch occupies 750 square feet of leased space and includes a walk-up ATM.
 
Sebastian West , opened in March 1998 in a 3,150 square foot building owned by Seacoast National. It is located at the intersection of Fellsmere Road and Roseland Road in Sebastian. The facility includes three drive-in teller lanes, a drive-up ATM, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National.
 
Jensen West , opened in July 2000, is located on an out parcel under a long-term ground lease on U.S. Highway 1 in northern Martin County. The facility consists of a 3,930 square foot building, with four drive-up lanes, a drive-up ATM and furniture and equipment, all of which are owned by Seacoast National and are located on the leased property. This office replaced Seacoast National’s U.S. Highway 1 and Port St. Lucie Boulevard office, one-half mile north of this location, which originally opened in June 1997.
 
Ft. Pierce Wal-Mart , opened in June 2001, was another Wal-Mart Superstore location. The branch occupied 540 square feet of leased space and included a walk-up ATM, a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National. This location was closed at the end of February 2008.
 
Port St. Lucie Wal-Mart , opened in October 2002, occupied 695 square feet of leased space in a Wal-Mart Superstore on U.S. Highway 1 in southern Port St. Lucie. The branch included a walk-up ATM, a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National. This location was closed at the end of December 2007.
 
Jupiter , located on U.S. Highway 1 in Jupiter, Florida, this office opened as a loan production office in August 2002 and converted to a full-service branch during 2003. Commercial and residential lending personnel as well as certain executive offices were maintained at this location until May 2006 when our PGA Blvd. location opened. In May 2006 this office was closed. Seacoast National’s obligation for 3,718 square feet of leased space under lease expired at the end of July 2007. No ATM or night depository existed for this location.
 
Tequesta , opened in January 2003, is a 3,500 square foot building acquired and owned by Seacoast National located on U.S. Highway 1 on property subject to a long term ground lease. The Tequesta location has two drive-up lanes, a drive-up ATM, a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National.
 
Jupiter Indiantown , opened in December 2004, is a free standing office located on Indiantown Road, a prime thoroughfare in Jupiter, Florida. Seacoast National owns the building and leases the land. The building is 2,881 square feet and includes three drive-up lanes, a drive-up ATM, a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National.
 
Juno Beach was acquired during 2004.   Seacoast National’s Jupiter Bluff’s branch was relocated to this facility at the end of December 2004, following renovation of the building. The building is 2,891 square feet, located on U.S. Highway 1 in Juno Beach, and includes three drive-up lanes, a drive-up ATM, a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National. We closed this location at the end of March 2008.


40


Table of Contents

60 West was acquired in January 2005 from another financial institution. Seacoast National owns the land and the 2,500 square foot building at this location on Route 60 in Vero Beach. The office has three drive-up lanes, a drive-up ATM, a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National.
 
Northlake , is a 2,881 square foot location built on land owned by Seacoast National and opened in February 2005. Located on a bustling east / west thoroughfare in northern Palm Beach County, the facility includes 3 drive-up lanes, a drive-up ATM, a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National. This location was closed in June 2009.
 
Downtown Orlando, acquired in April 2005, is a 6,752 square foot leased facility occupying the ground floor of a six floor 62,100 square foot commercial office building on Orange Avenue in the heart of downtown Orlando. The location includes a walk-up ATM, a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National.
 
Maitland/Winter Park , acquired in April 2005, occupies 4,536 square feet of leased space on the first floor of a three-story 32,975 square foot office building on Orlando Avenue. The location includes 3 drive-up lanes, a drive-up ATM, a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National.
 
Longwood , acquired in April 2005, occupies 4,596 square feet of leased space on the first floor of a three-story 35,849 square foot office building on North State Road 434. The location includes 3 drive-up lanes, a drive-up ATM, a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National.
 
PGA Blvd. , a signature Palm Beach County headquarters office opened in May 2006 in Palm Beach Gardens in northern Palm Beach County. Located across the street from the Gardens Mall on PGA Blvd., this leased office is in a high-rise office building. Seacoast National occupies a total of 13,454 square feet: 5,600 square feet on the first floor and 7,854 square feet on the second floor. The office has three drive-up lanes, a drive-up ATM and night depository.
 
Offices acquired from Big Lake include branches in eight locations in central Florida. Some locations are leased, others owned. The eight locations are as follows:
 
South Parrott , acquired in April 2006, located in Okeechobee County, this office is comprised of an 8,232 square foot two-story building on approximately 3 acres of land, all owned by Seacoast National. The office was constructed in 1986 and has eight drive-up lanes, a drive-up ATM, a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National.
 
North Parrott, acquired in April 2006, located in Okeechobee County, is a 3,920 square foot one-story building built in 2004 on 2 acres of land. The office and land are owned by Seacoast National. The office has 4 drive-up lanes, a drive-up ATM, a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National.
 
Arcadia, acquired in April 2006, located in DeSoto County, originally was a 1,681 square foot one-story branch on approximately 1.5 acres, all owned by Seacoast National. Built in 1984, the office has 3 drive-up lanes, a walk-up ATM, a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National. An expansion of this office adding 1,575 square feet was completed in April 2008.
 
Moore Haven, acquired in April 2006, located in Glades County, is a 640 square foot office. The office is under a lease, the initial term of which expired in 2003 and now is renewed annually in November. The office is a storefront location, with a walk-up ATM, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National.
 
Wauchula, acquired in April 2006, located in Hardee County, is a 4,278 square foot office. It is leased under a 10-year lease that expired in 2008, but with a renewal option that extends the lease for an additional five years to 2013. The office has 2 drive-up lanes, a walk-up ATM, a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National.


41


Table of Contents

Clewiston, acquired in April 2006, located in Hendry County, consists of a 5,661 square foot building that is 32 years old on 2 plus acres. The land and building are owned. It has 4 drive-up lanes, a drive-up ATM, a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National.
 
LaBelle, acquired in April 2006, located in Hendry County, is a one-story building consisting of 2,361 square feet on approximately one acre of land. The land and building are owned by Seacoast National. The building is 21 years old. The office has three drive-up lanes, a drive-up ATM, a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National.
 
Lake Placid, acquired in April 2006, located in Highlands County, is a 2,125 square foot building. The building and land (approximately one-half acre) are owned by Seacoast National. It has a drive-up window, a walk-up ATM, a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National.
 
Additional offices opened since the acquisition of Big Lake include the following:
 
Viera-The Avenues , which opened in February 2007, is Seacoast National’s first branch location in Brevard County, located in the Viera area. The branch is 5,999 square feet in size, with 3 drive-up lanes, a drive-up ATM, night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National. This location is under a ground lease.
 
Middle River was opened in October 2007 in Ft. Lauderdale, Florida on U.S. 1. The location occupies 2,350 square feet of leased space on the first floor of a brand new one-story building. The location has a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National. The location replaced 1,089 square feet of space acquired on a short term lease in early 2007 in Boca Raton, Florida, temporarily housing a new loan production office. All personnel were relocated to the Middle River site. This location was closed in early December 2009.
 
Murrell Road , located in Brevard County, is Seacoast National’s second office in this market. The branch is a two-story office owned by Seacoast National with 9,041 square feet, of which 4,307 square feet on the first floor houses banking and loan offices and 4,264 square feet on the second floor is available to lease (of which 2,408 square feet is leased to an outside party). The branch has 3 drive-up lanes, a drive-up ATM, a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National. This location is under a ground lease and opened in April 2008.
 
Gatlin Boulevard , located in St.  Lucie County, opened in March 2008 on an out parcel directly in front of a Sam’s Club and adjacent to a Wal-Mart. The office is two stories, with 2,782 square feet on the first floor occupied by Seacoast National and 2,518 square feet on the second floor available for leasing to outside parties. Seacoast National owns the land and building. The branch has 4 drive-up lanes, a drive-up ATM, a night depository, and furniture and equipment, all owned by Seacoast National.
 
For additional information regarding our properties, please refer to Notes G and K of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Our 2010 Annual Report, certain portions of which are incorporated herein by reference pursuant to Part II, Item 8 of this report.
 
No new or planned offices are projected to open over the remainder of 2011.
 
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings
 
We and our subsidiaries are subject, in the ordinary course, to litigation incident to the businesses in which we are engaged. Management presently believes that none of the legal proceedings to which we are a party are likely to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, operating results or cash flows, although no assurance can be given with respect to the ultimate outcome of any such claim or litigation.
 
Item 4.    [Reserved]


42


Table of Contents

 
Part II
 
Item 5.    Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters presented to shareholders as provided in our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation.
 
Our common stock is traded under the symbol “SBCF” on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, which is a national securities exchange (“Nasdaq”). As of March 11, 2011 there were 93,504,788 shares of our common stock outstanding, held by approximately 1,332 record holders.
 
The table below sets forth the high and low sale prices per share of our common stock on Nasdaq and the dividends paid per share of our common stock for the indicated periods.
 
                         
    Sale Price Per Share of
  Quarterly Dividends
    Seacoast Common Stock   Declared Per Share of
    High   Low   Seacoast Common Stock
 
2009
                       
First Quarter
  $ 6.870     $ 2.170     $ 0.01  
Second Quarter
    4.350       2.150       0.00  
Third Quarter
    2.840       1.910       0.00  
Fourth Quarter
    2.620       1.180       0.00  
2010
                       
First Quarter
  $ 2.040     $ 1.370     $ 0.00  
Second Quarter
    2.500       1.280       0.00  
Third Quarter
    1.480       1.120       0.00  
Fourth Quarter
    1.460       1.120       0.00  
 
Dividends
 
Dividends from Seacoast National are our primary source of funds to pay dividends on our common stock. Under the National Bank Act, national banks may in any calendar year, without the approval of the OCC, pay dividends to the extent of net profits for that year, plus retained net profits for the preceding two years (less any required transfers to surplus). The need to maintain adequate capital in Seacoast National also limits dividends that may be paid to us. Beginning in the third quarter of 2008, we reduced our dividend per share of common stock to de minimis $0.01. On May 19, 2009, the Company’s board of directors voted to suspend quarterly dividends on common stock.
 
In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by our participation in the TARP CPP. Prior to December 19, 2011, unless we have redeemed the preferred stock issued to the Treasury in the CPP or the Treasury has transferred the preferred stock to a third party, we cannot increase its quarterly dividend above $0.01 per share of common stock. Furthermore, if we are not current in the payment of quarterly dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, we cannot pay dividends on our common stock. Due to recent operating losses, we are currently restricted by the Federal Reserve from paying dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock. As a result, we have deferred the payment of seven dividends to the Treasury and are unable to pay dividends on our common stock.
 
Additional information regarding restrictions on the ability of Seacoast National to pay dividends to us is contained in Note C of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in our 2010 Annual Report, portions of which are incorporated by reference herein, including in Part II, Item 8 of this report. See “Item 1. Business- Payments of Dividends” for information with respect to the regulatory restrictions on dividends. We do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future and expect to retain all earnings, if any, to support our capital adequacy and growth.


43


Table of Contents

Outstanding Warrants
 
Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement between us and the Treasury on December 19, 2008, we sold the Warrant to acquire 1,179,245 shares of our common stock to the U.S. Treasury and the exercise price of the Warrant is $6.36. As a result of the Company’s public offering in the third quarter of 2009, the number of shares under the Warrant was reduced by 50 percent to 589,625 shares. The Warrant will expire on December 19, 2018.
 
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
 
See the information included under Part III, Item 12, which is incorporated in response to this item by reference.
 
Performance Graph
 
The following line-graph compares the cumulative, total return on the Company’s Common Stock from December 31, 2005 to December 31, 2010, with that of the NASDAQ Composite Index and the SNL Southeast Bank Index. Cumulative total return represents the change in stock price and the amount of dividends received over the indicated period, assuming the reinvestment of dividends.
 
Total Return Performance
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
                                                 
    Period Ending
Index
  12/31/05   12/31/06   12/31/07   12/31/08   12/31/09   12/31/10
 
Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida
    100.00       110.54       47.51       31.66       7.84       7.02  
NASDAQ Composite
    100.00       110.39       122.15       73.32       106.57       125.91  
SNL Southeast Bank
    100.00       117.26       88.33       35.76       35.90       34.86  
 
Source: SNL Financial LC, Charlottesville,VA
© 2011
www.snl.com
 
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
On December 17, 2009, Seacoast sold 6,000,000 shares of its common stock to CapGen Capital Group III LP (“CapGen”), a Delaware limited partnership, pursuant to the definitive Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 23, 2009 between the Company and CapGen, a copy of which was filed with the SEC on October 29, 2009 as Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K. Fox-Pitt Kelton Cochran Caronia Waller (USA) LLC, and its successor, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. acted as placement agent. The


44


Table of Contents

Company received total gross proceeds of $13.5 million from the sale, and paid $540,000 of fees paid to the placement agent, in addition to the reimbursement of reasonable expenses in connection with the placement. The private placement was made pursuant to exemptions from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Regulation D thereunder.
 
A stock offering was completed during April of 2010 adding $50 million of Series B Mandatorily Convertible Noncumulative Nonvoting Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”) as permanent capital, resulting in approximately $47.1 million in additional Tier 1 risk-based equity, net of issuance costs. The shares of Series B Preferred Stock were mandatorily convertible into common shares five days subsequent to shareholder approval, which was granted at the Company’s annual meeting on June 22, 2010 (see Part II., Item 4, Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders contained in our report on form 10-Q dated August 9, 2010). Upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, approximately 34,482,759 shares of our common stock were issued pursuant to the Investment Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2010 between the Company and the investors, a copy of which was filed with the SEC on July 14, 2010 as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K/A.
 
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data
 
Selected financial data of the Company is set forth under the caption “Financial Highlights” in the 2010 Annual Report and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is set forth under the caption “Financial Review — 2010 Management’s Discussion and Analysis” in the 2010 Annual Report and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
The narrative under the heading of “Market Risk” in the 2010 Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference. Table 19, “Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis”, the narrative under the heading of “Securities”, and the narrative under the heading of “Interest Rate Sensitivity” in the 2010 Annual Report are incorporated herein by reference. The information regarding securities owned by us set forth in Table 15, “Securities Held for Sale” and Table 16, “Securities Held for Investment,” in the 2010 Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
The report of KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, and the Consolidated Financial Statements are included in the 2010 Annual Report and are incorporated herein by reference. “Selected Quarterly Information — Consolidated Quarterly Average Balances, Yields & Rates” and “Quarterly Consolidated Income Statements” are included in the 2010 Annual Report and are incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
None.
 
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures
 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures.   We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in SEC Rule 13a-15


45


Table of Contents

under the Exchange Act, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.
 
In connection with the preparation of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was performed, with the participation of the CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as required by Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.
 
Internal Control over Financial Reporting.   Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and board of directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes.
 
Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. This assessment was based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework . Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2010, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.
 
Our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, has issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting which is included in Exhibit 23.1 to this report.
 
Change in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  — There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
Item 9B.    Other Information.
 
None.
 
Part III
 
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
Information concerning our directors and executive officers is set forth under the headings “Proposal 1 — Election of Directors” and “Corporate Governance” in the 2011 Proxy Statement, as well as under the heading “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the 2011 Proxy Statement, incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 11.    Executive Compensation
 
Information regarding the compensation paid by us to our directors and executive officers is set forth under the headings “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation Discussion & Analysis,” “Salary and Benefits Committee Report” and “Director Compensation” in the 2011 Proxy Statement which are incorporated herein by reference.


46


Table of Contents

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
The following table sets forth information about our common stock that may be issued under all of our existing compensation plans as of December 31, 2010.
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
December 31, 2010
 
                         
                Number of Securities
 
    Number of
          Remaining Available
 
    Securities to be
    Weighted Average
    for Future Issuance
 
    Issued Upon
    Exercise Price of
    Under Equity
 
    Exercise of
    Outstanding
    Compensation Plans
 
    Outstanding
    Options,
    (Excluding
 
    Options, Warrants
    Warrants and
    Securities
 
Plan category
  and Rights     Rights     Reflected in Column (a))  
 
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders:
                       
1996 Plan(1)
        $        
2000 Plan(2)
    546,796       21.39       510,155  
2008 Plan(3)
                1,500,000  
Employee Stock Purchase Plan(4)
                228,407  
                         
TOTAL
    546,796     $ 21.39       2,238,562  
                         
 
 
(1) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida 1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Shares reserved under this plan are available for issuance pursuant to the exercise of stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the plan, and may be granted as awards of restricted stock, performance shares, or other stock-based awards, including unrestricted stock.
 
(2) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Shares reserved under this plan are available for issuance pursuant to the exercise of stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the plan and may be granted as awards of performance shares, and awards of restricted stock or stock-based awards.
 
(3) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Shares reserved under this plan are available for issuance pursuant to the exercise of stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the plan, and may be granted as awards of restricted stock, performance shares, or other stock-based awards.
 
(4) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended.
 
Additional information regarding the ownership of our common stock is set forth under the headings “Proposal 1 — Election of Directors” and “Principal Shareholders” in the 2011 Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
 
Information regarding certain relationships and transactions between us and our officers, directors and significant shareholders is set forth under the heading “Salary and Benefits Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Certain Transactions and Business Relationships” and “Corporate Governance” in the 2011 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services
 
Information concerning our principal accounting fees and services is set forth under the heading “Independent Auditors” in the 2011 Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.


47


Table of Contents

 
Part IV
 
Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a)(1) List of all financial statements
 
The following consolidated financial statements and reports of independent registered public accounting firm of Seacoast, included in the 2010 Annual Report, are incorporated by reference into Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
 
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(a)(2) List of financial statement schedules
 
All schedules normally required by Form 10-K are omitted, since either they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.
 
(a)(3) Listing of Exhibits
 
PLEASE NOTE: It is inappropriate for readers to assume the accuracy of, or rely upon any covenants, representations or warranties that may be contained in agreements or other documents filed as Exhibits to, or incorporated by reference in, this report. Any such covenants, representations or warranties may have been qualified or superseded by disclosures contained in separate schedules or exhibits not filed with or incorporated by reference in this report, may reflect the parties’ negotiated risk allocation in the particular transaction, may be qualified by materiality standards that differ from those applicable for securities law purposes, may not be true as of the date of this report or any other date, and may be subject to waivers by any or all of the parties. Where exhibits and schedules to agreements filed or incorporated by reference as Exhibits hereto are not included in these Exhibits, such exhibits and schedules to agreements are not included or incorporated by reference herein.
 
The following Exhibits are attached hereto or incorporated by reference herein (unless indicated otherwise, all documents referenced below were filed pursuant to the Exchange Act by Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida, Commission File No. 0-13660):
 
Exhibit 3.1.1 Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report of Form 10-Q, filed May 10, 2006.
 
Exhibit 3.1.2 Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed December 23, 2008.
 
Exhibit 3.1.3 Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.4 to the Company’s Form S-1, filed June 22, 2009.
 
Exhibit 3.1.4 Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed July 20, 2009.
 
Exhibit 3.1.5 Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed December 3, 2009.
 
Exhibit 3.1.6 Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K/A, filed July 14, 2010.
 
Exhibit 3.1.7 Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 25, 2010.


48


Table of Contents

Exhibit 3.2 Amended and Restated By-laws of the Corporation
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed December 21, 2007.
 
Exhibit 4.1 Specimen Common Stock Certificate
Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 28, 2003.
 
Exhibit 4.2 Junior Subordinated Indenture
Dated as of March 31, 2005, between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee (including the form of the Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Note, which appears in Section 2.1 thereof), incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed April 5, 2005.
 
Exhibit 4.3 Guarantee Agreement
Dated as of March 31, 2005 between the Company, as Guarantor, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Guarantee Trustee, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed April 5, 2005.
 
Exhibit 4.4 Amended and Restated Trust Agreement
Dated as of March 31, 2005, among the Company, as Depositor, Wilmington Trust Company, as Property Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees named therein, as Administrative Trustees (including exhibits containing the related forms of the SBCF Capital Trust I Common Securities Certificate and the Preferred Securities Certificate), incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed April 5, 2005.
 
Exhibit 4.5 Indenture
Dated as of December 16, 2005, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (including the form of the Junior Subordinated Debt Security, which appears as Exhibit A to the Indenture), incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 21, 2005.
 
Exhibit 4.6 Guarantee Agreement
Dated as of December 16, 2005, between the Company, as Guarantor, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Guarantee Trustee, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 21, 2005.
 
Exhibit 4.7 Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust
Dated as of December 16, 2005, among the Company, as Sponsor, Dennis S. Hudson, III and William R. Hahl, as Administrators, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Institutional Trustee (including exhibits containing the related forms of the SBCF Statutory Trust II Common Securities Certificate and the Capital Securities Certificate), incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 21, 2005.
 
Exhibit 4.8 Indenture
Dated June 29, 2007, between the Company and LaSalle Bank, as Trustee (including the form of the Junior Subordinated Debt Security, which appears as Exhibit A to the Indenture), incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed July 3, 2007.
 
Exhibit 4.9 Guarantee Agreement
Dated June 29, 2007, between the Company, as Guarantor, and LaSalle Bank, as Guarantee Trustee, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed July 3, 2007.
 
Exhibit 4.10 Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust
Dated June 29, 2007, among the Company, as Sponsor, Dennis S. Hudson, III and William R. Hahl, as Administrators, and LaSalle Bank, as Institutional Trustee (including exhibits containing the related forms of the SBCF Statutory Trust III Common Securities Certificate and the Capital Securities Certificate), incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed July 3, 2007.
 
Exhibit 4.11 Trust Agreement of SBCF Capital Trust IV
Dated May 16, 2008, among the Company, as Depositor and Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware


49


Table of Contents

banking corporation, as Trustee (including exhibits containing the related forms of Junior Subordinated Indenture, Subordinated Indenture, Senior Indenture, Guarantee Agreement and the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of SBCF Capital Trust IV), incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.13 to the Company’s Form S-3 filed May 23, 2008.
 
Exhibit 4.12 Trust Agreement of SBCF Capital Trust V
Dated May 16, 2008, among the Company, as Depositor and Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as Trustee (including exhibits containing the related forms of Junior Subordinated Indenture, Subordinated Indenture, Senior Indenture, Guarantee Agreement and the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of SBCF Capital Trust V), incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.14 to the Company’s Form S-3 filed May 23, 2008.
 
Exhibit 4.13 Specimen Preferred Stock Certificate
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed December 23, 2008.
 
Exhibit 4.14 Warrant for Purchase of Shares of Common Stock
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed December 23, 2008.
 
Exhibit 4.15 Stock Purchase Agreement
Dated October 23, 2009, between the Company and CapGen Capital Group III, L.P., incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed October 29, 2009.
 
Exhibit 4.16 Registration Rights Agreement
Dated October 23, 2009, between the Company and CapGen Capital Group III, L.P., incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed October 29, 2009.
 
Exhibit 4.17 Registration Rights Agreement
Dated as of April 8, 2010, among the Company and the investors named on the signature pages thereto, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K/A, filed July 14, 2010.
 
Exhibit 10.1 Amended and Restated Retirement Savings Plan *
 
Exhibit 10.2 Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan *
Incorporated by reference from Exhibit A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the Commission on April 27, 2009.
 
Exhibit 10.5 Executive Employment Agreement *
Dated January 18, 1994 between Dennis S. Hudson, III and the Bank, incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 28, 1995.
 
Exhibit 10.6 Executive Employment Agreement *
Dated January 2, 2007 between Harry R. Holland, III and the Bank, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed January 3, 2007.
 
Exhibit 10.7 2000 Long Term Incentive Plan as Amended *
Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 File No. 333-49972, filed November 15, 2000.
 
Exhibit 10.8 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan *
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 30, 2001.
 
Exhibit 10.9 Line of Credit Agreement
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 28, 2003.
 
Exhibit 10.10 Change of Control Employment Agreement *
Dated December 24, 2003 between Dennis S. Hudson, III and the Company, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed December 29, 2003.


50


Table of Contents

Exhibit 10.11 Change of Control Employment Agreement *
Dated December 24, 2003 between William R. Hahl and the Company, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed December 29, 2003.
 
Exhibit 10.12 Change of Control Employment Agreement *
Dated December 24, 2003 between Jean Strickland and the Company, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed January 9, 2004.
 
Exhibit 10.13 Change of Control Employment Agreement *
Dated July 18, 2006 between Richard A. Yanke and the Company, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 15, 2007.
 
Exhibit 10.14 Directors Deferred Compensation Plan *
Dated June 15, 2004, but effective July 1, 2004, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 17, 2005.
 
Exhibit 10.15 Executive Employment Agreement *
Dated March 26, 2008 between O. Jean Strickland and the Bank and Company, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed March 26, 2008.
 
Exhibit 10. 16 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan *
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit A to the Company’s Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A, filed March 18, 2008.
 
Exhibit 10.17 Letter Agreement
Dated December 19, 2008, between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed December 23, 2008.
 
Exhibit 10.18 Formal Agreement
Dated December 16, 2008, between the Company and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed December 23, 2008
 
Exhibit 10.19 Waiver of Senior Executive Officers *
Dated December 19, 2008, issued to the United Stated Department of the Treasury incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed December 23, 2008.
 
Exhibit 10.20 Consent of Senior Executive Officers *
Dated December 19, 2008, issued to the United States Department of the Treasury incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed December 23, 2008.
 
Exhibit 10.21 Form of 409A Amendment to Employment Agreements with Dennis S. Hudson, III, William R. Hahl, A. Douglas Gilbert, O. Jean Strickland and H. Russell Holland, III *
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed January 5, 2009.
 
Exhibit 10.22 Investment Agreement
Dated as of April 8, 2010, among Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida and the investors named on the signature pages thereto, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K/A filed July 14, 2010.
 
Exhibit 13 2010 Annual Report.   The following portions of the 2010 Annual Report are incorporated herein by reference:
 
Financial Highlights
 
Financial Review — Management’s Discussion and Analysis
 
Selected Quarterly Information — Quarterly Consolidated Income Statements
 
Selected Quarterly Information — Consolidated Quarterly Average Balances, Yields & Rates


51


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Financial Statements — Reports of Independent Certified Public Accountants
 
Exhibit 21 Subsidiaries of Registrant
 
Exhibit 23.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Exhibit 31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
Exhibit 31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
Exhibit 32.1** Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Section 111 the Emergency Economic Stability Act, as amended
 
Exhibit 32.2** Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Section 111 the Emergency Economic Stability Act, as amended
 
Exhibit 99.1 31 C.F.R. § 30.15 Certification of Chief Executive Officer
 
Exhibit 99.2 31 C.F.R. § 30.15 Certification of Chief Financial Officer
 
 
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
 
** The certifications attached as Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are “furnished” to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed “filed” by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act.
 
(b) Exhibits
 
The response to this portion of Item 15 is submitted above.
 
(c) Financial Statement Schedules
 
None.


52


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA
(Registrant)
 
  By: 
/s/   Dennis S. Hudson, III
Dennis S. Hudson, III
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
 
Date: March 14, 2011
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned being a director of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida, a Florida corporation (the “Company”), constitutes and appoints each of Dennis S. Hudson, III, O. Jean Strickland and William R. Hahl, as agent, with full power of substitution, for his and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this annual report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and to make any and all state securities law filings, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying the confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
         
       
Date
 
     
/s/   Dennis S. Hudson, III

Dennis S. Hudson, III,
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(principal executive officer)
  March 14, 2011
     
/s/   Dale M. Hudson

Dale M. Hudson,
Vice-Chairman of the Board and Director
  March 14, 2011
     
/s/   William R. Hahl

William R. Hahl,
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)
  March 14, 2011
     
/s/   Stephen E. Bohner

Stephen E. Bohner,
Director
  March 14, 2011


53


Table of Contents

         
       
Date
 
     
/s/   John H. Crane

John H. Crane, Director
  March 14, 2011
     
/s/   T. Michael Crook

T. Michael Crook, Director
  March 14, 2011
     
/s/   H. Gilbert Culbreth, Jr.

H. Gilbert Culbreth, Jr, Director
  March 14, 2011
     
/s/   Robert B. Goldstein

Robert B. Goldstein, Director
  March 14, 2011
     
/s/   Christopher E. Fogal

Christopher E. Fogal, Director
  March 14, 2011
     
/s/   Dennis S. Hudson, Jr.

Dennis S. Hudson, Jr., Director
  March 14, 2011
     
/s/   Thomas E. Rossin

Thomas E. Rossin, Director
  March 14, 2011
     
/s/   Edwin E. Walpole, III

Edwin E. Walpole, III, Director
  March 14, 2011


54

Exhibit 10.1
Retirement Savings Plan for
Employees of Seacoast National Bank
(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009)

 


 

Retirement Savings Plan for
Employees of Seacoast National Bank
(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ARTICLE 1 INTRODUCTION
    1  
 
       
1.01 History of the Plan
    1  
1.02 Amended and Restated Plan
    1  
1.03 Plan Governs Distribution of Benefits
    1  
1.04 Purpose
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS
    2  
 
       
Account
    2  
Adjustment
    2  
Affiliate
    2  
Authorized Leave of Absence
    2  
Beneficiary
    2  
Board
    3  
Break in Service
    3  
Code
    3  
Committee
    3  
Company
    3  
Company Stock
    3  
Company Stock Fund
    3  
Compensation
    4  
Contribution Agreement
    4  
Disability
    4  
Effective Date
    4  
Elective Profit Sharing Contribution
    4  
Eligible Employee
    4  
Employee
    5  
Employee Contribution
    5  
Employer
    5  
Employer Contribution
    5  
Employer Matching Contribution
    5  
Employer Matching Contribution Account
    5  
Entry Date
    5  
ERISA
    5  
Fiduciary
    5  
Highly Compensated Employee
    5  
Hour of Service
    5  
Investment Fund
    6  
Leased Employee
    6  
Non-elective Contribution
    6  
Non-Elective Profit Sharing Contribution
    6  
Normal Retirement Age
    6  
One-Year Break in Service
    6  
Participant
    7  

- i -


 

         
Plan
    7  
Plan Administrator or Administrator
    7  
Plan Year
    7  
Port St. Lucie Participant
    7  
Profit Sharing Contribution
    7  
Profit Sharing Contribution Account
    7  
Qualified Domestic Relations Order
    7  
Qualified Non-elective Contribution
    7  
Qualified Plan
    7  
Retirement
    7  
Retirement Contribution
    7  
Retirement Contribution Account
    7  
Rollover Contribution
    7  
Rollover Contribution Account
    7  
Roth 401(k) Contribution
    7  
Roth 401(k) Contribution Account
    8  
Salary Savings Contribution
    8  
Salary Savings Contribution Account
    8  
Separated Participant
    8  
Spouse
    8  
Termination of Employment
    8  
Transfer Contribution
    9  
Transfer Contribution Account
    9  
Treasury Regulation
    9  
Trust or Trust Agreement
    9  
Trust Fund or Fund
    9  
Trustee
    9  
Valuation Date
    9  
Voluntary After-Tax Contributions
    9  
Voluntary After-Tax Contribution Account
    9  
Year of Eligibility Service
    9  
Year of Vesting Service
    9  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 PARTICIPATION
    10  
 
       
3.01 Participation
    10  
3.02 Year of Eligibility Service
    11  
3.03 Participation and Rehire
    11  
3.04 Acquisitions
    11  
3.05 Not Contract for Employment
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
    12  
 
       
4.01 Employee Contributions
    12  
4.02 Elections Regarding Employee Contributions
    13  
4.03 Changes in Employee Contribution Percentage or Suspension of Contributions
    14  
4.04 Deadline for Contribution and Allocation of Salary Savings Contributions
    14  
4.05 Rollover Contributions
    14  
4.06 Transfer Contribution
    15  
 
       
ARTICLE 5 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS
    16  
 
       
5.01 Employer Matching Contribution
    16  
5.02 Profit Sharing Contributions
    17  
5.03 Retirement Contribution
    18  
5.04 Qualified Non-Elective Contributions
    18  
5.05 Form and Timing of Contributions
    19  
5.06 Forfeitures
    19  

- ii -


 

         
5.07 Employment on Last Day of Plan Year
    19  
 
       
ARTICLE 6 ACCOUNTS AND ALLOCATIONS
    20  
 
       
6.01 Participant Accounts
    20  
6.02 Allocation of Adjustments
    21  
6.03 Investment Funds and Elections
    21  
6.04 Errors
    22  
6.05 Valuation For Purposes of Distributions
    23  
 
       
ARTICLE 7 VESTING
    24  
 
       
7.01 Retirement
    24  
7.02 Disability
    24  
7.03 Death
    24  
7.04 Other Termination of Employment
    24  
7.05 Year of Vesting Service
    25  
7.06 Forfeitures
    26  
7.07 Amendment of Vesting Schedule
    26  
 
       
ARTICLE 8 DISTRIBUTIONS
    28  
 
       
8.01 Commencement of Distribution
    28  
8.02 Method of Distribution
    29  
8.03 Minimum Distribution Requirements
    30  
8.04 Required Minimum Distributions for 2009
    34  
8.05 Application for Benefits
    34  
8.06 Distributions Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders
    35  
8.07 Direct Transfer of Account to an Eligible Retirement Plan
    35  
8.08 Direct Trust to Trust Transfers by Non-Spouse Beneficiaries
    36  
 
       
ARTICLE 9 HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS; IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS
    38  
 
       
9.01 Hardship Withdrawal of Account
    38  
9.02 Definition of Hardship
    38  
9.03 Maximum Hardship Distribution
    39  
9.04 Procedure to Request Hardship
    40  
9.05 Valuation for Purposes of Withdrawals
    40  
9.06 Age 59 1 / 2 In-Service Distributions
    40  
 
       
ARTICLE 10 ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
    41  
 
       
10.01 Named Fiduciaries
    41  
10.02 Board of Directors
    41  
10.03 Trustee
    41  
10.04 Committee
    41  
10.05 Standard of Fiduciary Duty
    42  
10.06 Claims Procedure
    42  
10.07 Indemnification of Committee; Board
    45  
 
       
ARTICLE 11 AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
    46  
 
       
11.01 Right to Amend
    46  
11.02 Termination and Discontinuance of Contributions
    46  
11.03 IRS Approval of Termination
    46  
 
       
ARTICLE 12 SPECIAL DISCRIMINATION RULES
    47  
 
       
12.01 Definitions
    47  
12.02 Limit on Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions
    49  
12.03 Average Actual Deferral Percentage
    52  
12.04 Special Rules For Determining Average Actual Deferral Percentage
    52  

- iii -


 

         
12.05 Distribution of Excess ADP Deferrals
    53  
12.06 Average Actual Contribution Percentage
    55  
12.07 Special Rules For Determining Average Actual Contribution Percentages
    56  
12.08 Distribution of Employer Matching Contributions
    56  
12.09 Forfeiture of Excess ACP Contributions
    57  
12.10 Order of Applying Certain Sections of Article
    57  
 
       
ARTICLE 13 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES
    58  
 
       
13.01 In General
    58  
13.02 Highly Compensated Employees
    58  
13.03 Former Highly Compensated Employee
    58  
13.04 Definitions
    58  
13.05 Other Methods Permissible
    59  
 
       
ARTICLE 14 MAXIMUM BENEFITS
    60  
 
       
14.01 General Rule
    60  
14.02 Definitions
    61  
 
       
ARTICLE 15 TOP HEAVY RULES
    63  
 
       
15.01 General
    63  
15.02 Definitions
    63  
15.03 Minimum Benefit
    64  
 
       
ARTICLE 16 MISCELLANEOUS
    65  
 
       
16.01 Headings
    65  
16.02 Action by Employer
    65  
16.03 Spendthrift Clause
    65  
16.04 Distributions Upon Plan Termination
    65  
16.05 Discrimination
    65  
16.06 Release
    65  
16.07 Compliance with Applicable Laws
    66  
16.08 Merger
    66  
16.09 Governing Law
    66  
16.10 Legally Incompetent
    66  
16.11 Location of Participant or Beneficiary Unknown
    66  
16.12 Protected Benefits
    66  
16.13 Qualified Military Service
    67  
 
       
APPENDIX A PREDECESSOR EMPLOYERS AND PAST SERVICE CREDIT RULES
    69  

- iv -


 

Retirement Savings Plan for
Employees of Seacoast National Bank
(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009)
ARTICLE 1
INTRODUCTION
1.01   History of the Plan .
 
    Effective January 1, 1983, Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida adopted and established the Retirement Savings Plan for First National Bank & Trust Company of Treasure Coast (the “Plan”) for the exclusive benefit of its Eligible Employees. The Plan was thereafter amended, and amended and restated in its entirety, from time to time. Effective as of April 28, 2006, the name of the Plan was changed to the Retirement Savings Plan for Employees of Seacoast National Bank. Effective as of January 1, 2009, sponsorship of the Plan was transferred to Seacoast National Bank (the “Company”). The Plan has at all times been maintained as a plan meeting the requirements of qualification under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
 
1.02   Amended and Restated Plan .
 
    Effective January 1, 2009, the Plan is continued in an amended and restated form as set forth in its entirety in this document. Certain provisions of this Plan may have effective dates prior to or later than January 1, 2009, and are noted accordingly.
 
1.03   Plan Governs Distribution of Benefits .
 
    The distribution of benefits for all Participants (whether employed by the Employer before or after the Effective Date) shall be governed by the provisions of this Plan. Nevertheless, early retirement benefits, retirement-type subsidies, or optional forms of benefits protected under Code Section 411(d)(6) shall not be reduced or eliminated with respect to such benefits that have already accrued unless such reduction or elimination is permitted under the Code, Treasury Regulations, authority issued by the Internal Revenue Service, or judicial authority.
 
1.04   Purpose .
 
    The purpose of this Plan is to encourage savings on the part of Participants by allowing them to accumulate tax-deferred savings while providing an incentive through matching contributions made by the Employer. Further, the benefits described in the Plan are provided for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries and this Plan shall be administered and interpreted in accordance with such purpose.

 


 

ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS
Certain terms of this Plan have defined meanings that are set forth in this Article and that shall govern unless the context in which they are used clearly indicates that some other meaning is intended.
A defined term, such as “Retirement,” will normally govern the definitions of derivatives therefrom, such as “Retire,” even though such derivatives are not specifically defined and even if they are or are not initially capitalized. The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. Singular and plural nouns and pronouns shall be interchangeable as the factual context may allow or require. The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and other similar compounds of the word “here” shall mean and refer to the entire Plan and not to any particular provision or Section.
Account shall mean the Account established and maintained by the Committee or Trustee for each Participant or their Beneficiaries to which shall be allocated each Participant’s interest in the Trust Fund. Each Account shall be comprised of the sub-accounts described in Section 6.01.
Adjustment shall mean for any Valuation Date the aggregate earnings, realized or unrealized appreciation, losses, expenses, and realized or unrealized depreciation of the Trust Fund since the immediately preceding Valuation Date. For purposes of such adjustment, all assets of the Trust Fund shall be valued at their fair market value as of each Valuation Date. The determination of the valuation of assets and the adjustment shall be made by the Trustee and shall be final and binding.
Affiliate shall mean any corporation that is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) that includes the Company; any trade or business that is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)) with the Company; any organization that is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) that includes the Company; and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations under Code Section 414(o).
Authorized Leave of Absence shall mean any temporary layoff or any absence authorized by the Employer under the Employer’s standard personnel practices provided that all persons under similar circumstances must be treated alike in the granting of such Authorized Leaves of Absence and provided further that the Participant returns within the period of authorized absence. An absence due to service in the Armed Forces of the United States shall be considered an Authorized Leave of Absence to the extent required by federal law.
Beneficiary shall mean:
  (a)   Unmarried Participants . For unmarried Participants, any individual(s), trust(s), estate(s), partnership(s), corporation(s) or other entity or entities designated by the Participant in accordance with procedures established by the Committee to receive any distribution to which the Participant is entitled under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death. The Committee may require certification by a Participant in any form it deems appropriate of the Participant’s marital status prior to accepting or honoring any Beneficiary designation. Any Beneficiary designation shall be void if the Participant revokes the designation or marries. Any Beneficiary designation shall be void to the

- 2 -


 

      extent it conflicts with the terms of a “qualified domestic relations order,” as defined in Code Section 414(p).
 
      If an unmarried Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary or if the designated Beneficiary fails to survive the Participant and the Participant has not designated a contingent Beneficiary, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s estate.
 
  (b)   Married Participant . A married Participant’s Beneficiary shall be his Spouse at the time of his death unless the Participant has designated a non-Spouse Beneficiary (or Beneficiaries) with the written consent of his Spouse given in the presence of a notary public on a form provided by the Committee, or unless the terms of a qualified domestic relations order require payment to a non-Spouse Beneficiary. A married Participant’s designation of a non-Spouse Beneficiary in accordance with the preceding sentence shall remain valid until revoked by the Participant or until the Participant marries a Spouse who has not consented to a designation in accordance with the preceding sentence. A Spouse’s consent to the Participant’s designation of a non-Spouse Beneficiary (or Beneficiaries) must state the specific non-spouse Beneficiary (including any class of Beneficiaries or contingent Beneficiaries) and the particular optional form of benefit. The Participant may not subsequently substitute another non-spouse Beneficiary or select another optional form of benefit without the Spouse’s consent. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Spouse may execute a general consent that allows the Participant to subsequently change the designated Beneficiary or optional form of benefit without Spousal consent, provided the Spouse acknowledges that (i) the Spouse may limit consent to a specific beneficiary or a specific optional form of benefit, and (ii) the Spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish such rights.
For the purposes of this Section, revocation of prior Beneficiary designations will occur when a Participant (i) files a subsequent valid designation with the Committee; or (ii) files a signed statement with the Committee evidencing his intent to revoke any prior designations.
Board shall mean the Board of Directors of Seacoast National Bank.
Break in Service shall mean a period of five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service.
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. A reference to a specific provision of the Code shall include such provision and any applicable Treasury Regulation pertaining thereto.
Committee shall mean the committee appointed by the Board or its designee under Article 10 to administer the Plan.
Company shall mean Seacoast National Bank, its successors and assigns.
Company Stock shall mean shares of common stock issued by Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida. The Company Stock is intended to constitute “Qualifying Employer Securities” as defined in ERISA Section 407(d)(5). It is hereby expressly provided that the Plan may acquire and hold Qualifying Employer Securities.
Company Stock Fund shall mean the portion of the Plan and the Trust Fund invested in Company Stock, including cash and cash equivalents to the extent needed to facilitate transactions.

- 3 -


 

Compensation shall mean the gross annual earnings required to be reported on a Participant’s Form W-2 (box 1) under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052. Compensation shall also (i) include Salary Savings Contributions, salary reduction contributions to any Section 125 Plan maintained by the Employer, amounts applied at the election of the Participant under an arrangement described in Code Section 132(f) and salary deferrals under Code Sections 402(a)(8), 402(h), 403(b), 457 and 414(h); (ii) exclude Non-elective Contributions under a Section 125 Plan maintained by the Employer, reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation (and for this purpose, benefits under a stock option plan are “deferred compensation”) and welfare benefits (and for this purpose, worker’s compensation payments of any type and severance pay of any type shall be considered to be “welfare benefits,” but sick pay, short term disability and vacation pay are not considered to be “welfare benefits”); and (iii) disregard any income exclusions under Code Section 3401(a) based on the nature or location of employment.
The annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account in determining allocations for any Plan Year shall not exceed $245,000 as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. Annual Compensation means Compensation during the Plan Year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which Compensation is otherwise determined under the Plan (the determination period). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual Compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such calendar year.
Contribution Agreement shall mean an agreement between the Employer and a participating Eligible Employee whereby such Eligible Employee authorizes the Employer to withhold a specified percentage of his Compensation for deposit to the Plan on his behalf on a pre-tax basis as Salary Savings Contributions and/or, effective on and after September 1, 2009, on an after-tax basis as Roth 401(k) Contributions.
Disability shall mean an illness or injury of a potentially permanent nature certified by a physician selected by or satisfactory to the Company that prevents the Employee from engaging in any occupation for wage or profit for which the Employee is reasonably fitted by training, education or experience. An Employee requesting payment under the Plan as a result of a Disability must be eligible for and receive disability benefits under the Social Security Act.
Effective Date shall mean January 1, 2009.
Elective Profit Sharing Contribution shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.02.
Eligible Employee . Except for those Employees identified in the following sentence, all Employees employed by the Employer shall be considered Eligible Employees. The following Employees shall not be considered Eligible Employees: (i) any employee included in a collective bargaining unit for which a labor organization is recognized as collective bargaining agent unless such employee has been designated by the Board of Directors as an “Eligible Employee” for the purposes of this Plan; (ii) any Employee who is a nonresident alien and who does not receive earned income from the Company that constitutes income from sources within the United States; (iii) any “Leased Employee,” within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)(2), with respect to the Employer; (iv) any Leased Employee, regardless of whether such employee meets the definition of leased employee in Code Section 414(n)(2); and (v) any person who is classified by the Employer as an independent contractor for purposes of withholding and payment of employment taxes, even if such person is later determined, whether by the Employer or otherwise, to be a common law Employee of the Employer.

- 4 -


 

Employee shall mean any person employed by or on Authorized Leave of Absence from the Employer, and any person who is a “Leased Employee” within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)(2) with respect to the Employer. However, if such Leased Employees constitute less than 20 percent of the Company’s and Affiliates’ combined non-highly compensated work force, within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)(1)(C)(ii), the term “Employee” shall not include Leased Employees covered by a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5).
Employee Contribution shall mean Non-elective Contributions deferred to the Plan under the Section 125 Plan maintained by the Employer, Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and/or Voluntary After-Tax Contributions (made to the Plan prior to April 1, 2001).
Employer shall mean the Company and all the Affiliates.
Employer Contribution shall mean Employer Matching Contributions, Profit Sharing Contributions, Retirement Contributions or Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.
Employer Matching Contribution shall have the meaning defined in Section 5.01.
Employer Matching Contribution Account shall mean the portion of a Participant’s total Account attributable to Employer Matching Contributions, and the total of the Adjustments that have been credited to or deducted from a Participant’s Account with respect to Employer Matching Contributions.
Entry Date shall mean the first day of the month coinciding with or immediately following the date an Eligible Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements in Article 3.
ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. Reference to a specific provision of ERISA shall include any applicable regulations pertaining thereto.
Fiduciary shall mean any party named as a Fiduciary in Article 10 of the Plan. Any party shall be considered a Fiduciary of the Plan only to the extent of the powers and duties specifically allocated to such party under the Plan.
Highly Compensated Employee shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.02.
Hour of Service shall mean:
  (a)   Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for performance of duties for the Employer. These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the period during which the duties were performed;
 
  (b)   Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer, on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity, layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period).
 
  (c)   Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the

- 5 -


 

      computation period or period to which the award or agreement pertains, rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement, or payment is made.
 
  (d)   In lieu of the foregoing, an Employee who is not compensated on an hourly basis (such as salary, commission or piecework employees) shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week in which such Employee would be credited with Hours of Service in hourly pay. However, this method of computing Hours of Service may not be used for any Employee whose Hours of Service is required to be counted and recorded by any Federal law, such as the Fair Labor Standards Act. Any such method must yield an equivalency of at least 1,000 hours per computation period.
 
  (e)   Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary, an Employee shall be credited with each hour for which the Employee is not paid but which is required to be credited to such employee under the Family and Medical Leave Act or the Uniformed Services Reemployment Rights Act. Hours credited under this paragraph shall be credited to the minimum extent and solely for the purpose required under the applicable law.
Hours of Service shall be credited for employment with the Company and with any Affiliate.
The following rules shall apply in determining whether an Employee completes an Hour of Service:
  1.   The same hours shall not be credited under subparagraphs (a) or (b) above, as the case may be, and subparagraph (c) above, nor shall the same hours credited under subparagraphs (a) through (d) above be credited under subparagraph (e) above.
 
  2.   The rules relating to determining Hours of Service for reasons other than the performance of duties and for crediting Hours of Service to particular periods of employment shall be those rules stated in Department of Labor Regulations Sections 2530.200b-2(b) and -2(c), respectively.
Investment Fund shall mean the separate funds under the Trust Fund that are distinguished by their investment objectives. See Section 6.03.
Leased Employee . Any person (other than an Employee of the Employer) who, pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and any other person, has performed services for the Employer (or for the Employer and related persons determined in accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services were performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer.
Non-elective Contribution shall mean contributions made to the Plan during the Plan Year by the Employer, at the election of the Participant in lieu of cash compensation, and that are made pursuant to the Section 125 Plan maintained by the Employer. Such contributions are fully vested and nonforfeitable when made and distributable only as specified in Article 8.
Non-Elective Profit Sharing Contribution shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 5.02.
Normal Retirement Age shall mean age 65.
One-Year Break in Service shall mean any Plan Year during which an Employee accrues 500 or fewer Hours of Service. A One-Year Break in Service shall not occur during any Plan Year in which the

- 6 -


 

Employee is on an Authorized Leave of Absence, but only if the Employee returns to active employment immediately upon expiration of such period.
Participant shall mean an Eligible Employee who becomes eligible to participate in the Plan as provided in Article 3.
Plan shall mean the Retirement Savings Plan for Employees of Seacoast National Bank and any amendments thereto. See also Section 1.01.
Plan Administrator or Administrator , within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(16), shall mean the Company.
Plan Year shall mean the calendar year.
Port St. Lucie Participant shall mean a participant in the Port St. Lucie National Bank Retirement Savings Plan immediately prior to the merger of such plan with this Plan.
Profit Sharing Contribution shall mean Elective Profit Sharing Contributions and Non-Elective Profit Sharing Contributions. See Section 5.02.
Profit Sharing Contribution Account shall mean the portion of a Participant’s total Account attributable to Profit Sharing Contributions, and the total of the Adjustments that have been credited to or deducted from a Participant’s Account with respect to Profit Sharing Contributions. Elective Profit Sharing Contributions and Non-elective Profit Sharing Contributions shall be separately accounted for under the Profit Sharing Contribution Account.
Qualified Domestic Relations Order . See Section 8.06.
Qualified Non-elective Contribution . See Section 5.04.
Qualified Plan shall mean any pension, profit-sharing, stock bonus, or other plan that meets the requirements of Section 401 of the Code that includes a trust exempt from tax under Section 501(a) of the Code; any annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code.
Retirement shall mean the Termination of Employment of a Participant on or after attaining age 55.
Retirement Contribution shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.03.
Retirement Contribution Account shall mean the portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to Retirement Contributions and the total of the Adjustments that have been credited to or deducted from a Participant’s Account with respect to Retirement Contributions.
Rollover Contribution shall have the meaning defined in Section 4.05.
Rollover Contribution Account shall mean the portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to Rollover Contributions and the total of the Adjustments attributable to such Rollover Contributions.
Roth 401(k) Contribution shall mean contributions made to the Plan by the Employer, pursuant to an irrevocable election of the Participant, in lieu of all or a portion of the Salary Savings Contributions the Participant is otherwise eligible to make under the Plan. Such contributions are nonforfeitable when

- 7 -


 

made and distributable only as specified in Article 8. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “irrevocable” shall not mean that the Participant’s Contribution Agreement may not be amended to increase or decrease the amount of Roth 401(k) Contributions or to suspend Roth 401(k) Contributions entirely, but shall mean that a Participant may not elect to recharacterize his Roth 401(k) Contributions as Salary Savings Contributions.
Roth 401(k) Contribution Account . The portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to Roth 401(k) Contributions, and the total of the Adjustments attributable thereto.
Salary Savings Contribution shall mean contributions made to the Plan during the Plan Year by the Employer, on behalf of the Participant, in lieu of cash compensation and that are made pursuant to a Contribution Agreement under Section 4.02(a) or that were made under the automatic enrollment provisions that were effective under the Plan during the 2008 Plan Year (as described in the second paragraph of Section 4.02(a)). Such contributions are fully vested and nonforfeitable when made and distributable only as specified in Article 8 below.
Salary Savings Contribution Account shall mean the portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to Salary Savings Contributions, and the total of the Adjustments that have been credited to or deducted from a Participant’s Account with respect to Salary Savings Contributions.
Separated Participant shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.03.
Spouse shall mean the person of the opposite sex who is the husband or wife of the Participant, who is married to the Participant (in a civil or religious ceremony recognized under the laws of the state where the marriage was contracted) immediately prior to the date on which payments to the Participant from the Plan begin. If the Participant dies prior to the commencement of benefits, Spouse shall mean a person who is married to a Participant (as defined in the immediately preceding sentence) on the date of the Participant’s death. A Participant shall not be considered married to another person as a result of any common law marriage whether or not such common law marriage is recognized by applicable state law.
Termination of Employment shall mean that an Employee has ceased to be employed by the Employer for any of the following reasons:
  (i)   Voluntary resignation from the service of the Employer;
 
  (ii)   Discharge from the service of the Employer by the Employer as the result of a reduction in force that is due to an Employer restructuring, reorganization, downsizing or elimination of a function or department;
 
  (iii)   Death;
 
  (iv)   Disability; or
 
  (v)   Retirement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee who ceases to be actively employed by reason of (i) an Authorized Leave of Absence or (ii) discharge from the service of the Employer by the Employer for reasons other than those identified in subparagraph (ii) above, regardless of the Employee’s age on his last day of employment, shall not be considered as having a Termination of Employment. If an Employee

- 8 -


 

terminates employment and, as part of such termination, becomes a Leased Employee, he shall not be deemed to have a Termination of Employment until he ceases to be a Leased Employee.
Transfer Contribution shall mean a non-taxable transfer of a Participant’s benefit directly from a Qualified Plan to this Plan.
Transfer Contribution Account shall mean the portion of a Participant’s Account holding Transfer Contributions and that are not separately allocated to an existing account under the Plan. Sub-accounts may be established as necessary to separately account for pre-tax contributions, after-tax contributions, etc. Any restriction or special rules applicable to the Transfer Contribution Account (including optional forms of benefit that are protected under Section 411(d)(6) of the Code) shall be set forth in an appendix to this Plan.
Treasury Regulation means regulations pertaining to certain Sections of the Code as issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.
Trust or Trust Agreement shall mean the separate trust agreement entered into between the Company and the trustee that governs the creation of the Fund and all amendments thereto that may hereafter be made.
Trust Fund or Fund shall mean the cash and other properties held and administered by the Trustee in accordance with the Plan and Trust Agreement.
Trustee shall mean the persons, corporation, association or a combination of them acting as Trustee under the Trust Agreement with respect to the assets held by such Trustee.
Valuation Date shall mean each business day of the Plan Year for which Plan assets are traded on a national exchange.
Voluntary After-Tax Contributions shall mean after-tax contributions made to the Plan during the Plan Year by an Eligible Employee prior to April 1, 2001. Such contributions were fully vested and nonforfeitable when made and are distributable only as specified in Article 8 below. Effective as of April 1, 2001, no further Voluntary After-Tax Contributions shall be permitted under this Plan.
Voluntary After-Tax Contribution Account shall mean the portion of a Participant’s total Account attributable to Voluntary After-Tax Contributions and the total of the Adjustments that have been credited to or deducted from a Participant’s Account with respect to Voluntary After-Tax Contributions.
Year of Eligibility Service shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.02.
Year of Vesting Service shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 7.05.

- 9 -


 

ARTICLE 3
PARTICIPATION
3.01   Participation .
  (a)   Participants on the Effective Date An Eligible Employee who was a Participant in the Plan on the day preceding the Effective Date shall automatically become a Participant in this Plan on the Effective Date, provided he is employed on the Effective Date.
 
  (b)   New Participants/Participation on and After the Effective Date . Subject to subparagraphs (1) — (3) below, an Eligible Employee who is not described in subsection (a) above shall become a Participant in the Plan on the Entry Date coinciding with or next following the later of (i) the date on which the Employee has completed ninety (90) days of employment, or (ii) the date the Employee becomes a member of the class of Eligible Employees.
  (1)   Employee Contributions . For purposes of becoming eligible to make Employee Contributions, an Eligible Employee who is not described in subsection (a) above shall become a Participant in the Plan on the later of (i) the first Entry Date coincident with or next following the date the Eligible Employee has completed 90 days of employment or (ii) the date the Employee becomes a member of the class of Eligible Employees.
 
  (2)   Employer Contributions . For purposes of becoming eligible to receive an Employer Contribution, an Eligible Employee who is not described in subsection (a) above shall become a Participant in the Plan on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the later of (i) the date on which the Eligible Employee completes one Year of Eligibility Service, or (ii) the date on which the Eligible Employee becomes a member of the class of Eligible Employees.
 
  (3)   Rollover Contributions . Notwithstanding the preceding subparagraphs (1) and (2), an Eligible Employee shall be eligible to become a Participant solely for purposes of making a Rollover Contribution under Section 4.05 on the date the Eligible Employee first accrues an Hour of Service with the Employer. An Eligible Employee who has not satisfied the applicable eligibility requirements set forth in this Section 3.01(b) may not make Salary Savings Contributions (see subparagraph (b)(1)), receive an allocation of an Employer Contribution (see subparagraph (b)(2), or otherwise be permitted to make any withdrawals or loans from his Account under the Plan.
  (c)   Break in Service . If an Eligible Employee either (i) is not employed or (ii) is no longer an Eligible Employee on the earliest Entry Date on or after which such Employee satisfied the requirements described above, but returns to work or again becomes an Eligible Employee before incurring a Break in Service, such Eligible Employee shall commence participation on the date such Employee returns to work or again becomes an Eligible Employee, whichever is later. If the Employee returns to work or again becomes an Eligible Employee after a Break in Service, such Employee must again satisfy the requirements of Section 3.01(b).

- 10 -


 

  (d)   Enrollment in Plan . An Eligible Employee who becomes eligible to participate in this Plan will be asked to follow certain procedures to enroll in the Plan, and pursuant to which he will designate Beneficiaries and may elect to make Salary Savings Contributions. However, an Eligible Employee’s participation in the Plan shall not be contingent upon completion of such enrollment process.
3.02   Year of Eligibility Service .
 
    A Year of Eligibility Service is determined under the 1,000 Hours of Service method. Accordingly, an Employee shall receive one Year of Eligibility Service upon completing a twelve (12) consecutive month period of employment during which the Employee earns at least 1,000 Hours of Service. The initial twelve month period shall be the twelve consecutive month period commencing on the Employee’s date of hire or rehire. If the Employee fails to complete 1,000 Hours of Service during this 12-month period, the Employee shall receive a Year of Eligibility Service upon completing at least 1,000 Hours of Service during a Plan Year (commencing with the Plan Year during which the Employee’s first anniversary of his date of hire occurs).
 
3.03   Participation and Rehire .
  (a)   Status as a Participant . A Participant’s participation in the Plan shall continue until the Participant’s Termination of Employment. On or after his Termination of Employment, the Employee shall be known as a Separated Participant and his benefits shall thereafter be governed by the provisions of Article 8. The individual’s status as a Separated Participant shall cease as of the date the individual ceases to have any balance in his Account.
 
  (b)   Rehire of Person who was a Participant in this Plan . An Eligible Employee who was a Participant in this Plan at the time of his Termination of Employment and who is subsequently rehired by the Employer, shall be eligible to immediately participate in this Plan on the date of his rehire (provided he is an Eligible Employee on such date). See Section 3.01(c) to determine if an Employee was a Participant at the time of his Termination of Employment.
3.04   Acquisitions .
 
    If a group of persons becomes employed by the Employer (or any of its subsidiaries or divisions) as a result of an acquisition of another employer, the Committee shall determine whether and to what extent employment with such prior employer shall be treated as Years of Eligibility Service, the applicable Entry Date (or special entry date) for such acquired employees, and any other terms and conditions that apply to eligibility to participate in this Plan. Such terms and conditions shall be set forth in an appendix to this Plan. Except to the extent required by law, employees of an acquired business that is not identified in an appendix shall be treated as having first accrued an Hour of Service as of the date of the Employer’s acquisition of such business.
 
3.05   Not Contract for Employment .
 
    Participation in the Plan shall not give any Employee the right to be retained in the Employer’s employ, nor shall any Employee, upon dismissal from or voluntary termination of his employment, have any right or interest in the Fund, except as herein provided.

- 11 -


 

ARTICLE 4
EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
4.01   Employee Contributions .
 
    Except during periods of suspension described in Section 4.03, a Participant may elect to make Salary Savings Contributions and, effective on and after September 1, 2009, Roth 401(k) Contributions by means of payroll deduction as provided below. For purposes of this Section 4.01, “Compensation” shall have the meaning described in Article 2, but ignoring the second paragraph of such definition (i.e., the Code Section 401(a)(17) limitation).
  (a)   Salary Savings Contributions . A Participant may contribute as a Salary Savings Contribution any whole percentage from 1% to 75% (in 1% increments) of his Compensation during any Plan Year. Because of the limitations described in Section 4.02(c), a Participant may not be allowed to contribute the maximum percentage.
 
  (b)   Voluntary After-Tax Contributions . Effective as of April 1, 2001, no additional Voluntary After-Tax Contributions shall be permitted under this Plan. Any Voluntary After-Tax Contributions allocated to a Participant’s Account for payroll periods prior to April 1, 2001 shall remain in such Participant’s Account until such time as the Account is distributed to the Participant.
 
  (c)   Non-elective Contributions . A Participant may contribute as a Non-elective Contribution any amount the Participant elects to contribute to the Plan under the Section 125 Plan maintained by the Employer. Such amounts shall be allocated to a Participant’s Salary Savings Contributions Account under the Plan.
 
  (d)   Catch-Up Contributions . All Employees who are eligible to make Salary Savings Contributions under this Plan and who have attained age 50 before the close of the calendar year shall be eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Section 414(v) of the Code. Such Catch-Up Contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Section 401(a)(4), 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416 of the Code, as applicable, by reason of the making of such Catch-Up Contributions. Catch-Up Contributions shall be deemed to be Salary Savings Contributions and/or Roth 401(k) Contributions for purposes of the Employer Matching Contribution provided under Section 5.01 of the Plan.
 
      The Plan will mirror a Participant’s election of Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions during the Plan Year in determining the allocation of his Catch-Up Contributions for the Plan Year between Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions.
 
  (e)   Roth 401(k) Contributions . Except during periods of suspension as set forth in Section 4.03, effective for pay periods beginning on and after September 1, 2009, a Participant may enter into a Contribution Agreement and elect to make Roth 401(k) Contributions to

- 12 -


 

      the Plan by means of payroll deduction. A Participant may contribute as a Roth 401(k) Contribution any whole percentage from 1% to 75% of his Compensation during any Plan Year. The contribution limit of 1% to 75% of Compensation applies to both Salary Savings Contributions under Section 4.01(a) and Roth 401(k) Contributions under this Section 4.01(e). Thus, if a Participant elects to contribute 25% of Compensation as a Roth 401(k) Contribution, the maximum Salary Savings Contribution would be 50% of Compensation. The Plan Administrator may establish guidelines and rules in order to effectuate the provisions of this Section 4.01(e).
4.02   Elections Regarding Employee Contributions .
  (a)   Procedure for Making Elections . A Participant may enter a Contribution Agreement with the Employer authorizing the Employer to withhold a portion of such Participant’s Compensation as a Salary Savings Contribution during each pay period and/or, effective on and after September 1, 2009, to withhold a portion of such Compensation as a Roth 401(k) Contribution during each pay period. The election to make Salary Savings Contributions and/or Roth 401(k) Contributions shall be effective as of the first day of the Participant’s normal pay period after the Employer (or its designee) receives the Contribution Agreement or as soon as administratively feasible thereafter. The Committee may prescribe additional rules and regulations regarding the manner and timing of the Participant’s election including a shorter or longer period of required notice.
 
      The automatic enrollment provisions that were effective under the Plan during the 2008 Plan Year were suspended effective as of the close of the day on December 31, 2008. However, each Participant who, on December 31, 2008, was making Salary Savings Contributions to the Plan at the rate of two percent (2%) of his Compensation under those automatic enrollment provisions shall continue to have Salary Savings Contributions made to the Plan on his behalf at the rate of two percent (2%) of his Compensation on and after January 1, 2009 until such as the Participant elects otherwise.
 
      A Participant may elect to make Non-elective Contributions and/or Catch-Up Contributions to the Plan in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the Committee from time to time.
  (b)   Treatment as 401(k) Contributions .
  (1)   Pre-Tax Contributions . It is expressly intended that, to the extent allowable by law, Salary Savings Contributions, Non-elective Contributions and Catch-Up Contributions shall not be included in the gross income of the Employee for income tax purposes and shall be deemed contributions under a cash or deferred arrangement pursuant to Code Section 401(k).
 
  (2)   Roth 401(k) Contributions . It is expressly intended that, to the extent allowable by law, Roth 401(k) Contributions shall be included in the Participant’s gross income for income tax purposes at the time the Participant would have received the amount of the Roth 401(k) Contribution in cash if the Employee had not made the election described in Section 4.02(a).
  (c)   Additional Limitations of Salary Savings Contributions, Non-elective Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions . Salary Savings Contributions, Non-elective Contributions

- 13 -


 

      and Roth 401(k) Contributions (but not Catch-Up Contributions) shall be subject to the limitations described in Section 12.01 (maximum dollar contribution limit), Section 12.03 (ADP nondiscrimination test), and Article 14 (Code Section 415 limit).
4.03   Changes in Employee Contribution Percentage or Suspension of Contributions .
  (a)   Change of Contribution Percentage . A Participant may increase or decrease the percentage of his Compensation contributed as an Employee Contribution at any time by delivery of a new written notice to the Committee (or to its designee) using such forms and/or procedures approved by the Committee.
 
  (b)   Suspension of Contributions . A Participant may suspend his Employee Contributions at any time by properly completing a form using such procedures as prescribed by the Committee. The suspension of Employee Contributions will be effective on the first day of the Participant’s normal payroll period that begins after the Participant submits his request to the Committee or its designee. A Participant may resume making Salary Savings Contributions effective as of the first day of the payroll period after the Participant submits his request to the Committee or its designee. Employee Contributions automatically shall be suspended beginning on the first payroll period that commences after the Participant is not in receipt of Compensation, the Participant’s layoff, or the Participant’s Authorized Leave of Absence without pay.
 
  (c)   Other Rules .
  (1)   Section 9.03 describes the circumstances under which a Participant’s Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions will be suspended for a period of at least 6 months after the Participant receives a hardship distribution.
 
  (2)   In order to satisfy the provisions of Article 12 and Article 14, the Committee may from time to time either temporarily suspend the Employee Contributions of certain Participants or reduce the maximum permissible Employee Contribution that may be made to the Plan by those Participants.
 
  (3)   Any reduction, increase, or suspension of Employee Contributions described in this Section 4.03 shall be made in such manner as the Committee may prescribe from time to time consistent with the provisions of this Section.
4.04   Deadline for Contribution and Allocation of Salary Savings Contributions .
    Employee Contributions shall be paid to the Trustee as soon as such assets can be reasonably segregated from the Employer’s general assets at the end of each regular pay period, but in no event later than such deadline prescribed in Department of Labor Regulation 2510.3-102(b)-1 or any successor regulations.
4.05   Rollover Contributions .
  (a)   Without regard to any limitation on contributions set forth in this Article 4, an Eligible Employee (even if such person has not yet become a Participant in the Plan) shall be permitted, if the Committee consents (based on non-discriminatory criteria), to transfer to

- 14 -


 

      the Trustee during any Plan Year additional property acceptable to the Trustee, provided such property was received by the Eligible Employee from:
  (1)   a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code, including after-tax employee contributions,
 
  (2)   an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code, excluding after-tax employee contributions,
 
  (3)   an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state, or
 
  (4)   an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or 408(b) of the Code that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in gross income.
  (b)   Such property described in subparagraph (a) shall be held by the Trustee in the Eligible Employee’s Rollover Contribution Account, and the Eligible Employee’s Rollover Account shall share in any Adjustment as provided in Section 6.02.
 
  (c)   All such amounts so held shall at all times be fully vested and nonforfeitable. Such amounts shall be distributed to the Eligible Employee upon Termination of Employment in the manner provided in Article 8.
 
  (d)   The fact that an Eligible Employee may make a Rollover Contribution pursuant to this Section 4.05 shall not operate to make such person a Participant in this Plan for any other purpose.
4.06   Transfer Contribution .
  (a)   If the Committee consents (based on nondiscriminatory criteria), a trustee of another Qualified Plan may transfer the account balance of a Participant held in such other Qualified Plan to the Trustee of this Plan. After such transfer, the Trustee of this Plan shall hold such transferred account balance in an account designated by the Committee.
 
  (b)   Transfers from another Qualified Plan directly to this Plan shall be permitted only if the transferred assets are acceptable to the Trustee and only if the transfer will not adversely affect the tax qualified status of this Plan. On a nondiscriminatory basis, the Trustee may refuse to accept a transfer if the transfer will increase the administrative burdens of the Plan (including the addition of new optional forms of benefit).
 
  (c)   Information about the transferred assets and any limitations or conditions imposed on sub-accounts held under the Plan shall be specified in an appendix to this Plan. The Committee may amend such appendix without the consent of the Board or the Employer.

- 15 -


 

ARTICLE 5
EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS
5.01   Employer Matching Contribution .
  (a)   Eligibility to Receive Matching Contributions with respect to Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions . Each Plan Year, the Employer shall, or for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2009, may make an Employer Matching Contribution on behalf of each Participant who has completed a Year of Eligibility Service and who made Salary Savings Contributions and/or Roth 401(k) Contributions during the Plan Year following his Matching Contribution Eligibility Date. A Participant’s “Matching Contribution Eligibility Date” shall mean the Entry Date coincident with or next following the later of (i) the date on which the Eligible Employee completes one Year of Eligibility Service, or (ii) the date on which the Eligible Employee becomes a member of the class of Eligible Employees. A Participant shall not receive any Employer Matching Contributions on any Salary Savings Contributions and/or Roth 401(k) Contributions made before his Matching Contribution Eligibility Date or on any Salary Savings Contributions and/or Roth 401(k) Contributions attributable to Compensation earned before his Matching Contribution Eligibility Date.
 
  (b)   Eligibility to Receive Matching Contribution with respect to Elective Profit Sharing Contributions . Each Plan Year, the Employer shall, or for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2009, may make an Employer Matching Contribution on behalf of each Participant who has completed a Year of Eligibility Service and who elected to contribute his Elective Profit Sharing Contribution to the Plan for the Plan Year.
 
  (c)   Amount of Match .
  (1)   Match on Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions for 2009 . Effective as of January 1, 2009, the rate of the Employer Matching Contribution will be 25% of a Participant’s Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions for the Plan Year to the extent those Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions do not exceed 4% of the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. This means that if a Participant contributes 4% of his Compensation to the Plan during the Plan Year as Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions, the amount of his Employer Matching Contributions on those Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions for the Plan Year will be 1% of his Compensation for the Plan Year. A Participant’s Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions for the Plan Year in excess of 4% of his Compensation for the Plan Year will not be matched.
 
      For a Participant whose Matching Contribution Eligibility Date (as defined in Section 5.01(a) above) occurs during the Plan Year, the rate of the Employer Matching Contribution on the Participant’s Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions for the Plan Year will be 25% of the Participant’s Salary Savings Contribution and Roth 401(k) Contributions for the Plan Year made after his Matching Contribution Eligibility Date to the extent those Salary

- 16 -


 

      Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions do not exceed 4% of the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year earned after his Matching Contribution Eligibility Date.
 
  (2)   Discretionary Match on Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2009 . Prior to the first day of each Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2009, the Company may declare (but is not required to declare) a discretionary Employer Matching Contribution for the following Plan Year. Such Employer Matching Contribution shall be a percentage of the Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions made by a Participant for such Plan Year, subject to such overall limit as the Company may declare with respect to the Plan Year. For a Participant whose Matching Contribution Eligibility Date (as defined in Section 5.01(a) above) occurs during the Plan Year, the rate of the discretionary Employer Matching Contribution, if any, on the Participant’s Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions for the Plan Year will be determined based on the Participant’s Salary Savings Contribution and Roth 401(k) Contributions for the Plan Year made after his Matching Contribution Eligibility Date. Such discretionary Employer Matching Contribution, if any, shall be made in cash and allocated to the Account of each eligible Participant during the payroll period or such other period selected by the Company.
 
  (3)   Match on Elective Profit Sharing Contribution . For the 2009 Plan Year, the Employer Matching Contribution made by the Employer with respect to Elective Profit Sharing Contributions shall equal 100% of the Participant’s Elective Profit Sharing Contributions that the Participant elects to contribute to the Plan for such Plan Year. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2009, if the Company, in its sole discretion, elects to make an Employer Matching Contribution with respect to Elective Profit Sharing Contribution, such Employer Matching Contribution shall be equal to a percentage, as declared by the Company, of the Participant’s Elective Profit Sharing Contributions that the Participant elects to contribute to the Plan for the Plan Year. The matching contribution percentage shall be declared by the Company if and when the Company decides to make a discretionary Profit Sharing Contribution to the Plan. The Employer Matching Contribution shall be allocated to the Participant’s Employer Matching Contribution Account within a reasonable time after the end of the Plan Year or such other period determined by the Company.
5.02   Profit Sharing Contributions .
  (a)   Eligibility to Receive Profit Sharing Contributions . Each year, the Company may elect to make a discretionary Profit Sharing Contribution to the Plan.
  (1)   A Participant shall not be eligible to receive an initial Profit Sharing Contribution until he completes a Year of Eligibility Service and satisfies the allocation requirements of subparagraph (2).
 
  (2)   The Profit Sharing Contribution shall be allocated to the Profit Sharing Account of each Participant who (A) has satisfied the requirement of subparagraph (1) (if applicable), (B) has completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan

- 17 -


 

      Year, and (C) is employed on the last day of the Plan Year or who had a Termination of Employment during the Plan Year on account of death, Disability or Retirement.
  (b)   Non-Elective and Elective Profit Sharing Contribution . Fifty percent (50%) of the Profit Sharing Contribution (the “Non-Elective Profit Sharing Contribution”) shall be allocated to each eligible Participant’s Profit Sharing Contribution Account in the same proportion that each such Participant’s Eligible Compensation (as defined below) for the Plan Year bears to the total Eligible Compensation of all such Participants for the Plan Year. The remaining fifty percent (50%) may, at the election of the Participant, be distributed immediately to the Participant in cash or be contributed to the Plan (the “Elective Profit Sharing Contribution”). However, as is further described in Section 9.03(b)(1) of the Plan, a Participant who has received a hardship withdrawal from the Plan within 6 months of the date of Profit Sharing Contribution to the Plan cannot elect an Elective Profit Sharing Contribution but instead must receive the remaining fifty percent (50%) in a cash distribution. See Section 5.01(c)(2) regarding a matching contribution with respect to Elective Profit Sharing Contributions.
 
  (c)   Eligible Compensation . For purposes of this Section 5.02, “Eligible Compensation” shall mean a Participant’s base wages (including commissions, but excluding overtime, bonuses and incentives) received while a Participant in the Plan. Eligible Compensation received during a Plan Year but prior to the time an Eligible Employee completes a Year of Eligibility Service shall be excluded.
5.03   Retirement Contribution .
 
    Each year the Company may (but shall not be required to) make an additional contribution annually to the Plan each Plan Year on behalf of each eligible Participant. Such contribution shall be no more than 2% (or such other percentage or amount as determined by the Committee) of a Participant’s Eligible Compensation (as defined in Section 5.02(c) above). Eligible Compensation received during a Plan Year but prior to the time an Eligible Employee completes a Year of Eligibility Service shall be excluded for purposes of calculating the Retirement Contribution.
  (1)   A Participant shall not be eligible to receive an initial Retirement Contribution until he completes a Year of Eligibility Service and satisfies the allocation requirements of subparagraph (2).
 
  (2)   The Retirement Contribution shall be allocated to the Retirement Contribution Account of each Participant who (A) has satisfied the requirement of subparagraph (1) (if applicable), (B) has completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year, and (C) is employed on the last day of the Plan Year or who had a Termination of Employment during the Plan Year on account of death, Disability or Retirement.
5.04   Qualified Non-Elective Contributions .
 
    In the sole discretion of the Employer, an additional Employer Contribution may be made to the Plan which shall be known as a “Qualified Non-Elective Contribution.” Such contribution shall be made in order to satisfy the requirements of Article 12, and shall be allocated to the Qualified

- 18 -


 

    Non-Elective Contribution Accounts of those Non-Highly Compensated Employees selected by the Committee at the time such Qualified Non-Elective Contribution is made, or as soon thereafter as possible.
 
5.05   Form and Timing of Contributions .
  (a)   Employer Contributions shall be made in cash or in property acceptable to the Trustee valued at the property’s fair market value on the date the property is delivered to the Trustee. Employer Matching Contributions, Profit Sharing Contributions and Retirement Contributions shall be delivered to the Trustee on or before the date prescribed by the Code for filing the Company’s federal income tax return, including authorized extensions.
 
  (b)   Except as provided in this Section 5.04, all Employer Contributions shall be irrevocable, shall never inure to the benefit of any Employer, shall be held for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries (and contingently for defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan), and shall be held and distributed by the Trustees only in accordance with this Plan.
 
  (c)   A contribution that was made by a mistake in fact or conditioned upon the deductibility of the contribution under Section 404 of the Code shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the payment of the contribution or the disallowance of the deduction (to the extent disallowed) whichever is applicable. All contributions made to this Plan are conditional upon the deductibility of such contribution under Code Section 404.
5.06   Forfeitures .
  (a)   Forfeitures shall first be applied to restore amounts previously forfeited pursuant to Section 7.06(c). See Section 7.06 to determine when a forfeiture of a Participant’s Account occurs.
 
  (b)   If any forfeitures remain after the restoration of forfeitures described in Section 5.06(a), such remaining forfeitures shall be applied to reduce Plan administrative expenses and/or reduce Employer Contributions.
5.07   Employment on Last Day of Plan Year.
 
    To the extent necessary to comply with Code Sections 410(b), 401(a)(4) or any other applicable requirement, Employees who were not otherwise eligible to receive an Employer Contribution shall be deemed to be eligible. The Committee (in a nondiscriminatory manner) shall determine which Employees may participate in the Plan, the extent of such participation and the allocation of any Employer Contribution.

- 19 -


 

ARTICLE 6
ACCOUNTS AND ALLOCATIONS
6.01   Participant Accounts .
  (a)   Individual Account Plan . This Plan is an “individual account plan,” as that term is used in ERISA. A separate Account shall be maintained for each Participant, Separated Participant or Beneficiary, so long as he has an interest in the Trust Fund.
 
  (b)   Sub-Accounts . Each Account shall be divided (as appropriate) into the following parts and sub-parts:
  (1)   The Salary Savings Contribution Account;
 
  (2)   The Roth 401(k) Contribution Account;
 
  (3)   The Employer Matching Contribution Account (which Account shall be divided into two subparts — one subpart tracking Employer Matching Contributions on Salary Savings Contributions and the second subpart tracking Matching Contributions on Elective Profit Sharing Contributions);
 
  (4)   The Profit Sharing Contribution Account (which Account shall be divided into two subparts — one subpart tracking Elective Profit Sharing Contributions and the second subpart tracking Non-Elective Profit Sharing Contributions);
 
  (5)   The Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account;
 
  (6)   The Rollover Contribution Account;
 
  (7)   The Voluntary After-Tax Contribution Account;
 
  (8)   The Retirement Contribution Account; and
 
  (9)   The Transfer Contribution Account.
      In addition, the Committee may divide such sub-accounts into such additional sub-portions as the Committee deems to be necessary or advisable under the circumstances or to establish other accounts or sub-accounts as needed.
  (c)   Value of Account as of Valuation Date . As of each Valuation Date, each Participant’s Account shall equal:
  (1)   his total Account as determined on the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus
 
  (2)   his Employee Contributions added to his Account since the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus

- 20 -


 

  (3)   his Employer Contributions added to his Account since the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus
 
  (4)   his Rollover Contributions and Transfer Contributions since the immediately preceding Valuation Date, minus
 
  (5)   his distributions, if any, since the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus or minus
 
  (6)   his allocable share of Adjustments.
6.02   Allocation of Adjustments .
  (a)   The Adjustment for each Investment Fund shall be calculated as of each Valuation Date. The Adjustment for a given Investment Fund shall be allocated to each Account invested in such Investment Fund in the proportion that each such Account bears to the total of all such Accounts. Such Valuation shall occur prior to the allocation of Employer Contributions but after taking into account all distributions and all Employee Contributions since the prior Valuation Date. Any Rollover Contribution or Transfer Contribution made during the Plan Year shall be weighted to reflect the number of full months such Rollover Contribution or Transfer Contribution was held in the Plan.
 
  (b)   The Committee may direct that expenses attributable to general Plan administration be allocated among the Accounts of all Participants in proportion to their Account balances.
 
  (c)   The Adjustment that is allocable to the Participant’s directed investment of his loan shall be the interest payments made by the Participant with respect to such loan since the immediately preceding Valuation Date.
6.03   Investment Funds and Elections .
  (a)   Election of Investment Funds . Each Participant shall direct the investment of his Account, following such procedures as may be specified by the Committee (or its designee), to have his Account allocated or reallocated among the Investment Funds.
 
  (b)   Initial Investment Direction . A Participant’s initial investment election must allocate his entire Account, together with all subsequent contributions, for so long as the election remains in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Employee who fails to make a proper investment election by the deadline established by the Committee or its designee for such purpose shall be deemed to have elected to allocate 100% of his Account in the default fund designated by the Committee for such purpose from time to time. Each such default fund shall comply with the requirements to be a “qualified default investment fund” under Section 404(c)(5) of ERISA and the applicable regulations thereunder.
 
  (c)   Subsequent Elections . Investment elections will remain in effect until changed by a new election. New elections may be made by a Participant at any time in the same manner as set forth in Section 6.03(a), and shall be effective as of the Valuation Date immediately following delivery of the new election to the Committee (or its designee). New elections may change future allocations to the Participant’s Account, may reallocate between the

- 21 -


 

      Investment Funds any amounts previously credited to the Participant’s Account, or may leave the allocation of such prior amounts unchanged. Trust transactions reflecting investment elections among the Investment Funds will occur as of the Valuation Date that immediately follows the timely receipt of such investment election when such allocation or re-allocation can be made and all Investment Fund values shall be determined as of such dates.
 
  (d)   Investment Options . The Committee is authorized to select new Investment Funds or to eliminate any Investment Fund as the Committee shall deem appropriate from time to time. Any change in Investment Funds shall be noted in the minutes of the Committee. The creation of an Investment Fund shall not be effective until the Trustee has consented in writing to the creation of such new Investment Fund. Any creation or deletion of an Investment Fund shall not be effective until such change is communicated to Participants and new investment elections are solicited from Participants, if appropriate.
 
  (e)   Investment in the Company Stock Fund . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6.03, effective as of April 1, 2007, a Participant may not allocate more than thirty percent (30%) of any new contributions to be made by him or on his behalf under the Plan for investment in the Company Stock Fund. In addition, at any time, a Participant may not elect to reallocate the investment of his Account in such a manner that after the reallocation, more than thirty percent (30%) of his Account is invested in the Company Stock Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
  (i)   If more than thirty percent (30%) of a Participant’s Account was invested in the Company Stock Fund on March 31, 2007, such Participant will not be able to direct any subsequent contributions into the Company Stock Fund or reallocate any amounts previously credited to his Account into the Company Stock Fund until the percentage of his Account invested in the Company Stock Fund is less than thirty percent (30%).
 
  (ii)   If more than thirty percent (30%) of a Participant’s Account was invested in the Company Stock Fund on March 31, 2007 and the Participant fails to change his investment elections to reallocate any subsequent contributions into an alternative Investment Fund for payroll periods beginning on and after April 1, 2007, until the Participant’s Account satisfies the requirements of subparagraph (i) above, or the Participant changes his elections, whichever occurs earlier, such amounts will be invested in the Investment Fund that, in the opinion of the Committee, best preserves the principal amount of the Participant’s Account.
6.04   Errors .
 
    Where an error or omission is discovered in any Participant’s Account, the Committee shall make appropriate corrective adjustments as of the end of the Plan Year in which the error or omission is discovered. If it is not practical to correct the error retroactively, then the Committee shall take such action in its sole discretion as may be necessary to make such corrective adjustments, provided that any such actions shall treat similarly situated Participants alike and shall not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.

- 22 -


 

6.05   Valuation For Purposes of Distributions .
  (a)   For the purposes of Article 8, each Participant’s Account shall be valued as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the distribution of the Participant’s Account.
 
  (b)   No person entitled to a distribution shall receive interest or other earnings on the Account from the applicable Valuation Date described in subsection (a), to the date of actual distribution to such person.
 
  (c)   This Section 6.05 shall not apply to the valuation of Accounts for purposes of in-service withdrawals or loans. Instead, see Section 9.05.

- 23 -


 

ARTICLE 7
VESTING
7.01   Retirement .
 
    A Participant who has a Termination of Employment on or after attaining age 55 shall be 100% vested in his Account. Such Account will be distributed on the date and in the form specified in Article 8.
 
7.02   Disability .
 
    A Participant who has a Termination of Employment on account of Disability shall become 100% vested in his Account as of the date of such Disability and shall be entitled to a distribution of his Account on the date and in the form specified in Article 8.
 
7.03   Death .
 
    A Participant who has a Termination of Employment on account of death shall become 100% vested in his Account. The Participant’s Beneficiary shall receive a distribution of such Account on the date and in the form specified in Article 8. Effective as of January 1, 2007, a Participant who dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Section 414(u) of the Code) shall be deemed to have a Termination of Employment on account of death for purposes of this Section 7.03.
 
7.04   Other Termination of Employment .
  (a)   In General . Upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment for any reason other than Retirement, Disability or death, the Participant shall be entitled to the vested portion of his Account, which shall be distributed on the date and in the form specified in Article 8.
 
  (b)   100% Vesting in Certain Sub-Accounts .
  (1)   A Participant shall always be one hundred percent (100%) vested in his Salary Savings Contribution Account, Roth 401(k) Contribution Account, Voluntary After-Tax Contribution Account, the Elective Profit Sharing Contribution portion of the Participant’s Profit Sharing Contribution Account and Rollover Contribution Account.
 
  (2)   Effective January 1, 1999, a Participant shall always be one hundred percent (100%) vested in any portion of his Employer Matching Contribution Account. The special vesting rule in the preceding sentence shall not apply to any Participant who Terminated Employment prior to January 1, 1999. If a Participant Terminated Employment prior to January 1, 1999 but becomes a Participant again on or after January 1, 1999, this special vesting rule shall apply to any portion of his Employer Matching Contribution Account that has not been forfeited pursuant to Section 7.06 or that is forfeited but restored pursuant to Section 7.06(c).

- 24 -


 

  (c)   Four Year Vesting For Certain Sub-Accounts . Any Participant who ceases to be an Employee shall have a vested interest in his Retirement Contribution Account and the Non-Elective Profit Sharing Contribution portion of his Profit Sharing Contribution Account as follows:
                 
    Years of Vesting Service as of    
    Termination of Employment   Vested Percentage
 
  Less than 1 year     0 %
 
  1 year     25 %
 
  2 years     50 %
 
  3 years     75 %
 
  4 years     100 %
      This vesting schedule shall also apply to the Employer Matching Contribution Account of a Participant who Terminated Employment prior to January 1, 1999 (as discussed in subsection (b)(2) above)
 
  (d)   Forfeiture . That portion of the Participant’s Account that is not vested upon such Termination of Employment shall be forfeited in accordance with Section 7.06.
 
  (e)   Transfer Contribution Account . See an appendix to this Plan for the vesting schedule applicable to a Transfer Contribution Account upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment.
7.05   Year of Vesting Service .
  (a)   Vesting Credit Prior to Effective Date. An Employee’s Vesting Service prior to the Effective Date shall be determined under the terms of the Plan in effect when the Participant Terminated Employment.
  (b)   Vesting Credit After Effective Date . On or after the Effective Date, an Employee shall receive one Year of Vesting Service for any Plan Year during which the Employee is credited with 1,000 or more Hours of Service. An Employee shall not receive a Year of Vesting Service for any period of employment during any Plan Year if the Employee is credited with less than 1,000 Hours of Service during such Plan Year.
 
  (c)   Forfeiture of Vesting Service . A Year of Vesting Service shall not include any period of employment that precedes a Break in Service if, as of the first day of the Break in Service, the Employee does not have a vested interest in his Employer Contributions or Salary Savings Contributions.
 
  (d)   Employment with Affiliates . Any period of employment with an Affiliate shall be considered service with the Employer for purposes of determining whether the Employee has a Year of Vesting Service.
 
  (e)   Authorized Leave of Absence . A Year of Vesting Service shall not include any period of Authorized Leave of Absence or service in the military except to the extent such service is required to be credited under applicable federal law.

- 25 -


 

  (f)   Employment with Non-Affiliates or Predecessor Businesses . A Participant shall not receive a Year of Vesting Service for any employment with an Affiliate before it becomes an Affiliate including any period of employment with a predecessor business prior to its acquisition by the Employer except to the extent specifically set forth in an appendix to this Plan.
7.06   Forfeitures .
  (a)   No Distribution of Account Prior to Break In Service . A Participant who incurs a Termination of Employment but who does not receive a distribution of his vested Account prior to incurring a Break in Service shall, upon incurring the Break in Service, forfeit the non-vested portion of his Account. If the terminated Participant resumes employment with the Employer prior to incurring a Break in Service, then the Participant’s entire Account, unreduced by any forfeiture, shall become his beginning Account on the date he resumes participation in the Plan.
 
  (b)   Distribution of Vested Account Prior to Break in Service . A Participant who incurs a Termination of Employment and receives a distribution of his entire vested Account prior to incurring a Break in Service, shall, upon such distribution, forfeit the non-vested portion of his Account. A Participant who is not vested in any portion of his Account shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his entire vested account upon his Termination of Employment and the Participant’s non-vested Account shall be immediately forfeited.
 
  (c)   Repayment of Account; Restoration of Non-Vested Account . Except as provided below, a Participant who is re-hired by the Employer shall have the right to repay to the Plan the portion of the Participant’s Account that was previously distributed to him. In the event the Participant repays the entire distribution he received from the Plan, the Employer shall restore the non-vested portion of the Participant’s Account. A Participant’s Account shall first be restored, to the extent possible, out of forfeitures under the Plan in the Plan Year in which the distribution was restored. To the extent such forfeitures are insufficient to restore the Participant’s Account, restoration shall be made from Employer Contributions. A Participant who was deemed to have received a distribution of his vested Account (see subsection (b) above) shall be deemed to have repaid such vested Account if such Participant is rehired before incurring a Break in Service.
 
  (d)   Restrictions on Repayment of Account . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, a Participant shall not have the right to repay to the Plan the portion of his Account that was previously distributed to him after any of the following events: (i) the Participant incurs a Break in Service before returning to employment, (ii) the Participant fails to repay the prior distribution within five (5) years after the Participant is re-employed by the Employer, or (iii) the Participant received a distribution of his entire Account balance at the time of such earlier distribution.
7.07   Amendment of Vesting Schedule .
 
    If the vesting schedule of the Plan is amended, or the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of any Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage, or if the Plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to or from a Top-Heavy vesting schedule, each Participant with at least three (3) Years of Vesting Service with the Employer may elect, within a

- 26 -


 

    reasonable period after the adoption of the amendment, to have his nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment. The period during which the election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted and shall end on the later of:
  (a)   60 days after the amendment is adopted;
 
  (b)   60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or
 
  (c)   60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or Trustee.

- 27 -


 

ARTICLE 8
DISTRIBUTIONS
8.01   Commencement of Distribution .
  (a)   Distribution Following Termination of Employment . A Participant’s Account shall be distributed as soon as administratively feasible following the Participant’s Termination of Employment and the date the Committee receives the Participant’s (or, if applicable, his Beneficiary’s) written request for a distribution. All distributions shall be made on a pro-rata basis from a Participant’s Account, to the extent applicable. Except as provided in Section 8.01(b), the Participant’s Account shall not be distributed without the Participant’s (or, if applicable, his Beneficiary’s) consent. This means that, unless the rule set forth in Section 8.01(b)(i) below applies ( in the case of a Participant whose vested Account balance does not exceed $1,000), a Participant who has a Termination of Employment may elect (i) to commence distributions from the Plan as soon as administratively feasible following his Termination of Employment in one of the forms permitted under Section 8.3 of the Plan or (ii) to defer his distributions to a date not later than his Required Beginning Date (as defined in Section 8.03(e)(5) of the Plan). Such a Participant will be deemed to have elected to defer his distributions to a date not later than his Required Beginning Date if he does not elect an earlier commencement of his distributions.
 
  (b)   Consent of Participant . A Participant’s (or, if applicable, his Beneficiary’s) consent to a distribution of the Participant’s Account shall not be required in the circumstances described below, and the Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant’s Account as provided below:
  (i)   Account does not exceed $1,000 . If a Participant has a Termination of Employment and the value of his vested Account balance does not exceed $1,000, such Account shall be distributed to the Participant (or, if applicable, to his Beneficiary) in a lump sum no later than ninety (90) days after the end of the Plan Year in which such Termination of Employment occurred. Solely for purposes of determining whether the Participant’s vested Account balance does not exceed $1,000, the value of the Participant’s vested Account balance shall include the portion of the Account balance that is attributable to Rollover Contributions (and earnings allocable thereto).
 
  (ii)   Required Distributions . If a distribution is required under Section 8.03 of the Plan (relating to required distributions under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code), the Participant’s Account shall be distributed as provided in Section 8.03of the Plan regardless of whether the Participant (or, if applicable, his Beneficiary) consents to such distributions.
  (c)   Hardship Withdrawals; In-Service Distributions . A hardship withdrawal will be paid to the Participant as soon as administratively feasible after the Participant’s request is approved by the Committee. An in-service distribution will be paid to the Participant as soon as administratively feasible after the Participant’s request is approved by the Company.

- 28 -


 

  (d)   Distribution upon Severance from Employment . A Participant’s Account shall be distributed on account of the Participant’s severance from employment.
 
  (e)   Direction to Trustee . The Committee shall issue directions to the Trustee concerning the recipient and the distribution date of benefits that are to be paid from the Trust pursuant to the Plan.
 
  (f)   Establishment of Guidelines . The Committee may establish for administrative purposes, uniform and nondiscriminatory guidelines concerning the commencement of benefits.
 
  (g)   Value of Account . See Section 6.06 for the method of determining the value of a Participant’s Account prior to its distribution pursuant to this Article 8.
8.02   Method of Distribution .
 
    The Participant’s Account shall be distributed to the Participant in accordance with one of the following forms of payment selected by the Participant. If a Participant elects to receive either a lump sum distribution or installment payments pursuant to Section 8.02(a) or 8.02(b), and if any portion of the Participant’s Account is invested in the Company Stock Fund, then the Participant may elect to receive any or all of such portion invested in the Company Stock Fund in whole shares of Company Stock, with cash paid for any fractional shares.
  (a)   Lump Sum Payment is a single lump sum payment of the Participant’s entire vested Account. This is the normal form of payment under the Plan. If the Participant does not elect otherwise, his Account shall be distributed in a single lump sum.
 
  (b)   Installment Payment is a form of distribution where equal installments are made over the Participant’s life expectancy, the Participant’s and his Beneficiary’s joint life expectancy, or another period that does not exceed the joint life expectancy of the Participant and his Beneficiary. Installment payments will be made, at the Participant’s election, in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual payments. A Participant who elects the installment form of payment will have the following options:
  (i)   A Participant may, upon application to the Committee, request that his entire Account be distributed in a lump sum payment subsequent to the commencement of installment payments.
 
  (ii)   A Participant who has elected to have installments paid over his life expectancy or over his and his Spouse’s joint life expectancy may, upon application to the Committee, and not more than once in any 12-month period, request to have his and/or his and his Spouse’s joint life expectancy re-calculated for purposes of determining the amount of his installment payments, provided that such recalculation shall be made in a manner consistent with Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-9. An election under this paragraph shall not constitute an election to have the Participant’s life expectancy recalculated for purposes of the minimum distribution rules in Sections 8.03, and if the amount required to be distributed for the year under Sections 8.03 exceeds the amount actually paid to the Participant or his Beneficiary in installment payments under this Section

- 29 -


 

      8.02(d), the difference shall be paid to the Participant or Beneficiary in a single lump sum before the date on which such payment is due.
 
  (iii)   A Participant may, upon application to the Committee, request a one-time withdrawal in a minimum of $10,000 from his Account balance.
      Subject to the provisions of Sections 8.03(b)(2), 8.03(d) and 8.03(f) of the Plan, a Beneficiary shall have the same payment options as are available to the Participant (as described above) with respect to the portion of the Participant’s vested Account payable to the Beneficiary.
8.03   Minimum Distribution Requirements .
  (a)   General Rules.
  (1)   Precedence . The requirements of this Section 8.03 will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.
 
  (2)   Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated . All distributions required under this Section 8.03 will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.
 
  (3)   TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 8.03, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions of the Plan that related to Section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.
  (b)   Time and Manner of Distribution
  (1)   Required Beginning Date . The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. All distributions shall be made on a pro-rata basis from a Participant’s Account.
 
  (2)   Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin . If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
  (A)   If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then, distributions to the surviving Spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1 / 2 , if later.
 
  (B)   If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then except as provided in Section 8.03(f), distributions to the Designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.

- 30 -


 

  (C)   If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
 
  (D)   If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving Spouse begin, this Section 8.03(b), other than Section 8.03(b)(2)(A), will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.
      For purposes of this Section 8.03(b)(2) and Section 8.03(d), unless Section 8.03(b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If Section 8.03(b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under Section 8.03(b)(2)(A).
  (3)   Forms of Distribution . Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first Distribution Calendar Year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 8.03(c) and 8.03(d).
  (c)   Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime .
  (1)   Amount of Required Minimum Distribution for Each Distribution Calendar Year . During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year is the lesser of:
  (A)   The quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the Distribution Calendar Year; or
 
  (B)   If the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary for the Distribution Calendar Year is the Participant’s Spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations, using the Participant’s and Spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and Spouse’s birthdays in the Distribution Calendar Year.
  (2)   Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death . Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section 8.03(c) beginning with the first Distribution Calendar Year and up to an including the Distribution Calendar Year that includes the Participant’s date of death.
  (d)   Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death .

- 31 -


 

  (1)   Death On or After Date Distributions Begin .
  (A)   Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the longer of the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant or the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as follows:
  (i)   The Participant’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
 
  (ii)   If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving Spouse’s age as of the Spouse’s birthday in that year. For Distribution Calendar Years after the year of the surviving Spouse’s death, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving Spouse as of the Spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the Spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.
 
  (iii)   If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the Designated Beneficiary’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
  (B)   No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the Participant’s remaining Life Expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
  (2)   Death Before Date Distributions Begin .
  (A)   Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary . Except as provided in Section 8.03(f), if the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 8.03(a).

- 32 -


 

  (B)   No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
 
  (C)   Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, and the surviving Spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under Section 8.03(b)(2)(A), this Section 8.03(d)(2)will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.
  (e)   Definitions .
  (1)   Designated Beneficiary . The individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under the Plan and is the designated beneficiary under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and Section 1.401(a)(9)-4, Q&A-1 of the Treasury Regulations.
 
  (2)   Distribution Calendar Year . A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year that contains the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 8.03(b)(2). The Required Minimum Distribution for the Participant’s first Distribution Calendar Year will be made on or before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution for other Distribution Calendar Years, including the required minimum distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year.
 
  (3)   Life Expectancy . Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations.
 
  (4)   Participant’s Account Balance . The Account balance as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution Calendar Year (the “Valuation Calendar Year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of the dates in the Valuation Calendar Year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the Distribution Calendar Year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

- 33 -


 

  (5)   Required Beginning Date . April 1 following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant (i) attains age 70 1 / 2 or (ii) incurs a Termination of Employment; provided however that for a Participant who is a 5% owner (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder), the “Required Beginning Date” shall mean April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 .
  (f)   Election to Allow Participants or Beneficiaries to Elect 5-Year Rule .
 
      Participants or Beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the 5-year rule or the Life Expectancy rule in Sections 8.03(b)(2) and 8.03(d)(1)(B) of the Plan applies to distributions after the death of a Participant who has a Designated Beneficiary. The election must be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin under Section 8.03(b)(2) of the Plan or by September 30 of the calendar year that contains the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s (or if applicable, surviving spouse’s) death. If neither the Participant nor the Beneficiary makes an election under this paragraph, distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 8.03(b)(2) and 8.03(d)(1)(B) of the Plan.
8.04   Required Minimum Distributions for 2009 .
    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.03 of the Plan (or any other provisions of the Plan), any required minimum distributions under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code payable to a Participant or Beneficiary for the 2009 calendar year shall be treated as follows:
  (a)   If the Participant or Beneficiary is scheduled to receive an annual minimum required distribution payment for 2009 , no payment will be made unless the Participant or Beneficiary elects to receive such payment for 2009.
 
  (b)   If the Participant or Beneficiary has no scheduled receive minimum required distribution payments for 2009, but would have been required to receive a required minimum payment for 2009, no payments will be made to the Participant or Beneficiary with respect to these 2009 required minimum distributions unless the Participant or Beneficiary elects to receive such payments.
 
  (c)   If the Participant or Beneficiary is scheduled to receive minimum required distributions for 2009 on a monthly, quarterly or semi-annual basis, such payments will be made unless the Participant or Beneficiary elects to stop those payments for 2009.
8.05   Application for Benefits .
    The Committee or its designee may require a Participant or Beneficiary to complete and file with the Committee certain forms as a condition precedent to the payment of benefits. The Committee may rely upon all such information given to it, including the Participant’s current mailing address. It is the responsibility of all persons interested in distributions from the Trust Fund to keep the Committee informed of their current mailing addresses.

- 34 -


 

8.06   Distributions Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders .
    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, a “qualified domestic relations order,” as defined in Code Section 414(p), may provide that any amount to be distributed to an alternate payee may be distributed immediately even though the Participant is not yet entitled to a distribution under the Plan. The intent of this Section is to provide for the distribution of benefits to an alternate payee as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.401(a)-13(g)(3). Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the total amount payable to an alternate payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order does not exceed $1,000, the only payment option available to the alternate payee shall be a lump sum payment.
8.07   Direct Transfer of Account to an Eligible Retirement Plan .
  (a)   In General . If a Participant is entitled to a distribution of his Account, the Participant may elect to have all or part of such Distribution paid directly to an “Eligible Retirement Plan” in the form of a direct rollover.
 
  (b)   Election . The Participant must make the election described in paragraph (a) above within ninety (90) but no later than thirty (30) days (7 if the Participant executes the appropriate waiver) prior to his benefit commencement date in the manner and on the form provided by the Committee. The Participant must provide all information requested by the Committee for the Trustee to make the transfer. Failure to provide such information will void the Participant’s election.
 
  (c)   Definition of Eligible Retirement Plan . The term “Eligible Retirement Plan” shall mean:
  (i)   an eligible retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code;
 
  (ii)   an eligible retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code (other than an endowment contract);
 
  (iii)   an employees’ trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code that is exempt from tax under Section 501(a) of the Code;
 
  (iv)   an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code;
 
  (v)   an eligible deferred compensation plan under Section 457(b) of the Code that is maintained by a state, political subdivision or a state or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state; or
 
  (vi)   an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code.
      The definition of “Eligible Retirement Plan” shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.
 
  (d)   Exceptions . The Committee is not required to offer a direct transfer of a Participant’s Account if:

- 35 -


 

  (i)   The distribution is a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant or for the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and his Beneficiary;
 
  (ii)   The distribution is a series of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually for a period of at least ten years;
 
  (iii)   The distribution is required under Section 409(a) of the Code (a required minimum distribution);
 
  (iv)   The distribution is made upon the hardship of the Employee; or
 
  (v)   The distribution is less than $200 in a lump sum form (or any higher amount as established by the Internal Revenue Code or other applicable authority) and withholding is therefore not required.
  (e)   Income Tax Withholding . Under the Internal Revenue Code, the Committee is generally required to withhold for federal income taxes on a distribution made directly to a Participant. Federal income tax withholding is not required for any direct transfer of a Participant’s Account to an Eligible Retirement Plan or for any distribution described in paragraph (d) above.
 
  (f)   Rollovers of After-Tax Employee Contributions . For purposes of the direct rollover provisions in this Section 8.07 of the Plan, a portion of the distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions that are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to (i) an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or (ii) a qualified defined contribution plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code or an annuity described in Section 403(b) of the Code, and such plan or trust agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution that is not so includable.
 
  (g)   Rollovers of Roth 401(k) Contributions . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.07, a direct rollover of a distribution from a Participant’s Roth 401(k) Contribution Account under the Plan will only be made to another Roth elective deferral account under an applicable retirement plan described in Section 402A(e)(1) of the Code or to a Roth IRA described in Section 408A of the Code, and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of Section 402(c) of the Code.
8.08   Direct Trust-to-Trust Transfers by Non-Spouse Beneficiaries .
    Effective January 1, 2009, a non-spouse Beneficiary may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion of a distribution from the Plan paid directly to an “Individual Retirement Plan” specified by the non-spouse Beneficiary in a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer. For this purpose, the term “Individual Retirement Plan” shall mean an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code or an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code (other than an endowment contract) that is established for the purpose of receiving the distribution on behalf of an individual who is designated as a Beneficiary and who is not the surviving spouse of the Participant. This transfer shall be treated

- 36 -


 

    as an “eligible rollover distribution” for purposes of Section 402(c) of the Code and, for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2010, for all purposes of the Code.

- 37 -


 

ARTICLE 9
HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS; IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS
9.01   Hardship Withdrawal of Account .
  (a)   In General . Any Participant may request the Committee to distribute to him, on account of a financial hardship, part or all of his:
  (i)   Salary Savings Contributions Account;
  (ii)   Roth 401(k) Contribution Account
  (iii)   Elective Profit Sharing Contribution portion of his Profit Sharing Contribution Account, provided the Participant is 100% vested in this sub-account;
  (iv)   Non Elective Profit Sharing Contribution portion of his Profit Sharing Contribution Account, provided the Participant is 100% vested in this sub-account;
  (v)   Retirement Contribution Account, provided the Participant is 100% vested in this sub-account;
  (vi)   Voluntary After-Tax Contribution Account;
  (vii)   Rollover Contribution Account; and
  (viii)   Employer Matching Contributions on Elective Profit Sharing Contributions, provided the Participant is 100% vested in this sub-account.
      Such Account shall be valued in accordance with Section 9.05. Distributions shall be made on a pro-rata basis from each of the Participant’s sub-accounts listed above.
  (b)   No Distribution of Earnings . Notwithstanding the above, income or gain that is allocated to a Participant’s Salary Savings Contribution Account, his Roth 401(k) Contribution Account and to the Participant’s Elective Profit Sharing Contributions held in his Profit Sharing Contribution Account may not be distributed in a hardship withdrawal.
9.02   Definition of Hardship .
    Hardship shall mean an immediate and heavy financial need experienced by reason of:
  (a)   Expenses of any accident or sickness of such Participant, his Spouse or any individual (including non-custodial children of the Participant) claimed as a dependent (as defined in Section 152 of the Code, without regard to Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B) of the Code) by the Participant for federal income tax purposes;
  (b)   Purchase of a primary residence of such Participant;

- 38 -


 

  (c)   Payment of tuition and related educational fees for the next twelve months of post-secondary education for the Participant, for the Spouse, a child of the Participant or for an individual claimed as a dependent (as defined in Section 152 of the Code, without regard to Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B) of the Code) by the Participant for federal income tax purposes;
  (d)   The need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his primary residence or foreclosure on the Participant’s primary residence;
  (e)   Payment of funeral expenses for a deceased parent, Spouse, or child of the Participant or individual claimed as a dependent (as defined in Section 152 of the Code, without regard to Section 152(d)(1)(B) of the Code) by the Participant for federal income tax purposes;
  (f)   Payment of expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s primary residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Section 165 of the Code (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of the Participant’s adjusted gross income); or
  (g)   Other financial hardships as permitted by Treasury Regulations or other regulatory or judicial authority and approved by the Committee.
9.03   Maximum Hardship Distribution .
    A hardship distribution cannot exceed the amount required to meet the immediate financial need created by the hardship (after taking into account applicable federal, state, or local income taxes and penalties) and not reasonably available from other resources of the Participant. In order to ensure compliance with this requirement, the Committee may require the Participant to satisfy any or all of the provisions described below in (1), (2), or (3) below as a condition precedent to the Participant receiving a hardship distribution:
  (a)   No Other Sources Available . Certification by the Participant on a form provided by the Committee for such purpose that the financial need cannot be relieved (1) through reimbursement or payment by insurance; (2) by reasonable liquidation of the Participant’s assets; (3) by ceasing Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 40(k) Contributions under the Plan; (4) by other in-service distributions (including loans) under the Plan and under any other plan maintained by the Employer; or (5) by borrowing from commercial lenders on reasonable commercial terms.
  (b)   Receipt of All Distributions Available; Suspension of Future Contributions . Receipt by the Participant of all distributions that he is eligible to receive under this Plan and under any other plan maintained by the Employer.
 
      In addition, the Participant must agree to the following limitations and restrictions:
  (1)   The Participant’s Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions shall automatically be suspended beginning on the first payroll period that commences after such Participant requests and receives a hardship distribution. Such Participant may resume making Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing

- 39 -


 

      Contributions to the Plan at any time after 6 months have expired since the effective date of such suspension.
  (2)   The Participant shall be prohibited under a legally enforceable agreement from making an Employee contribution to any other plan maintained by the Employer for at least 6 months after the receipt of the hardship distribution. For this purpose, the phrase “any other plan” includes all qualified and nonqualified plans of deferred compensation, stock option plans and stock purchase plans. It does not include a health or welfare plan including one that is part of a Section 125 cafeteria plan.
  (c)   Other . Any other condition or method approved by the Internal Revenue Service.
9.04   Procedure to Request Hardship .
 
    The request to receive a hardship distribution shall be made in writing to the Committee explaining the nature of the financial hardship and stating the amount needed to meet the immediate need. Under no circumstances shall the Committee permit a Participant to repay to the Plan the amount of any hardship withdrawal by a Participant under this Section.
 
9.05   Valuation for Purposes of Withdrawals .
 
    The Participant’s Account for purposes of determining the amount of a hardship withdrawal or in-service distribution shall be determined as of the Valuation Date preceding (i) the date on which the Committee approves the hardship withdrawal or (ii) the date on which the Company approves the in-service distribution.
 
9.06   Age 59 1 / 2 In-Service Distributions .
  (a)   A Participant who has not terminated employment may, at any time after attaining age 59 1 / 2 , elect to withdraw all or part of his vested Account (including any earnings thereon). A distribution shall be made no earlier than the month following the calendar month in which the Participant attains age 59 1 / 2 . Distributions shall be made on a pro-rata basis from each of the Participant’s vested sub-accounts listed in Section 6.01.
 
  (b)   A Participant who receives an age 59 1 / 2 withdrawal shall not be suspended from continuing or commencing to make (in accordance with the Plan) Salary Savings contributions to the Plan.
 
  (c)   No in-service withdrawal will be permitted unless the amount to be withdrawn is at least $1,000 (or the entire amount available for withdrawal, if less).
 
  (d)   In no event shall a Participant be permitted to repay the amount of his in-service withdrawal.
 
  (e)   The Committee may establish additional uniform and nondiscriminatory administrative procedures concerning requests for in-service withdrawals.

- 40 -


 

ARTICLE 10
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
10.01   Named Fiduciaries .
 
    The following parties are named as Fiduciaries of the Plan and shall have the authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan:
  (a)   The Company;
 
  (b)   The Board;
 
  (c)   The Trustee; and
 
  (d)   The Committee.
    The Fiduciaries named above shall have only the powers and duties expressly allocated to them in the Plan and in the Trust Agreement and shall have no other powers and duties in respect of the Plan; provided, however, that if a power or responsibility is not expressly allocated to a specific named fiduciary, the power or responsibility shall be that of the Company. No Fiduciary shall have any liability for, or responsibility to inquire into, the acts and omissions of any other Fiduciary in the exercise of powers or the discharge of responsibilities assigned to such other Fiduciary under this Plan or the Trust Agreement.
10.02   Board of Directors .
 
    The Board shall have the following powers and duties with respect to the Plan:
  (a)   The Board shall have the power to appoint and remove the Trustee and the members of the Committee. The Board may delegate its authority to appoint or remove the Trustee and the members of the Committee to an officer of the Company.
 
  (b)   The Board shall have the power to amend the Plan, in whole or in part, pursuant to Section 11.01; or to terminate the Plan, in whole or in part.
10.03   Trustee .
 
    The Trustee shall exercise all of the powers and duties assigned to the Trustee as set forth in the Trust Agreement. The Trustee shall have no other responsibilities with respect to the Plan.
 
10.04   Committee .
  (a)   A committee of one or more individuals may be appointed by and serve at the discretion of the Board to administer the Plan. Any Participant, officer, or director of the Employer shall be eligible to be appointed a member of the Committee and all members shall serve as such without compensation. Upon termination of his employment with the Employer, or upon ceasing to be an officer or director, if not an employee, a member of the Committee automatically shall cease to be a member of the Committee. The Board shall

- 41 -


 

      have the right to remove any member of the Committee at any time, with or without cause. A member may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Committee and the Board. If a vacancy in the Committee should occur, a successor may be appointed by the Board. The Committee shall by written notice keep the Trustee notified of current membership of the Committee, its officers and agents. The Committee shall furnish the Trustee a certified signature card for each member of the Committee and for all purposes hereunder the Trustee shall be conclusively entitled to rely upon such certified signatures. If there are no members of the Committee, the Company shall assume the authority, powers, duties and privileges of the Committee.
  (b)   The Board or the Chief Executive Officer shall appoint a Chairman and a Secretary from among the members of the Committee. All resolutions, determinations and other actions shall be by a majority vote of all members of the Committee. The Committee may appoint such agents, who need not be members of the Committee, as it deems necessary for the effective performance of its duties, and may delegate to such agents such powers and duties, whether ministerial or discretionary, as the Committee deems expedient or appropriate. The compensation of such agents shall be fixed by the Committee; provided, however, that in no event shall compensation be paid if such payment violates the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA and is not exempted from such prohibitions by Section 408 of ERISA.
  (c)   The Committee shall have complete control of the administration of the Plan with all powers necessary to enable it to properly carry out the provisions of the Plan. In addition to all implied powers and responsibilities necessary to carry out the objectives of the Plan and to comply with the requirements of ERISA, the Committee shall have the following specific powers and responsibilities:
  (1)   To construe the Plan and Trust Agreement and to determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation and operation of the Plan;
  (2)   To decide all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees to participate in the benefits of the Plan and Trust Agreement;
  (3)   To determine the benefits of the Plan to which any Participant, Beneficiary or other person may be entitled;
  (4)   To keep records of all acts and determinations of the Committee, and to keep all such records, books of accounts, data and other documents as may be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;
  (5)   To prepare and distribute to all Plan Participants and Beneficiaries information concerning the Plan and their rights under the Plan, including, but not limited to, all information that is required to be distributed by ERISA, the regulations thereunder, or by any other applicable law;
  (6)   To file with the Secretary of Labor such reports and additional documents as may be required by ERISA and regulations issued thereunder, including, but not limited to, summary plan description, modifications and changes, annual reports, terminal reports and supplementary reports;

- 42 -


 

  (7)   To file with the Secretary of the Treasury all reports and information required to be filed by the Code, ERISA and regulations issued under each; and
  (8)   To do all things necessary to operate and administer the Plan in accordance with its provisions and in compliance with applicable provisions of federal law.
  (d)   To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the Employer shall supply full and timely information of all matters relating to the compensation and length of service of all Participants, their Retirement, death or other cause of termination of employment, and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require. The Committee shall advise the Trustee of such facts and issue to the Trustee such instructions as may be required by the Trustee in the administration of the Plan. The Committee and the Employer shall be entitled to rely upon all certificates and reports made by a Certified Public Accountant selected or approved by the Employer. The Committee, the Employer and its officers shall be fully protected in respect of any action suffered by them in good faith in reliance upon the advice or opinion of any accountant or attorney, and all action so taken or suffered shall be conclusive upon each of them and upon all other persons interested in the Plan.
10.05   Standard of Fiduciary Duty .
 
    Any Fiduciary, or any person designated by a Fiduciary to carry out fiduciary responsibilities with respect to the Plan, shall discharge his duties solely in the interests of the Participants and Beneficiaries for the exclusive purpose of providing them with benefits and defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan. Any Fiduciary shall discharge his duties with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matter would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims. Any Fiduciary shall discharge his duties in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with the provisions of ERISA. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no Fiduciary shall be authorized to engage in any transaction that is prohibited by Sections 406 and 2003(a) of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code in the performance of its duties hereunder.
 
10.06   Claims Procedure .
  (a)   Claims . If a Participant has any grievance, complaint, or claim concerning any aspect of the operation or administration of the Plan or Trust, including but not limited to claims for benefits and complaints concerning the performance or administration of the investments of Plan assets (collectively referred to herein as “claim” or “claims”), the Participant shall submit the claim to the Committee, which shall have the initial responsibility for deciding the claim. All such claims shall be submitted in writing and shall set forth the relief requested and the reasons the relief should be granted. All such claims must be submitted within the “applicable limitations period.” The “applicable limitations period” shall be two years, beginning on:
  (i)   in the case of any lump-sum payment, the date on which the payment was made,
  (ii)   in the case of an installment payment, the date of the first in the series of payments, or

- 43 -


 

  (iii)   for all other claims, the date on which the action complained or grieved of occurred.
      To the extent that documentary or other evidence is relevant to the relief sought, the Participant shall submit such evidence or, if the evidence is in the possession of the Committee, the Participant shall refer to such evidence in a manner sufficient to allow the Committee to identify and locate such evidence.
  (b)   Denial of Claims . If a claim is denied in whole or in part, the Committee shall give the claimant written notice of the decision within ninety (90) days of the date the claim was submitted. Such written notice shall set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:
  (1)   the specific reason or reasons for the denial;
  (2)   specific references to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;
  (3)   a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim, along with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and
  (4)   appropriate information about the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes to submit the claim for review of the denial. The ninety-day period for review of a claim for benefits may be extended for an additional ninety (90) days by a written notice to the claimant setting forth the reason for the extension. If the Committee fails to respond to a claim within the time limits set forth above, the claim shall be deemed denied and the Participant may request review by the Committee as set forth in Section 10.06(c).
  (c)   Appeals Procedure . If a claim is denied in whole or in part or if the claimant has no response to such claim within ninety (90) days of its submission (in which case the claim for benefits shall be deemed to be denied), the claimant or his duly authorized representative may appeal the denial to the Committee within sixty (60) days of receipt of written notice of denial or within sixty (60) days of the expiration of the ninety-day period. In pursuing his appeal, the claimant or his duly authorized representative:
  (i)   shall request in writing that the Committee review the denial;
  (ii)   shall review pertinent documents; and
  (iii)   shall submit evidence as well as written issues, comments or arguments.
      The decision on review shall be made within sixty (60) days of receipt of the request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of the request for review. If such an extension of time is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant before the end of the original sixty-day period. The decision on review shall be made in writing, shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and shall include specific references

- 44 -


 

      to the provision of the plan on which the denial is based. If the decision on review is not furnished within the time specified above, the claim shall be deemed denied on review. The decision shall be final and conclusive and a Participant shall not be permitted to bring suit at law or in equity on a claim without first exhausting the remedies available hereunder. No action at law or in equity to recover under this Plan shall be commenced later than one year from the date of the decision on review (or if no decision is furnished within 120 days of receipt of the request for review, the 120 th day after receipt of the request for review).
10.07   Indemnification of Committee; Board .
 
    To the extent permitted under ERISA, the Plan shall indemnify the Board and the Committee against any cost or liability that they may incur in the course of administering the Plan and executing the duties assigned pursuant to the Plan. The Employer shall indemnify the Committee against any personal liability or cost not provided for in the preceding sentence that they may incur as a result of any act or omission in relation to the Plan or its Participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no person shall be indemnified for any act or omission that results from that person’s intentional or willful misconduct, or illegal activity. The Employer may purchase fiduciary liability insurance to insure its obligation under this Section. The Company shall have the right to select counsel to defend the Board or Committee in connection with any litigation arising from the execution of their duties under the Plan.

- 45 -


 

ARTICLE 11
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
11.01   Right to Amend .
 
    The Company intends for the Plan to be permanent so long as the corporation exists; however, it reserves the right (through action of the Board) to modify, alter, or amend this Plan or the Trust Agreement, from time to time, to any extent that it may deem advisable, including, but not limited to any amendment deemed necessary to insure the continued qualification of the Plan under Sections 40l(a) and 401(k) of the Code or to insure compliance with ERISA; provided, however, that the Company shall not have the authority to amend this Plan in any manner that will:
  (a)   Permit any part of the Fund (other than such part as is required to pay taxes and administrative expenses) to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries;
  (b)   Cause or permit any portion of the funds to revert to or become the property of the Employer;
  (c)   Change the duties, liabilities, or responsibilities of the Trustee without its prior written consent.
11.02   Termination and Discontinuance of Contributions .
 
    The Company shall have the right at any time to terminate this Plan or to discontinue permanently its contributions hereunder (hereinafter referred to as “Plan Termination”). Upon termination of the Plan, the Committee shall direct the Trustee with reference to the disposition of the Fund, after payment of any expenses properly chargeable against the Fund. The Trustee shall distribute all amounts held in Trust to the Participants and others entitled to distributions in proportion to the Accounts of such Participants and other distributees as of the date of such Plan Termination. In the event that this Plan is partially terminated, the provisions of this Section 11.02 shall apply solely with respect to the Employees affected by the partial termination. If the Plan is terminated or partially terminated, or if the Employer permanently discontinues its contributions to the Plan, then all Participants (in the case of complete plan termination or permanent discontinuance of contributions) or the affected Participants (in the event of partial Plan termination), shall become 100% vested in all of their Accounts under the Plan immediately upon such event.
 
11.03   IRS Approval of Termination .
 
    Notwithstanding Section 11.02, the Trustee shall not be required to make any distribution from this Plan in the event of complete or partial termination until the Internal Revenue Service has issued a favorable determination with respect to the Plan’s termination.

- 46 -


 

ARTICLE 12
SPECIAL DISCRIMINATION RULES
12.01   Definitions .
 
    Actual Contribution Percentage or ACP shall mean the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the sum of the Employer Matching Contributions and, for Plan Years beginning prior to April 1, 2001, Voluntary After-Tax Contributions on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year and, to the extent permitted in Treasury Regulations and elected by the Employer, the Participant’s Qualified Elective Deferrals and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions to (ii) the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. The Employer, on an annual basis, may elect to include or not to include Qualified Elective Deferrals and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions in computing the ACP for a Plan Year. If a Participant (as defined below) does not receive an allocation of Employer Contributions for a Plan Year, such Participant’s ACP for the Plan Year shall be zero.
 
    Actual Deferral Percentage or ADP shall mean the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the sum of Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions contributed to the Plan on behalf of a Participant for the Plan Year (excluding any Excess Deferrals by a Non-Highly Compensated Employee) and, to the extent permitted in Treasury Regulations and elected by the Employer, the Participant’s Qualified Non-Elective Contributions to (ii) the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. The Employer, on an annual basis, may elect to include or not to include Qualified Non-Elective Contributions in computing the ADP for a Plan Year. In the case of a Participant (as defined below) who does not make a Salary Savings Contribution or Roth 401(k) Contribution for a Plan Year and is not allocated a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution for such Plan Year, such Participant’s ADP for the Plan Year shall be zero.
 
    Average Actual Contribution Percentage shall mean the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Actual Contribution Percentages of the Participants in a group. The percentage shall be rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent (four decimal places).
 
    Average Actual Deferral Percentage shall mean the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Actual Deferral Percentages of the Participants in a group. The percentage shall be rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent (four decimal places).
 
    Compensation for purposes of this Article 12 shall be that definition selected by the Committee that satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 414(s) and 401(a)(17). Such definition may change from year to year but must apply uniformly among all Eligible Employees being tested under the Plan for a given Plan Year and among all Employees being tested under any other plan that is aggregated with this Plan during the Plan Year. If the Committee fails to select a definition of Compensation for purposes of this Article 12, Compensation (for purposes of Article 12) shall have the same meaning as defined in Article 2.
 
    Employer Matching Contributions . For purposes of this Article 12, an Employer Matching Contribution for a particular Plan Year includes only those contributions that are (i) allocated to the Participant’s Account under the Plan as of any date within such Plan Year, (ii) contributed to the Trust no later than the end of the 12-month period following the close of such Plan Year, and

- 47 -


 

    (iii) made on account of such Participant’s Salary Savings Contributions and/or Roth 401(k) Contributions for the Plan Year.
    Excess Deferrals shall have that meaning as defined in Section 12.02.
    Excess ACP Contributions shall have that meaning as defined in Section 12.08.
    Excess ADP Deferrals shall have that meaning as defined in Section 12.05.
    Highly Compensated Employee . See Article 13.
    Non-elective Contributions . For purposes of this Article 12, a Non-elective Contribution is taken into account only if the contribution is (i) allocated to the Participant’s Account under the terms of the Plan as of any date within the Plan Year, and (ii) would have been received by the Participant as cash, but for the deferral election during the Plan Year. Any Non-elective Contribution taken into account under this Article 12 shall be deemed to be a Salary Savings Contribution for purposes of the limits set forth in Article 12.
    Non-Highly Compensated Employee . See Article 13.
    Participant . For purposes of this Article 12, a Participant shall mean any Employee who (i) is eligible to receive an allocation of an Employer Matching Contribution, even if no Employer Matching Contribution is allocated due to the Employee’s failure to make a required Salary Savings Contribution, (ii) is eligible to make a Salary Savings Contribution or Roth 401(k) Contribution, including an Employee whose right to make Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions has been suspended because of an election not to participate or a hardship distribution, and (iii) is unable to receive an Employer Matching Contribution or make a Salary Savings Contribution or a Roth 401(k) Contribution because his Compensation is less than a stated amount.
    Salary Savings Contributions or Roth 401(k) Contributions . For purposes of this Article 12, a Salary Savings Contribution or Roth 401(k) Contribution is taken into account only if the contribution (i) is allocated to the Participant’s Account under the terms of the Plan as of any date within the Plan Year, and (ii) relates to Compensation that would have been received by the Participant during the Plan Year or within 2 1 / 2 months after the Plan Year but for the deferral election. A Salary Savings Contribution or Roth 401(k) Contribution is considered to be allocated as of a date within a Plan Year only if the allocation is not contingent on participation in the Plan or performance of service after the Plan Year to which the Salary Savings Contribution or Roth 401(k) Contribution relates. In addition, for purposes of this Article 12, unless otherwise stated, Salary Savings Contributions or Roth 401(k) Contributions shall include Non-elective Contributions taken into account under this Plan.
    Qualified Elective Deferral shall mean Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions or Elective Profit Sharing Contributions designated by the Committee as Qualified Elective Deferrals in order to meet the ACP testing requirements of Section 12.06. In addition, the following requirements must be satisfied:
  (1)   The aggregate of all Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions for the Plan Year (including the Qualified Elective Deferrals) must satisfy the ADP testing requirements set forth in Section 12.03(a).

- 48 -


 

  (2)   The aggregate of all Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions for the Plan Year (excluding the Qualified Elective Deferrals) must satisfy the ADP testing requirements set forth in Section 12.03(a).
  (3)   Qualified Elective Deferrals must satisfy all other provisions of this Plan applicable to Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions and shall remain part of the Participant’s Salary Savings Contribution Account, Roth 401(k) Contribution Account or the Elective Profit Sharing Contribution portion of the Participant’s Profit Sharing Contribution Account.
  (4)   Except as provided by this definition, Qualified Elective Deferrals shall be excluded in determining whether any other contribution or benefit satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 401(k)(3).
    Qualified Non-Elective Contribution shall mean an Employer contribution designated by the Committee as a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution in order to meet the ADP testing requirements of Section 12.03 or the ACP testing requirements of Section 12.06. In addition, the following requirements must be satisfied:
  (1)   The Qualified Non-Elective Contribution, whether or not used to satisfy the requirements of Sections 12.03 or 12.06, must meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4).
  (2)   Qualified Non-Elective Contributions which are taken into account in order to meet the requirements of Section 12.03 or 12.06 (as applicable) shall not be counted in determining whether the testing requirements of any of such other Sections are met.
  (3)   The Qualified Non-Elective Contributions shall be subject to all provisions of this Plan applicable to Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions (except that Qualified Non-Elective Contributions cannot be distributed in a hardship distribution).
  (4)   Except as provided in this paragraph, the Qualified Non-Elective Contributions shall be excluded in determining whether any other contribution or benefit satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 401(k)(3).
12.02   Limit on Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions .
  (a)   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the aggregate of a Participant’s Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions actually contributed to the Plan during a calendar year may not exceed the dollar limitation contained in Section 402(g) of the Code in effect for such taxable year, except to the extent permitted under Section 4.01(d) of the Plan and Section 414(v) if applicable. Any Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions or Elective Profit Sharing Contributions in excess of the foregoing limit (“Excess Deferral”), plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, will be distributed to the applicable Participant no later than April 15 following the calendar year in which such contributions were made.
  (b)   Any Participant who has an Excess Deferral during a calendar year may receive a distribution of the Excess Deferral during such calendar year plus any income or minus

- 49 -


 

      any loss allocable thereto, provided (1) the Participant requests (or is deemed to request) the distribution of the Excess Deferral, (2) the distribution occurs after the date the Excess Deferral arose, and (3) the Committee designates the distribution as a distribution of an Excess Deferral. If a Participant who has an Excess Deferral has made Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions during the calendar year in which the Excess Deferral arose, the Excess Deferral shall be distributed to the Participant on a pro-rata basis from the Participant’s Salary Savings Contributions (if any), his Elective Profit Sharing Contributions (if any), and his Roth 401(k) Contributions (if any). The distribution of the Excess Deferral shall be adjusted for income or loss during the Plan Year only, and not for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the 2007 Plan Year only, the income or loss allocable to an Excess Deferral shall include income or loss during the “gap period” (that is, the period between the end of the Plan Year and date of distribution) to the extent required under the applicable Treasury Regulations.
  (c)   If a Participant makes a Salary Savings Contribution, Roth 401(k) Contribution or Elective Profit Sharing Contribution under this Plan and in the same calendar year makes a contribution to a Code Section 401(k) plan containing a cash or deferred arrangement (other than this Plan), a Code Section 408(k) plan (simplified employee pension plan) or a Code Section 403(b) plan (tax sheltered annuity) and, after the return of any Excess Deferral pursuant to Section 12.02(a) and (b) the aggregate of all such contributions exceed the limitations contained in Code Section 402(g), then such Participant may request that the Committee return all or a portion of the Participant’s Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions or Elective Profit Sharing Contributions (as elected by the Participant) for the calendar year plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto. The amount by which such contributions exceed the Code Section 402(g) limitations will also be known as an Excess Deferral.
  (d)   Any request for a return of Excess Deferrals arising out of contributions to a plan described in Section 12.02(c) above which is maintained by an entity other than the Employer must:
  (1)   be made in writing;
  (2)   be submitted to the Committee not later than the March 1 following the Plan Year in which the Excess Deferral arose;
  (3)   specify the amount of the Excess Deferral;
  (4)   contain a statement that if the Excess Deferral is not distributed, it will, when added to amounts deferred under other plans or arrangements described in Sections 401(k), 408(k),or 403(b) of the Code, exceed the limit imposed on the Participant by Section 402(g) of the Code for the year in which the Excess Deferral occurred; and
  (5)   acknowledge that the Salary Savings Contributions (if any), Roth 401(k) Contributions (if any) or Elective Profit Sharing Contributions (if any) shall be returned to the Participant on a pro-rata basis from his Account.

- 50 -


 

      In the event an Excess Deferral arises out of contributions to a plan (including this Plan) described in Section 12.02(c) above which is maintained by the Employer, the Participant making the Excess Deferral shall be deemed to have requested a return of the Excess Deferral.
  (e)   Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions may only be returned to the extent necessary to eliminate a Participant’s Excess Deferral. Excess Deferrals shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan. In no event shall the returned Excess Deferrals for a particular calendar year exceed the Participant’s aggregate Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions for such calendar year.
 
      To the extent a return of Excess Deferrals represent a return of the Participant’s Roth 401(k) Contributions, such returned Excess Deferrals shall not be includible in the Participant’s gross income for income tax purposes. However, any income allocable to such returned Excess Deferrals shall be includible in the Participant’s gross income for tax purposes.
  (f)   The income or loss allocable to a Salary Savings Contribution, Roth 401(k) Contribution or Elective Profit Sharing Contribution that is returned to a Participant pursuant to this Section 12.02 shall be determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Account for the calendar year in which the Excess Deferral arose by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess Deferral. The denominator of the fraction is the value of the Participant’s Account balance on the last day of the calendar year in which the Excess Deferral arose reduced by any income allocated to the Participant’s Account for such calendar year and increased by any loss allocated to the Participant’s Account for such calendar year. Alternatively, the income or loss allocable to a Salary Savings Contribution, Roth 401(k) Contribution or Elective Profit Sharing Contribution may be calculated using any reasonable method for computing such income or loss, provided the method does not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees, is used consistently for all participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income to Participants’ Accounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the 2007 Plan Year only, the income or loss allocable to an Excess Deferral shall include income or loss during the “gap period” (that is, the period between the end of the Plan Year and date of distribution) to the extent required under the applicable Treasury Regulations.
 
  (g)   Any Employer Matching Contribution allocable to an Excess Deferral that is returned to a Participant pursuant to this Section 12.02 shall be forfeited notwithstanding the provisions of Article 7 (vesting). For this purpose, however, the Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions that are returned to the Participant as an Excess Deferral shall be deemed to be first those Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions for which no Employer Matching Contribution was made and second those Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions for which an Employer Matching Contribution was made. Accordingly, if the Salary Savings Contributions or Roth 401(k) Contributions that are returned to the Participant as Excess Deferrals were not matched, no Employer Matching Contribution will be forfeited. Non-elective Contributions shall be returned as an Excess Deferral before Salary Savings Contributions, Salary Savings Contributions shall be returned as an Excess Deferral

- 51 -


 

      before Roth 401(k) Contributions, and Roth 401(k) Contributions shall be returned as an Excess Deferral before Elective Profit Sharing Contributions.
12.03   Average Actual Deferral Percentage .
  (a)   The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the preceding Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:
  (1)   The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for the preceding Plan Year for Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or
  (2)   The excess of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year over the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for the preceding Plan Year for Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated Employees for such preceding Plan Year is not more than two percentage points, and the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees is not more than the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for the preceding Plan Year for Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year multiplied by two.
  (b)   If at the end of the Plan Year, the Plan does not comply with the provisions of Section 12.03(a), the Employer may do any or all of the following, except as otherwise provided in the Code or Treasury Regulations:
  (1)   Distribute Salary Savings Contributions or Roth 401(k) Contributions to certain Highly Compensated Employees as provided in Section 12.05; or
  (2)   Make a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution on behalf of any or all of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees and aggregate such contributions with the Non-Highly Compensated Employees’ Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions as provided in Section 12.01 (definition of ADP).
12.04   Special Rules For Determining Average Actual Deferral Percentage .
  (a)   The Actual Deferral Percentage for any Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year who is eligible to have Salary Savings Contributions and/or Roth 401(k) Contributions allocated to his account under two or more arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code that are maintained by the Employer shall be determined as if such Salary Savings Contributions and/or Roth 401(k) Contributions were made under a single arrangement.
  (b)   If two or more plans maintained by the Employer are treated as one plan for purposes of the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or the coverage requirements of Code Section 410(b) (other than for purposes of the average benefits

- 52 -


 

      test), all Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions that are made pursuant to those plans shall be treated as having been made pursuant to one plan.
  (c)   The determination and treatment of the Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions, Elective Profit Sharing Contribution and Actual Deferral Percentage of any Participant shall be in accordance with such other requirements as may be prescribed from time to time in Treasury Regulations.
12.05   Distribution of Excess ADP Deferrals .
  (a)   Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions exceeding the limitations of Section 12.03(a) (“Excess ADP Deferrals”) and any income or loss allocable to such Excess ADP Deferral shall be designated by the Committee as Excess ADP Deferrals and shall be distributed to Highly Compensated Employees whose Accounts were credited with Excess ADP Deferrals in the preceding Plan Year. The Committee shall determine the amount of Excess ADP Deferrals to be distributed to each Highly Compensated Employee by first determining the aggregate dollar amount of the distribution as follows:
  (1)   Determine the dollar amount by which the Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and/or Elective Profit Sharing Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the highest ADP must be reduced to equal the second highest ADP(s) under the Plan; then
  (2)   Determine the dollar amount by which the Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and/or and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions for the two (or more) Highly Compensated Employees with the highest ADPs under the Plan must be reduced to equal the third highest ADP(s) under the Plan; then
  (3)   Repeat the steps described in (1) and (2) above with respect to the third and successive highest ADP levels under the Plan until the Average Actual Deferral Percentage does not exceed the amount allowable under Section 12.03(a); then
  (4)   Add the dollar amounts determined in each of steps (1), (2) and (3) above.
      The aggregate dollar amount of Excess ADP Deferrals determined under steps (1) through (4) above shall be distributed as follows:
  (1)   First to those Highly Compensated Employees with the highest amount of Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions until each such Employee’s Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions equal the second highest amount of the Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions under the Plan;
  (2)   Second, to the two (or more) Highly Compensated Employees with the next highest dollar amount of Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions under the Plan, until each such Employee’s Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions equal the third highest amount of

- 53 -


 

      Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions under the Plan; and
  (3)   Then the steps described in (1) and (2) shall be repeated for the third and successive Highly Compensated Employees with the highest amount of Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions under the Plan until all Excess ADP Deferrals have been returned.
  (4)   If a Highly Compensated Employee is eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions under Section 4.01(d) of the Plan, any Excess ADP Deferrals allocated to such Highly Compensated Employee in steps (1) through (3) above must be retained by the Plan and treated as Catch-Up Contributions for the Plan Year in which the Excess ADP Deferral was made, to the extent permitted under Section 4.01(d) of the Plan and Section 414(v) of the Code. Any remaining Excess ADP Deferral shall then be distributed to such Highly Compensated Employee. Any Excess ADP Deferrals that are retained by the Plan as Catch-Up Contributions under this paragraph shall be treated as Catch-Up Contributions under Section 4.01(d) of the Plan. Any Employer Matching Contributions on a Participant’s Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions or Elective Profit Sharing Contributions that are recharacterized as Catch-Up Contributions shall be forfeited.
  (b)   To the extent administratively possible, the Committee shall distribute all Excess ADP Deferrals and any income or loss allocable thereto prior to 2 1 / 2 months following the end of the Plan Year in which the Excess ADP Deferrals arose. In any event, however, the Excess ADP Deferrals and any income or loss allocable thereto shall be distributed prior to the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Excess ADP Deferrals arose. Excess ADP Deferrals shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan. The distribution of the Excess ADP Deferrals shall be adjusted for income or loss during the Plan Year only, and not for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution.
  (c)   The income or loss allocable to Excess ADP Deferrals shall be determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Account for the Plan Year in which the Excess ADP Deferrals arose by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess ADP Deferral. The denominator of the fraction is the value of the Participant’s Account balance on the last day of the Plan Year in which the Excess ADP Deferrals arose reduced by any income allocated to the Participant’s Account for such Plan Year and increased by any loss allocated to the Participant’s Account for the Plan Year. Alternatively, the income or loss allocable to Excess ADP Deferrals may be calculated using any reasonable method for computing such income or loss, provided the method does not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees, is used consistently for all participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income to Participants’ Accounts.
  (d)   If an Excess Deferral has been distributed to the Participant pursuant to Section 12.02 for any taxable year of a Participant, then any Excess ADP Deferral allocable to such Participant for the same Plan Year in which such taxable year ends shall be reduced by the amount of such Excess Deferral.

- 54 -


 

  (e)   Any Employer Matching Contribution allocable to an Excess ADP Deferral that is returned to the Participant pursuant to this Section 12.05 shall be forfeited notwithstanding the provisions of Article 7 (vesting). In this regard, any distributions made to a Highly Compensation Employee to correct Excess ADP Deferrals for a Plan Year shall be made in the following order:
  (1)   First on a pro-rata basis from his unmatched Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions for the Plan Year;
  (2)   Then, on a pro-rata basis from his matched Salary Savings Contributions and Roth 401(k) Contributions for the Plan Year; and
  (3)   Then from his Elective Profit Sharing Contributions for the Plan Year.
12.06   Average Actual Contribution Percentage .
  (a)   The Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the preceding Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:
  (1)   The Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for the preceding Plan Year for Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or
  (2)   The excess of the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year over the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for the preceding Plan Year for Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year is not more than two percentage points, and the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year is not more than the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for the preceding Plan Year for Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year multiplied by two.
  (b)   If at the end of the Plan Year, the Plan does not comply with the provisions of Section 12.06(a), the Employer may do any or all of the following in order to comply with such provision as applicable (except as otherwise provided in the Code or in Treasury Regulations):
  (1)   Aggregate Qualified Elective Deferrals with the Employer Matching Contributions or, for Plan Years beginning prior to April 1, 2001, Voluntary After-Tax Contributions of Non-Highly Compensated Employees as provided in Section 12.01 (definition of ACP).
  (2)   Distribute vested Employer Matching Contributions to certain Highly Compensated Employees as provided in Section 12.08.

- 55 -


 

  (3)   Make a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution on behalf of any or all of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees and aggregate such contributions with the Non-Highly Compensated Employees’ Employer Matching Contributions as provided in Section 12.01 (definition of ACP).
  (4)   Forfeit non-vested Employer Matching Contributions of certain Highly Compensated Employees as provided in Section 12.09.
12.07   Special Rules For Determining Average Actual Contribution Percentages .
  (a)   The Actual Contribution Percentage for any Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year who is eligible to have Employer Matching Contributions allocated to his account under two or more arrangements described in Sections 401(a) or 401(m) of the Code that are maintained by the Employer shall be determined as if such contributions were made under a single arrangement.
  (b)   If two or more plans maintained by the Employer are treated as one plan for purposes of the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or the coverage requirements of Code Section 410(b) (other than for purposes of the average benefits test), all Employer Matching Contributions that are made pursuant to those plans shall be treated as having been made pursuant to one plan.
  (c)   The determination and treatment of the Actual Contribution Percentage of any Participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
12.08   Distribution of Employer Matching Contributions .
  (a)   Employer Matching Contributions exceeding the limitations of Section 12.06(a) (“Excess ACP Contributions”) and any income or loss allocable to such Excess ACP Contribution may be designated by the Committee as Excess ACP Contributions and may be distributed in the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Excess ACP Contributions arose to those Highly Compensated Employees whose Accounts were credited with the largest amounts of Employer Matching Contributions during the preceding Plan Year. The amount of Excess ACP Contributions to be distributed to a Highly Compensated Employee shall be determined using the procedure described in Section 12.05(a).
  (b)   To the extent administratively possible, the Committee shall distribute all Excess ACP Contributions and any income or loss allocable thereto prior to 2 1 / 2 months following the end of the Plan Year in which the Excess ACP Contributions arose. In any event, however, the Excess ACP Contributions and any income or loss allocable thereto shall be distributed prior to the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Excess ACP Contributions arose. The distribution of the Excess ACP Contributions shall be adjusted for income or loss during the Plan Year only, and not for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution.
  (c)   The income or loss allocable to Excess ACP Contributions shall be determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Account for the Plan Year in which the Excess ACP Contribution arose by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is

- 56 -


 

      the Excess ACP Contributions. The denominator of the fraction is the value of the Participant’s Account on the last day of the Plan Year reduced by any income allocated to the Participant’s Account by such Plan Year and increased by any loss allocated to the Participant’s Account for the Plan Year. The income or loss allocable to Excess ACP Contributions may be calculated using any reasonable method for computing such income or loss, provided the method does not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees, is used consistently for all participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income to Participants’ Accounts.
  (d)   Amounts distributed to Highly Compensated Employees under this Section 12.08 shall be treated as annual additions with respect to the Employee who received such amount.
  (e)   No unvested Employer Matching Contributions shall be distributed pursuant to this Section 12.08. Such amounts may, however, be forfeited pursuant to Section 12.09.
12.09   Forfeiture of Excess ACP Contributions .
  (a)   A nonvested Employer Matching Contribution and any income or loss allocable to such nonvested Employer Matching Contribution for the Plan Year may be forfeited and used to reduce an Excess ACP Contribution. Such forfeited Employer Matching Contribution shall be allocated as a forfeiture in accordance with Section 5.06.
  (b)   The amount of any Employer Matching Contribution to be forfeited by a particular Highly Compensated Employee shall be determined pursuant to the procedure described in Section 12.05(a).
  (c)   The income or loss allocable to Excess ACP Contributions shall be determined pursuant to the formula described in Section 12.08(c).
  (d)   Amounts forfeited by Highly Compensated Employees under this Section shall be treated as Annual Additions with respect to the Participant who forfeited such amount and with respect to any Participant to whose account the forfeiture was allocated.
  (e)   Vested Employer Matching Contributions may not be forfeited to correct an Excess ACP Contribution.
12.10   Order of Applying Certain Sections of Article .
 
    In applying the provisions of this Article 12, the determination and distribution of Excess Deferrals shall be made first, the determination and elimination of Excess ADP Deferrals shall be made second and the determination and elimination of Excess ACP Contributions shall be made last.

- 57 -


 

ARTICLE 13
HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES
13.01   In General .
 
    For the purposes of this Plan, the term “Highly Compensated Employee” is any active Employee described in Section 13.02 below and any Former Employee described in Section 13.03 below. Various definitions used in this Article are contained in Section 13.04. A “Non-Highly Compensated Employee” is an Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.
 
13.02   Highly Compensated Employees .
 
    An Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if the Employee:
  (1)   is a 5 Percent Owner at any time during the Determination Year or the year preceding the Determination Year; or
  (2)   during the year preceding the Determination Year, receives Compensation in excess of $105,000 (as adjusted for increases in the cost of living as provided in Section 414(q)(1) of the Code).
13.03   Former Highly Compensated Employee .
 
    A Former Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if (applying the rules of Section 13.02) the Former Employee was a Highly Compensated Employee during a Separation Year or during any Determination Year ending on or after the Former Employee’s 55th birthday.
 
13.04   Definitions .
 
    The following special definitions shall apply to this Article 13:
 
    Determination Year shall mean the Plan Year for which an individual’s status as a Highly Compensated Employee is determined.
 
    5 Percent Owner shall mean any Employee who owns or is deemed to own (within the meaning of Code Section 318), more than five percent of the value of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than five percent of the total combined voting power of the Employer.
 
    Former Employee shall mean an Employee (i) who has incurred a Termination of Employment or (ii) who remains employed by the Employer but who has not performed services for the Employer during the Determination Year (e.g., an Employee on Authorized Leave of Absence).
 
    Separation Year shall mean any of the following years:
  (1)   An Employee who incurs a Termination of Employment shall have a Separation Year in the Determination Year in which such Termination of Employment occurs;

- 58 -


 

  (2)   An Employee who remains employed by the Employer but who temporarily ceases to perform services for the Employer (e.g., an Employee on Authorized Leave of Absence) shall have a Separation Year in the calendar year in which he last performs services for the Employer;
  (3)   An Employee who remains employed by the Employer but whose Compensation for a calendar year is less than 50% of the Employee’s average annual Compensation for the immediately preceding three calendar years (or the Employee’s total years of employment, if less) shall have a Separation Year in such calendar year. However, such Separation Year shall be ignored if the Employee remains employed by the Employer and the Employee’s Compensation returns to a level comparable to the Employee’s Compensation immediately prior to such Separation Year.
13.05   Other Methods Permissible .
 
    To the extent permitted by the Code, judicial decisions, Treasury Regulations and IRS pronouncements, the Committee may (without further amendment to this Plan) take such other steps and actions or adopt such other methods or procedures (in addition to those methods and procedures described in this Article 13) to determine and identify Highly Compensated Employees (including adopting alternative definitions of Compensation that satisfy Code Section 414(q)(7) and are uniformly applied).

- 59 -


 

ARTICLE 14
MAXIMUM BENEFITS
14.01   General Rule .
  (a)   Except to the extent permitted by Section 4.01(d) of the Plan and Section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable, the Annual Addition that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s Account under the Plan for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of:
  (i)   $49,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under Section 415(d) of the Code, or
  (ii)   100 percent (100%) of the Participant’s Compensation for the Limitation Year. The compensation limit referred to in this paragraph (ii) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code that is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition.
  (b)   The Employer hereby elects that the Limitation Year for purposes of Code Section 415 shall be the Plan Year.
  (c)   If the amount to be allocated to a Participant’s Account exceeds the maximum permissible amount (and for this purpose Employer Contributions shall be deemed to be allocated after Employee Contributions), the excess will be disposed of as follows. First, if the Participant’s Annual Additions exceed the maximum permissible amount as a result of (i) a reasonable error in estimating the Participant’s Compensation, (ii) a reasonable error in estimating the amount of Employee Contributions that the Participant could make under Code Section 415, (iii) the allocation of forfeitures or (iv) other facts and circumstances that the Internal Revenue Service finds justifiable, the Committee may direct the Trustee to return to the Participant his Employee Contributions (and any income allocable to such Employee Contributions) for such Plan Year to the extent necessary to reduce the excess amount. Such returned Employee Contributions shall be ignored in performing the discrimination tests of Article 12. Second, any excess Annual Additions still remaining after the return of Employee Contributions shall be reallocated as determined by the Committee among the Participants whose accounts have not exceeded the limit in the same proportion that the Compensation of each such Participant bears to the Compensation of all such Participants. If such reallocation would result in an addition to another Participant’s Account which exceeds the permitted limit, that excess shall likewise be reallocated among the Participants whose Accounts do not exceed the limit. However, if the allocation or reallocation of the excess amounts pursuant to these provisions causes the limitations of Section 415 of the Code to be exceeded with respect to each Participant for the Limitation Year, then any such excess shall be held unallocated in a 415 Suspense Account. If the 415 Suspense Account is in existence at any time during a Limitation Year, other than the Limitation Year described in the preceding sentence, all amounts in the 415 Suspense Account shall be allocated and reallocated to Participants’ Accounts (subject to the limitations of Code Section 415) before any Contributions that would constitute Annual Additions may be made to the

- 60 -


 

      Plan for that Limitation Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 14.01(c) shall not apply during any Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 2008.
  (d)   If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer during any Limitation Year, the Annual Additions that may be credited to a Participant’s Account under this Plan for any such Limitation Year shall not exceed the maximum permissible amount described above reduced by the Annual Additions credited to the Participant’s accounts under all such other plans for the same Limitation Year. If a Participant’s Annual Additions under this Plan and such other plans would result in an excess amount for a Limitation Year, the excess amount will be deemed to consist of the Annual Additions last allocated (and for this purpose, Employer Contributions shall be deemed to be allocated after Employee Contributions). If an excess amount is allocated to a Participant on an allocation date of this Plan that coincides with an allocation date of another plan, the excess amount attributed to this Plan will be the product of
  (i)   the total excess amount as of such date, times
  (ii)   the ratio of (A) the Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan to (B) the total Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this and all the other qualified defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer.
14.02   Definitions .
 
    For the purposes of this Article 14, the following definitions shall apply:
    Annual Addition shall mean the sum of:
  (1)   Employer Contributions;
  (2)   Salary Savings Contributions, Roth 401(k) Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions;
  (3)   Forfeitures; and
  (4)   Amounts described in Code Sections 415( l )(1) and 419A(d)(2).
    Annual Additions shall not include any amounts credited to the Participant’s Account resulting from Catch-Up Contributions or Rollover Contributions.
    Affiliates shall have that meaning contained in Article 2 except that for purposes of determining who is an Affiliate, the phrase “more than 50 percent” shall be substituted for the phrase “at least 80 percent” each place it appears in Code Section 1563(a)(1).
    Compensation for purposes of this Article 14 shall mean the gross annual earnings required to be reported on a Participant’s Form W-2 (box 1) under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052. Compensation shall also include Salary Savings Contributions, Elective Profit Sharing Contributions, Non-elective Contributions, salary reduction contributions to any Section 125 Plan

- 61 -


 

    maintained by the Employer, and amounts applied at the election of the Participant to purchase benefits under an arrangement described in Code Section 132(f).
    For Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, except as otherwise provided below, the term Compensation for purposes of this Article 14 shall not include any amounts paid by the Company or an Affiliate to an Employee after such Employee severs employment with the Company and the Affiliates. However, such Compensation shall include regular compensation for services during the Employee’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the Employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, that are paid after the Employee severs employment with the Company and the Affiliates, provided that (i) the amounts are paid by the later of 2 1 / 2 months after such severance from employment or the end of the limitation year that includes the date of the severance from employment, and (ii) those amounts would have been included as Compensation for purposes of this Article 14 if they were paid prior to the Employee’s severance from employment.
    Other post-severance payments (such as severance pay, parachute payments within the meaning of Code Section 280G(b)(2), or post-severance payments under a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan that would not had been paid if the Employee had continued in employment) are not included in this definition of Compensation even if such amounts are paid within the time period described in the preceding paragraph.

- 62 -


 

ARTICLE 15
TOP HEAVY RULES
15.01   General .
    The provisions of this Article of the Plan shall become effective in any Plan Year in which the Plan is determined to be Top Heavy and shall supersede any conflicting provision of this Plan.
15.02   Definitions .
  (a)   Top Heavy . The Plan shall be Top Heavy for the Plan Year if, as of the Valuation Date that coincides with or immediately precedes the Determination Date, the value of the Accounts of Key Employees exceeds 60% of the value of the Accounts of all Participants.
 
      If the Employer maintains more than one plan, all plans in which any Key Employee participates and all plans that enable this Plan to satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code must be combined with this Plan (a “Required Aggregation Group”) for the purposes of applying the 60% test described above. Plans maintained by the Employer that are not in the Required Aggregation Group may be combined, at the Employer’s election, with this Plan for the purposes of determining Top Heavy status if the combined group (the “Permissive Aggregation Group”) satisfies the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.
 
      In determining the value of the Participants’ Accounts, all distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date shall be included and any unallocated Employer Contributions or forfeitures attributable to the Plan Year in which the Determination Date falls shall also be included. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five-year period” for “one-year period”. The Account of (i) any Employee who at one time was a Key Employee but who is not a Key Employee for any of the five Plan Years ending on the Determination Date, and (ii) any Employee who has not performed services for the Employer or a related employer maintaining a plan in the aggregation group for the one-year period ending on the Determination Date, shall be disregarded in determining Top Heavy status.
 
      If the Employer maintains a defined benefit plan during the Plan Year that is subject to aggregation with this Plan, the 60% test shall be applied after calculating the present value of the Participants’ accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan in accordance with the rules set forth in that plan and combining the present value of such accrued benefits with the Participant’s’ Account balances under this Plan.
 
      Solely for the purpose of determining if the Plan, or any other plan included in the Required Aggregation Group, is Top-Heavy, a Non-Key Employee’s accrued benefit in a

- 63 -


 

      defined benefit plan shall be determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all plans maintained by the Employer, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rate of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).
  (b)   Key Employee . Any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) of the Employer who, at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date, was an officer of the Employer having annual compensation greater than $150,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code), a 5-percent owner or the Employer, or a 1-percent owner of the Employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a Key Employee shall be made in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
  (c)   Determination Date . The last day of the Plan Year immediately preceding the Plan Year for which Top Heavy status is determined. For the first Plan Year, the Determination Date shall be the last day of the first Plan Year.
  (d)   Non-Key Employee . Any Employee who is not a Key Employee.
15.03   Minimum Benefit .
  (a)   Except as provided below, the Employer Contributions allocated on behalf of any Non-Key Employee who is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Top Heavy Plan Year shall not be less than the lesser of (i) 3% of such Non-Key Employee’s Compensation or (ii) the largest percentage of Employer Contributions, Salary Savings Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions, as a percentage of the Key Employee’s Compensation, allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for such Plan Year. Salary Savings Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions allocated to the Accounts of Non-Key Employees shall not be considered in determining whether a Non-Key Employee has received the minimum contribution required by this Section 15.03, but Employer Matching Contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2) and the Plan.
  (b)   The minimum allocation is determined without regard to any Social Security contribution and shall be made even though, under other Plan provisions, the Non-Key Employee would have received a lesser allocation or no allocation for the Plan Year because of the Non-Key Employee’s failure to complete 1,000 Hours of Service, his failure to make mandatory employee contributions, or his earning compensation less than a stated amount.
  (c)   If the Employer maintains a defined benefit plan in addition to this Plan, the minimum contribution and benefit requirements for both plans in a Top Heavy Plan Year may be satisfied by an allocation of Employer Contributions to the Account of each Non-Key Employee in the amount of 5% of the Non-Key Employee’s compensation.

- 64 -


 

ARTICLE 16
MISCELLANEOUS
16.01   Headings .
 
    The headings and sub-headings in this Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.
 
16.02   Action by Employer .
 
    Any action by an Employer under this Plan shall be by resolution of its Board of Directors, or by any person or persons duly authorized by resolution of said Board to take such action.
 
16.03   Spendthrift Clause .
 
    Except as otherwise required by a “qualified domestic relations order” as defined in Code Section 414(p) or by any judgment, order, decree and/or settlement agreement (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(13)(C)) entered on or after August 5, 1997, none of the benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under this Plan shall be subject to the claim of any creditor of any Participant or Beneficiary, or to any legal process by any creditor of such Participant or Beneficiary, and none of them shall have any right to alienate, commute, anticipate or assign any of the benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under this Plan except for the extent expressly provided herein to the contrary.
 
16.04   Distributions Upon Plan Termination .
 
    Subject to Article 12, Salary Savings Contributions and Elective Profit Sharing Contributions, and any income attributable thereto, shall be distributed to the Participants or their Beneficiaries in the form of lump sum distributions as soon as administratively feasible after the termination of the Plan, provided that neither the Company nor its Affiliates establish or maintain an alternative defined contribution plan. For this purpose, the definition of the term “alternative defined contribution plan” shall be governed by Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(4)(i) or any successor Treasury Regulation thereto.
 
16.05   Discrimination .
 
    The Employer, the Committee, the Trustee and all other persons involved in the administration and operation of the Plan shall administer and operate the Plan and Trust in a uniform and consistent manner with respect to all Participants similarly situated and shall not permit discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.
 
16.06   Release .
 
    Any payment to a Participant or Beneficiary, or to their legal representatives, in accordance with the provisions of this Plan, shall to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee, Committee, Committee and the Employer, any of whom may require such Participant, Beneficiary, or legal representative, as a condition precedent to such payment, to

- 65 -


 

    execute a receipt and release therefor in such form as shall be determined by the Trustee, the Committee, or the Employer, as the case may be.
16.07   Compliance with Applicable Laws .
 
    The Company, through the Committee, shall interpret and administer the Plan in such manner that the Plan and Trust shall remain in compliance with the Code, with ERISA, and all other applicable laws, regulations, and rulings.
 
16.08   Merger .
 
    In the event of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with any other Plan, or the transfer of assets or liabilities by the Plan to another Plan, each Participant must receive (assuming that the Plan would terminate) the benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer that is equal to or greater than the benefit such Participant would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (assuming that the Plan had then terminated), provided such merger, consolidation, or transfer took place after the date of enactment of ERISA.
 
16.09   Governing Law .
 
    The Plan and Trust shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida to the extent that such laws are not preempted by Federal law.
 
16.10   Legally Incompetent .
 
    If any Participant, former Employee or Beneficiary is a minor or, in the judgment of the Committee is otherwise legally incapable of personally receiving and giving a valid receipt for any payment due him hereunder, the Committee may, unless and until a claim shall have been made by a duly appointed guardian or committee of such person, direct that such payment or any part thereof be made to such person’s Spouse, child, parent, brother, sister, or such other person deemed by the Committee to have incurred expense for or assumed responsibility for the expense of such person. Such payment shall fully discharge the Trustee, Employer, Committee and Committee from further liability on account thereof.
 
16.11   Location of Participant or Beneficiary Unknown .
 
    In the event that all or any portion of the distribution payable to a Participant or his Beneficiary shall remain unpaid solely by reason of the Committee’s inability to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant or Beneficiary, the amount unpaid shall be forfeited. However, such forfeiture shall not occur until five (5) years after the amount first became payable. The Committee shall make a diligent effort to locate the Participant or Beneficiary including the mailing of a registered letter, return receipt requested, to the last known address of such Participant or Beneficiary. In the event a Participant or Beneficiary is located subsequent to his benefit being forfeited, such benefit shall be restored and distributed.
 
16.12   Protected Benefits .
 
    Early retirement benefits, retirement-type subsidies, or optional forms of benefits protected under Code Section 411(d)(6) shall not be reduced or eliminated with respect to such benefits that have

- 66 -


 

    already accrued unless such reduction or elimination is permitted under the Code authority issued by the Internal Revenue Service, or judicial authority.
 
16.13   Qualified Military Service .
    Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Internal Revenue Code.

- 67 -


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment and restatement of the Plan to be duly executed and adopted on behalf of the Company effective as of January 1, 2009.
                 
        COMPANY:    
 
               
        SEACOAST NATIONAL BANK    
 
               
 
      By:   /s/ Dennis S. Hudson, III
 
   
 
               
 
      Title:   Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
 
   
 
               
Attest:
      Date:   July 21, 2009    
 
               
/s/ Sharon Mehl
 
               

- 68 -


 

APPENDIX A
PREDECESSOR EMPLOYERS AND PAST SERVICE CREDIT RULES
I.   Employees of the Port St. Lucie National Bank and The Spirit Mortgage Corporation .
    Immediate Eligibility . Persons employed at Port St. Lucie National Bank and The Spirit Mortgage Corporation who become Eligible Employees of the Employer on July 1, 1997 shall be eligible to participate in this Plan on July 1, 1997.
    Past Service Credit . Each Employee of Port St. Lucie National Bank and The Spirit Mortgage Corporation shall be credited with Vesting Service and Eligibility Service under the Plan equal to such Employee’s Years of Service under the Port St. Lucie National Bank Retirement Savings Plan as of May 31, 1997.
II.   Employees of the Walmart Branch of Bank Atlantic in Fort Pierce, Florida .
    Immediate Eligibility . Persons employed at the Walmart Branch of Bank Atlantic in Fort Pierce, Florida (“Bank Atlantic”) who become Eligible Employees of the Employer on June 25, 2001, shall be eligible to participate in this Plan as soon as administratively feasible on or after June 25, 2001.
    Past Service Credit for Vesting . Employment with Bank Atlantic or any other corporation or business entity controlled by Bank Atlantic prior to June 25, 2001 shall be considered employment with the Employer for purposes of satisfying the vesting requirements of Section 7.04(c).
III.   Employees of the Vero Beach Branch of Bank Atlantic in Vero Beach, Florida .
    Immediate Eligibility . Persons employed at the Vero Beach Branch of Bank Atlantic in Vero Beach, Florida (“Vero Beach Branch — Bank Atlantic”) who become Eligible Employees of the Employer on January 24, 2005, shall be eligible to participate in this Plan as soon as administratively feasible on or after January 24, 2005.
    Past Service Credit for Vesting . Employment with Vero Beach Branch — Bank Atlantic or any other corporation or business entity controlled by Vero Beach Branch — Bank Atlantic prior to January 24, 2005 shall be considered employment with the Employer for purposes of satisfying the vesting requirements of Section 7.04(c).
IV.   Employees of Century National Bank .
    Immediate Eligibility . Persons employed by Century National Bank who were eligible to participate in the Century National Bank 401(k) Retirement Plan on April 1, 2005 shall be eligible to participate in this Plan as soon as administratively feasible on or after April 31, 2005.
    Past Service Credit for Eligibility . Employment with Century National Bank or any other corporation of business entity controlled by Century National Bank prior to May 1, 2005 shall be considered employment with the Employer for purposes of satisfying the eligibility requirements of Section 3.01(b)

- 69 -


 

    Past Service Credit for Vesting . Employment with Century National Bank or any other corporation or business entity controlled by Century National Bank prior to May 1, 2005 shall be considered employment with the Employer for purposes of satisfying the vesting requirements of Section 7.04(c).
    Profit Sharing Contribution . Notwithstanding Section 5.02(c) of the Plan, “Eligible Compensation” for persons employed by Century Bank on May 1, 2005 will include base wages (including commissions, but excluding overtime, bonuses and incentives) received from Century Bank during 2005.
V.   Employees of Big Lake National Bank .
    Immediate Eligibility . Persons employed by Big Lake National Bank (“Big Lake”) on December 31, 2005 who were eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan maintained by Big Lake National Bank on January 1, 2006 shall be eligible to participate in this Plan as soon as administratively feasible on or after April 1, 2006. Notwithstanding the foregoing, persons employed by Big Lake or any other corporation or business entity controlled by Big Lake prior to March 31, 2006 and classified by Big Lake as temporary employees are not eligible to participate in the Plan.
    Past Service Credit for Eligibility . Employment with Big Lake or any other corporation or business entity controlled by Big Lake prior to March 31, 2006 shall be considered employment with the Employer for purposes of satisfying the eligibility requirements of Section 3.01(b).
    Past Service Credit for Vesting . Employment with Big Lake or any other corporation or business entity controlled by Big Lake prior to March 31, 2006 shall be considered employment with the Employer for purposes of satisfying the vesting requirements of Section 7.04(c).

- 70 -

Exhibit 13
 
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
 
                                         
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
FOR THE YEAR
                                       
Net interest income
  $ 66,212     $ 73,589     $ 77,231     $ 84,469     $ 89,040  
Provision for loan losses
    31,680       124,767       88,634       12,745       3,285  
Noninterest income:
                                       
Securities gains (losses)
    3,687       5,399       355       (5,048 )     (157 )
Other
    19,245       19,015       22,241       24,964       24,260  
Noninterest expenses
    90,667       131,747       78,890       77,477       73,045  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (33,203 )     (158,511 )     (67,697 )     14,163       36,813  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    0       (11,825 )     (22,100 )     4,398       12,959  
Net income (loss)
    (33,203 )     (146,686 )     (45,597 )     9,765       23,854  
Per Share Data
                                       
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders:
                                       
Diluted
    (0.48 )     (4.74 )     (2.41 )     0.51       1.28  
Basic
    (0.48 )     (4.74 )     (2.41 )     0.52       1.30  
Cash dividends declared
    0.00       0.01       0.34       0.64       0.61  
Book value per share common
    1.28       1.82       8.98       11.22       11.20  
Dividends to net income
    n/m (1)     n/m (1)     n/m (1)     124.80 %     47.10 %
AT YEAR END
                                       
Assets
  $ 2,016,381     $ 2,151,315     $ 2,314,436     $ 2,419,874     $ 2,389,435  
Securities
    462,001       410,735       345,901       300,729       443,941  
Net loans
    1,202,864       1,352,311       1,647,340       1,876,487       1,718,196  
Deposits
    1,637,228       1,779,434       1,810,441       1,987,333       1,891,018  
Shareholders’ equity
    166,299       151,935       216,001       214,381       212,425  
Performance ratios:
                                       
Return on average assets
    (1.60 )%     (6.58 )%     (1.97 )%     0.42 %     1.03 %
Return on average equity
    (19.30 )     (73.79 )     (22.25 )     4.46       12.06  
Net interest margin(2)
    3.37       3.55       3.58       3.92       4.15  
Average equity to average assets
    8.27       8.92       8.87       9.41       8.55  
 
 
(1) Not meaningful
 
(2) On a fully taxable equivalent basis


 

Item 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The purpose of this discussion and analysis is to aid in understanding significant changes in the financial condition of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida and its subsidiaries (the Company) and their results of operations during 2010, 2009 and 2008. Nearly all of the Company’s operations are contained in its banking subsidiary, Seacoast National Bank (Seacoast National or the Bank). This discussion and analysis is intended to highlight and supplement information presented elsewhere in the annual report on Form 10-K, particularly the consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing in Item 8. For purposes of the following discussion, the words the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to the combined entities of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida and its direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries.
 
Overview
 
The year ended December 31, 2010 was another difficult year for the U.S. economy and for the financial services industry generally. High credit costs, primarily the result of loan portfolio pressure stemming from ongoing deterioration in real estate values, as well as increasing unemployment and other factors, continued to negatively impact the Company’s earnings. Property value declines, which began in late 2007, continued throughout 2010 in most of our markets. While the Company did not have material exposure to many of the issues that originally plagued the industry (e.g., sub-prime loans, structured investment vehicles and collateralized debt obligations), the Company’s exposure to construction and land development and the residential housing sector pressured its loan portfolio, resulting in increased credit costs and foreclosed asset expenses. As the economic downturn continued, consumer confidence and weak economic conditions began to impact areas of the economy outside of the housing sector and restrained new loan demand from credit worthy borrowers. Throughout this difficult operating environment, the Company has been proactively positioning its business for growth in the future by aggressively focusing on improving credit quality, de-risking the overall loan portfolio, disposing of problem assets, and focusing on growing core deposits. Under these conditions, the Company reported a net loss to common shareholders of $37.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, or $0.48 per diluted share, compared with a net loss to common shareholders of $150.4 million for 2009, or $4.74 per diluted share.
 
Common Stock Offering
 
In April 2010, the Company issued $50 million of Series B Mandatorily Convertible Noncumulative Nonvoting Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”), resulting in approximately $47.1 million in additional Tier 1 risk-based equity, net of issuance costs, pursuant to a private placement. The shares of Series B Preferred Stock were mandatorily convertible into common shares five days subsequent to shareholder approval, which was granted at the Company’s annual meeting on June 22, 2010. Upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, approximately 34,482,759 shares of our common stock were issued pursuant to the Investment Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2010 between the Company and the investors.
 
Merchant Processing Sale
 
In November 2010, we sold our merchant portfolio for a gain of $600,000. Seacoast National will receive fee income for new accounts opened prospectively and will have more competitive offerings for current and new customers.
 
Our Business
 
The Company is a single-bank holding company with operations on Florida’s southeast coast (ranging from Palm Beach County in the south to Brevard County in the north) as well as Florida’s interior around Lake Okeechobee and up through Orlando. The Company has 39 full service offices. The Company, through Seacoast National, provides a broad range of community banking services to commercial, small business and retail customers, offering a variety of transaction and savings deposit products, treasury management services, investment brokerage services, secured and unsecured loan products, including revolving credit facilities, and


1


 

letters of credit and similar financial guarantees. Seacoast National also provides trust and investment management services to retirement plans, corporations and individuals.
 
The coastal markets in which the Company operates have had population growth rates over the past 10 years of over 20 percent, and while the recession has adversely affected these markets, we expect these markets will prove resilient because these areas are attractive markets to live in. Prospectively, the Company will consider strategic acquisitions as part of the Company’s overall future growth plans in complementary and attractive markets within the State of Florida.
 
Strategic Review
 
The Company operates both a full retail banking strategy in its core markets which are some of Florida’s wealthiest, as well as a complete commercial banking strategy. The Company’s core markets are comprised of Martin, St. Lucie and Indian River counties located on Florida’s southeast coast and Okeechobee County which is contiguous to these coastal counties. Our core markets contain 25 of the 39 retail locations, including four private banking centers. Because of the branch coverage in these markets, the Company has a significant presence providing convenience to customers, and resulting in a larger deposit market share. The Company’s deposit mix is favorable with 66 percent of average deposit balances comprised of NOW, savings, money market and noninterest bearing transaction customer accounts. The cost of deposits averaged 0.90 percent for 2010 (compared to 1.39 percent for 2009 and 2.30 percent for 2008), which the Company believes ranks among the lowest when compared to other banks operating in the Company’s market. As part of the Company’s complete retail product and service offerings, customers are provided wealth management services through its full service broker dealer and trust wealth management divisions.
 
During the last three years, the Company has improved its acquisition, retention and mix of deposits. This has resulted in lower funding costs and improved profitability, customer satisfaction and liquidity. Prospectively, the Company intends to continue to utilize similar strategies along with new strategies and resources to improve its performance.
 
During 2010 and 2009, the Company had limited commercial/commercial real estate loan production of $10 million and $14 million, respectively, when compared to $117 million in 2008. This lower production was reflective of the unprecedented housing and commercial real estate market decline and recessionary environment generally, as well as the Company’s efforts to reduce its concentration in commercial real estate and construction and land development loans, which began in 2007. In 2010, the Company closed $152 million in residential loans, an improvement over 2009’s result of $145 million, as well as 2008’s $105 million. In 2008, a slower residential real estate market and uncertain economic conditions severely dampened residential home sales and residential loan production. Stabilizing home values and lower interest rates improved the Company’s residential loan production in 2009, and improved further in 2010.
 
At the end of 2010 and 2009, our commercial real estate, or “CRE”, loans were $591.4 million and $709.2 million, respectively, down 16.6 percent and 20.9 percent from the respective prior years. Under regulatory guidelines for commercial real estate concentrations, Seacoast National’s total commercial real estate loans outstanding at December 31, 2010 (as defined in the guideline) represent 218 percent of risk-based capital at December 31, 2010, below the regulatory threshold for extra scrutiny. Our construction and land development loans were $79.3 million at December 31, 2010, down $83.6 million from $162.9 million at December 31, 2009, which was down 58.8 percent from $395.2 million at December 31, 2008. The size of our average commercial construction and land development loans has also decreased over the three year period from $1,494,000 in 2008 to $939,000 in 2009 to $735,000 in 2010.
 
The Company’s net interest margin has declined from 3.58 percent in 2008 to 3.55 percent in 2009, and 3.37 percent in 2010. During 2010, a further decline in loans of 11.2 percent, a higher level of cash liquidity, and lower loan and investment security yields were largely offset by improved loan quality, a larger investment securities portfolio and reduced deposit costs. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) has made a historic effort over the past three years to rejuvenate the economy and limit the effect of the recession by lowering interest rates to 0 to 25 basis points and expanding various liquidity programs. Recently, the Federal Reserve reaffirmed its forecast for a moderate economic recovery


2


 

through 2011, although trimming its growth estimates from previous forecasts. As a result of the slow economic recovery and revised growth forecasts, the Federal Reserve has reaffirmed that it will maintain key interest rates at record lows for an extended period of time as long as the economic data support the low rates. These low rates impact our net interest margin. Fourth quarter 2010’s net interest margin was 3.42 percent, reflecting an increase of five basis points from last year’s fourth quarter, as a result of lower deposit rates. The net interest margin is likely to remain under pressure until economic conditions stabilize and outstanding nonaccrual loans are reduced further. Opportunities for margin improvement include continued improvements in deposit mix, increased interest rates and loan growth.
 
Loan Growth and Lending Policies
 
In the last several years, as the economic environment in Florida weakened, the Company has increased its focus and monitoring of its exposure to residential land, acquisition and development loans. These activities resulted in greater loan pay-downs, guarantor performance, and the obtaining of additional collateral. The Company also utilized loan sales to better control the level of these assets and other commercial real estate loans, with $28 million in loan sales during 2010, $89 million in loan sales during 2009 and $68 million in loan sales during 2008. Overall, the Company’s exposure to residential land, acquisition and development loans was reduced from its peak of $352 million or 20.2 percent of total loans in early 2007 to $14 million or 1.1 percent at December 31, 2010.
 
For 2010, 2009 and 2008, balances in the loan portfolio declined 11.2 percent, 16.7 percent and 11.7 percent, respectively, reflecting the recessionary climate, significantly lower loan demand and loan sales. During 2010, negative loan growth slowed each quarter and declined 1.8 percent in the fourth quarter, as increased production occurred in consumer and commercial lending compared to prior quarters. The Company expects loan growth opportunities for all types of lending prospectively as the economy stabilizes and improves, including commercial lending to targeted segments, consumer auto and 1-4 family agency conforming residential mortgages.
 
Deposit Growth, Mix and Costs
 
The Company’s focus on high quality customer service and convenient branch locations supports its strategy to provide stable, low cost deposit funding growth over the long term. Over the past three years, the Company has strengthened its retail deposit franchise using new strategies and product offerings, while maintaining its focus on building customer relationships. In 2010, the retail bank added 7,495 new core deposit households, up 1,125 or 17.7 percent from the prior year. Retail household growth for 2010 has improved as a result of the Company’s retail deposit program and more recently expanded efforts to attract new commercial deposit accounts.
 
Interest rates decreased dramatically during 2008 and 2009 as the economic climate worsened and the Federal Reserve implemented interest rate reduction strategies. As a result, during 2010, average low cost NOW, savings and money market deposits increased 6.4 percent. At December 31, 2009, these deposits were 4.5 percent higher than at December 31, 2008, after decreasing 24.0 percent during 2008. Also, certificates of deposit (CDs) declined $137.4 million and $60.6 million during 2010 and 2009, respectively, in part due to a decline of $31.6 million and $61.8 million in higher cost brokered CDs over each period compared. The Company’s overall deposit mix remains favorable and its average cost of deposits, including noninterest bearing demand deposits, remains low. The average cost of deposits for the Company continued to trend lower in 2010. In 2010, the cost of deposits was 0.90 percent, decreasing 49 basis points from 1.39 percent the prior year and from 2.39 percent in 2008. During 2010, noninterest bearing demand deposits increased 7.8 percent, versus the past two years, when noninterest bearing demand deposits decreased 2.4 percent, and 16.0 percent, respectively.
 
During 2010 and 2009, total deposits declined $142 million, or 8.0 percent, and $31 million, or 1.7 percent, year over year, respectively, and sweep repurchase agreements decreased $7 million, or 7.1 percent, in 2010, after decreasing $52 million, or 32.9 percent, year over year during 2009. Declines in brokered CDs and single service deposit customers were the cause of the overall decline in deposits during


3


 

2010 and 2009. Most of the decline in sweep repurchase agreements during 2009 and 2010 was in public funds, principally from lower tax collector receipts. As reported throughout 2009 and 2010, the Company has been executing a retail strategy and has experienced strong growth in core deposit relationships when compared to prior results. In the fourth quarter of 2010, new household deposit relationships were particularly strong, with 1,612 new personal checking retail relationships opened during the quarter up 478 accounts or 42.1 percent from the same quarter a year ago and up 255 accounts or 18.8 percent from the third quarter of 2010. Likewise, new commercial business checking deposit relationships increased by 71.6 percent compared with the same quarter one year ago. New personal checking relationships have increased as a result of our programs with improved market share, increased average services per household and decreased customer attrition. Since initial implementation in 2008, the acquisition of new retail checking deposit households and the average services per household have increased 51.7 percent as of 2010 and 40.8 percent as of 2009, respectively.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, (“GAAP”), including prevailing practices within the financial services industry. The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management to make judgments in the application of certain of its accounting policies that involve significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions, which may materially affect the reported amounts of certain assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements, and changes in this information over time and the use of revised estimates and assumptions could materially affect amounts reported in subsequent financial statements. Management, after consultation with the Company’s Audit Committee, believes the most critical accounting estimates and assumptions that involve the most difficult, subjective and complex assessments are:
 
  •  the allowance and the provision for loan losses;
 
  •  the fair value and other than temporary impairment of securities;
 
  •  realization of deferred tax assets; and
 
  •  contingent liabilities.
 
The following is a discussion of the critical accounting policies intended to facilitate a reader’s understanding of the judgments, estimates and assumptions underlying these accounting policies and the possible or likely events or uncertainties known to us that could have a material effect on our reported financial information. For more information regarding management’s judgments relating to significant accounting policies and recent accounting pronouncements, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note A-Significant Accounting Policies.”
 
Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses
 
Management determines the provision for loan losses charged to operations by continually analyzing and monitoring delinquencies, nonperforming loans and the level of outstanding balances for each loan category, as well as the amount of net charge-offs, and by estimating losses inherent in its portfolio. While the Company’s policies and procedures used to estimate the provision for loan losses charged to operations are considered adequate by management, factors beyond the control of the Company, such as general economic conditions, both locally and nationally, make management’s judgment as to the adequacy of the provision and allowance for loan losses necessarily approximate and imprecise (see “Nonperforming Assets”).
 
The provision for loan losses is the result of a detailed analysis estimating an appropriate and adequate allowance for loan losses. The analysis includes the evaluation of impaired loans as prescribed under FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310 as well as, an analysis of homogeneous loan pools not individually evaluated as prescribed under ASC 450. For the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2010, the provision for loan losses was $2.1 million, $16.7 million, $8.9 million and $4.0 million, respectively, substantially lower than provisioning in 2009 for the first, second, third and fourth quarters of $11.7 million,


4


 

$26.2 million, $45.4 million and $41.5 million, respectively. The net charge-offs for the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2010 were $3.5 million, $20.2 million, $10.7 million and $4.7 million, and totaled $39.1 million or 2.95 percent of average total loans for the year, much less than net charge-offs for 2009 which totaled $109.0 million or 6.86 percent of average total loans. Delinquency trends show continued stability (see “Nonperforming Assets”).
 
Table 12 provides certain information concerning the Company’s allowance and provisioning for loan losses for the years indicated.
 
Net charge-offs during 2008 and 2009 were higher than in prior years due to higher losses in the commercial construction and land development portfolio secured by residential land. The higher charge-offs reflected declining real estate values and the Company reducing its commercial real estate (“CRE”) loan concentrations by selling $43.9 million of loans which accounted for $20.6 million of total net charge-offs during 2009. During 2010, the Company sold $27.6 million of loans which accounted for $11.1 million of total net charge-offs. With timely and more aggressive collection efforts, loan sales, and charge-offs, the Company’s residential construction and land development loans have been reduced to $14.0 million or 1.1 percent of total loans at December 31, 2010 (see “Loan Portfolio”), down from approximately $47.6 million or 3.4 percent of total loans at December 31, 2009. Total CRE loans declined 16.6 percent from $709.2 million at December 31, 2009 to $591.4 million at December 31, 2010. Under regulatory guidelines for commercial real estate concentrations, Seacoast National’s total commercial real estate loans outstanding (as defined in the guidance) represented 218 percent of total risk based capital at December 31, 2010. The reduction in the Company’s exposure to commercial construction and land development portfolio secured by residential property in 2009 reduced earnings volatility in 2010 as a result of lower net charge-offs.
 
The Company has also reduced its concentrations of large individual loan relationships over the periods compared, which the Company believes will reduce overall risk in its loan portfolio. The following table details the Company’s reduced exposure to large residential construction and land development loans over the past five quarters, as evidenced by loans in this portfolio with balances of $4 million or more declining from $12.5 million at December 31, 2009 to no outstanding balance at December 31, 2010. Of the remaining $14.0 million in residential construction and land development loans with balances of less than $4 million, $2.2 million or 16 percent are classified as nonperforming.
 
QUARTERLY TRENDS — LOANS AT END OF PERIOD
 
                                                                 
                      2010
 
          2009     2010     Nonperforming  
          4th Qtr     1st Qtr     2nd Qtr     3rd Qtr     4th Qtr     4th Qtr     No.  
    (Dollars in Millions)  
 
Residential Construction and Land Development
                                                               
Condominiums
  >$ 4 mil     $     $     $     $     $     $        
    <$ 4 mil       6.1       0.9       0.9       0.9       0.9       0.9       1  
Town homes
  >$ 4 mil                                            
    <$ 4 mil                                            
Single Family Residences
  >$ 4 mil                                            
    <$ 4 mil       4.1       3.9       3.6       3.8                    
Single Family Land & Lots
  >$ 4 mil       5.9       5.9       5.9                          
    <$ 4 mil       16.6       15.7       9.6       10.3       7.0       0.2       4  
Multifamily
  >$ 4 mil       6.6       6.6       4.3                          
    <$ 4 mil       8.3       8.1       8.2       6.3       6.1       1.1       2  
                                                                 
TOTAL
  >$ 4 mil       12.5       12.5       10.2                          
TOTAL
  <$ 4 mil       35.1       28.6       22.3       21.3       14.0       2.2       7  
                                                                 
GRAND TOTAL
          $ 47.6     $ 41.1     $ 32.5     $ 21.3     $ 14.0     $ 2.2       7  
                                                                 


5


 

The Company’s other loan portfolios related to residential real estate are amortizing loans. The Company has never offered sub-prime, Alt A, Option ARM or any negative amortizing residential loans, programs or products, although it has originated and holds residential mortgage loans from borrowers with original or current FICO credit scores that are currently less than “prime” FICO credit scores. Substantially all residential originations have been underwritten to conventional loan agency standards, including loans having balances that exceed agency value limitations.
 
The Company selectively adds residential mortgage loans to its portfolio, primarily loans with adjustable rates. Home equity loans (amortizing loans for home improvements with maturities of 10 to 15 years) totaled $73.4 million and home equity lines totaled $57.7 million at December 31, 2010, compared to $86.8 million and $60.1 million at December 31, 2009. Each borrower’s credit was fully documented as part of the Company’s underwriting of home equity lines. The Company never promoted home equity lines greater than 80 percent of value or used credit scoring solely as the underwriting criteria. Therefore this portfolio of loans, primarily to customers with other relationships to Seacoast National, has performed better than portfolios of our peers. Net charge-offs for the twelve months ended 2010 totaled $1,694,000 for home equity lines, compared to $2,782,000 for 2009, and home equity lines past due 90 days or more and nonaccrual lines (aggregated) were $1,738,000 and $99,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Since year-end 2009, nonaccrual loans declined by $29.6 million to $68.3 million at December 31, 2010 (see “Nonperforming Assets”). Loans have declined $156.9 million or 11.2 percent since year-end 2009 (see “Loan Portfolio”).
 
Congress and bank regulators have encouraged recipients of Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) capital to use such capital to make more loans. In that respect, the Company has successfully increased its residential mortgage production in 2010 and 2009. A total of 1,168 applications were taken during 2010 with an aggregate value of $244 million with $152 million in loans closed, and 1,257 applications were taken in 2009 with an aggregate value of $268 million with $145 million in loans closed. Existing home sales and home mortgage loan refinancing activity in the Company’s markets have increased during 2010. However, demand for new home construction is expected to remain soft.
 
Management continuously monitors the quality of the loan portfolio and maintains an allowance for loan losses it believes sufficient to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses totaled $37,744,000 or 3.04 percent of total loans at December 31, 2010, $7,448,000 less than at December 31, 2009. The allowance for loan losses totaled $45,192,000 or 3.23 percent of total loans at December 31, 2009, $15,804,000 greater than at December 31, 2008. The allowance for loan losses framework has two basic elements: specific allowances for loans individually evaluated for impairment, and a formula-based component for pools of homogeneous loans within the portfolio that have similar risk characteristics, which are not individually evaluated.
 
The first element of the ALLL analysis involves the estimation of allowance specific to individually evaluated impaired loans, including accruing and nonaccruing restructured commercial and consumer loans. In this process, a specific allowance is established for impaired loans based on an analysis of the most probable sources of repayment, including discounted cash flows, liquidation of collateral, or the market value of the loan itself. It is the Company’s policy to charge off any portion of the loan deemed a loss. Restructured consumer loans are also evaluated in this element of the estimate. As of December 31, 2010, the specific allowance related to impaired loans individually evaluated totaled $14.4 million, compared to $13.0 million as of December 31, 2009.
 
The second element of the ALLL, the general allowance for homogeneous loan pools not individually evaluated, is determined by applying allowance factors to pools of loans within the portfolio that have similar risk characteristics. The general allowance factors are determined using a baseline factor that is developed from an analysis of historical net charge-off experience and qualitative factors designed and intended to measure expected losses. These baseline factors are developed and applied to the various loan pools. Adjustments may be made to baseline reserves for some of the loan pools based on an assessment of internal and external influences on credit quality not fully reflected in the historical loss. These influences may include


6


 

elements such as changes in concentration risk, macroeconomic conditions, and/or recent observable asset quality trends.
 
In addition, our analyses of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses also takes into account qualitative factors such as credit quality, loan concentrations, internal controls, audit results, staff turnover, local market conditions and loan growth.
 
The Company’s independent Credit Administration Department assigns all loss factors to the individual internal risk ratings based on an estimate of the risk using a variety of tools and information. Its estimate includes consideration of the level of unemployment which is incorporated into the overall allowance. In addition, the portfolio is segregated into a graded loan portfolio, residential, installment, home equity, and unsecured signature lines, and loss factors are calculated for each portfolio. The loss factors assigned to the graded loan portfolio are based on historical migration of actual losses by grade and a range of losses over various periods. Loss factors for the other portfolios are based on historical losses over the prior 12 months and prospective factors that consider loan type, delinquencies, loan to value, purpose of the loan, and type of collateral.
 
Our charge-off policy meets or exceeds regulatory minimums. Losses on unsecured consumer loans are recognized at 90 days past due compared to the regulatory loss criteria of 120 days. Secured consumer loans, including residential real estate, are typically charged-off or charged down between 120 and 180 days past due, depending on the collateral type, in compliance with Federal Financial Institution Examination Council guidelines. Commercial loans and real estate loans are typically placed on nonaccrual status when principal or interest is past due for 90 days or more, unless the loan is both secured by collateral having realizable value sufficient to discharge the debt in-full and the loan is in the legal process of collection. Secured loans may be charged-down to the estimated value of the collateral with previously accrued unpaid interest reversed. Subsequent charge-offs may be required as a result of changes in the market value of collateral or other repayment prospects. Initial charge-off amounts are based on valuation estimates derived from appraisals, broker price opinions, or other market information. Generally, new appraisals are not received until the foreclosure process is completed; however, collateral values are evaluated periodically based on market information and incremental charge-offs are recorded if it is determined that collateral values have declined from their initial estimates.
 
Management continually evaluates the allowance for loan losses methodology seeking to refine and enhance this process as appropriate, and it is likely that the methodology will continue to evolve over time.
 
In general, collateral values for residential real estate have declined since 2006, with values being more stable over the last 12 months to 24 months. Loans originated from 2005 through 2007 have seen property values decline approximately 50 percent from their original appraised values, more than the decline on loans originated in other years. Declining residential collateral value has affected our actual loan losses over the last three years, but values appear to be stabilizing over the last twelve months. Residential loans that become 90 days past due are placed on nonaccrual. A specific allowance is made for any loan that becomes 120 days past due. Residential loans are subsequently written down if they become 180 days past due and such write-downs are supported by a current appraisal, consistent with current banking regulations.
 
Our Loan Review unit is independent, and performs loan reviews and evaluates a representative sample of credit extensions after the fact for appropriate individual internal risk ratings. Loan Review has the authority to change internal risk ratings and is responsible for assessing the adequacy of credit underwriting. This unit reports directly to the Directors’ Loan Committee of Seacoast National’s Board of Directors.
 
Table 13 summarizes the Company’s allocation of the allowance for loan losses to real estate loans, commercial and financial loans, and installment loans to individuals, and information regarding the composition of the loan portfolio at the dates indicated.
 
During the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2010, net charge-offs totaled $3,541,000, $20,209,000, $10,700,000 and $4,678,000, respectively. This compares to $8,540,000 in the first quarter of 2009, $15,109,000 in the second quarter of 2009, $40,142,000 in the third quarter of 2009 and $45,172,000 in the fourth quarter of 2009. Some of the increase in charge-offs during 2009 and 2010 were related to loan


7


 

sales to reduce risk in the loan portfolio. Although there is no assurance that we will not have elevated charge-offs in the future, we believe that we have significantly reduced the risks in our loan portfolio and that with stabilizing market conditions, future charge-offs should decline. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2010 totaled $39,128,000, compared to net charges-offs of $108,963,000 and $81,148,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively (See “Table 12 — Summary of Loan Loss Experience” for detail on net charge-offs for the last five years).
 
Concentrations of credit risk, discussed under the caption “Loan Portfolio” of this discussion and analysis, can affect the level of the allowance and may involve loans to one borrower, an affiliated group of borrowers, borrowers engaged in or dependent upon the same industry, or a group of borrowers whose loans are predicated on the same type of collateral. The Company’s most significant concentration of credit is a portfolio of loans secured by real estate. At December 31, 2010, the Company had $1.140 billion in loans secured by real estate, representing 91.9 percent of total loans, down from $1.272 billion, representing 91.0 percent at December 31, 2009. In addition, the Company is subject to a geographic concentration of credit because it only operates in central and southeastern Florida. The Company’s exposure to construction and land development credits is secured by project assets and personal guarantees and totals $79.3 million at December 31, 2010 down from $170.9 million at December 31, 2009. The Company considers exposure to this industry group, together with an assessment of current trends and expected future financial performance in our evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The significant decline in this concentration is one factor which supports the lower overall allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2010 compared to December 31, 2009.
 
While it is the Company’s policy to charge off in the current period loans in which a loss is considered probable, there are additional risks of future losses that cannot be quantified precisely or attributed to particular loans or classes of loans. Because these risks include the state of the economy, borrower payment behaviors and local market conditions as well as conditions affecting individual borrowers, management’s judgment of the allowance is necessarily approximate and imprecise. The allowance is also subject to regulatory examinations and determinations as to adequacy, which may take into account such factors as the methodology used to calculate the allowance for loan losses and the size of the allowance for loan losses in comparison to a group of peer companies identified by the regulatory agencies.
 
In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, management relies predominantly on its ongoing review of the loan portfolio, which is undertaken both to ascertain whether there are probable losses that must be charged off and to assess the risk characteristics of the portfolio in aggregate. This review considers the judgments of management, and also those of bank regulatory agencies that review the loan portfolio as part of their regular examination process. Our bank regulators have generally agreed with our credit assessments, however the regulators could seek additional provisions to our allowance for loan losses, which will reduce our earnings.
 
Seacoast National entered into a formal agreement with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) on December 16, 2008 to improve its asset quality. Under the formal agreement, Seacoast National’s board of directors appointed a compliance committee to monitor and coordinate Seacoast National’s performance under the formal agreement. The formal agreement provides for the development and implementation of written programs to reduce Seacoast National’s credit risk, monitor and reduce the level of criticized assets, and manage commercial real estate loan (“CRE”) concentrations in light of current adverse CRE market conditions. The Company believes it has complied with this formal agreement.
 
Nonperforming Assets
 
Table 14 provides certain information concerning nonperforming assets for the years indicated.
 
Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2010 totaled $93,981,000 and are comprised of $68,284,000 of nonaccrual loans and $25,697,000 of other real estate owned (“OREO”), compared to $123,261,000 at December 31, 2009 (comprised of $97,876,000 in nonaccrual loans and $25,385,000 of OREO). At December 31, 2010, approximately 92.5 percent of nonaccrual loans were secured with real estate, the remainder principally by marine vessels. See the table below for details about nonaccrual loans. At


8


 

December 31, 2010, nonaccrual loans have been written down by approximately $32.4 million or 35.9 percent of the original loan balance (including specific impairment reserves). New nonperforming loans have declined during 2010 compared to 2009. The table below shows the nonperforming inflows by quarter for 2010 and 2009.
 
                 
New Nonperforming Loans
  2010   2009
 
First Quarter
  $ 11,895     $ 37,170  
Second Quarter
    22,560       46,303  
Third Quarter
    8,151       75,295  
Fourth Quarter
    9,990       36,196  
 
Sales of loans were nominal during the first and fourth quarters of 2010, compared to second and third quarter 2010 loan sales. For 2010, sales totaled $28 million at an average price of nearly 56 percent of the outstanding ledger balance. For 2009, sales totaled $82 million, at a similar average price of approximately 50 percent of the outstanding ledger balance. Prospectively, the Company anticipates loan sales will continue to play a lesser role in connection with liquidation efforts, since we have substantially reduced our largest borrower concentrations. The Company pursues loan restructurings in selected cases where it expects to realize better values than may be expected through traditional collection activities. The Company has worked with retail mortgage customers, when possible, to achieve lower payment structures in an effort to avoid foreclosure. Troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) are part of the Company’s loss mitigation activities and can include rate reductions, payment extensions and principal deferrals. Company policy requires TDRs be classified as nonaccrual loans until (under certain circumstances) performance can be verified, which usually requires six months of performance under the restructured loan terms. Some TDRs that have never been past due continue as accruing loans, of which $10.9 million were performing. Accruing restructured loans totaled $66.4 million at December 31, 2010 compared to 57.4 million at December 31, 2009.
 
                                 
    Nonaccrual Loans     Accruing
 
    Non-
                Restructured
 
December 31, 2010
  Current     Performing     Total     Loans  
    (In thousands)  
 
Construction & land development
                               
Residential
  $ 2,044     $ 145     $ 2,189     $ 2,458  
Commercial
    23,060       7       23,067       486  
Individuals
    3,142       831       3,973       1,078  
                                 
      28,246       983       29,229       4,022  
Residential real estate mortgages
    9,889       4,921       14,810       21,808  
Commercial real estate mortgages
    8,027       11,074       19,101       39,686  
                                 
Real estate loans
    46,162       16,978       63,140       65,516  
Commercial and financial
          4,607       4,607       103  
Consumer
    68       469       537       731  
                                 
    $ 46,230     $ 22,054     $ 68,284     $ 66,350  
                                 


9


 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, total TDRs (performing and nonperforming) were comprised of the following loans by type of modification:
 
                                 
    2010     2009  
    Number     Amount     Number     Amount  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Rate reduction
    83     $ 25,476       51     $ 16,854  
Maturity extended with change in terms
    120       51,782       114       76,238  
Forgiveness of principal
    2       2,529       2       2,688  
Payment structure changed to allow for interest only payments
    2       1,253                  
Not elsewhere classified
    12       6,806       1       275  
                                 
      219     $ 87,846       168     $ 96,055  
                                 
 
At December 31, 2010, loans totaling $134,634,000 were considered impaired (comprised of total nonaccrual and TDRs) and $14,362,000 of the allowance for loan losses was allocated for potential losses on these loans, compared to $155,310,000 and $13,042,000, respectively, at December 31, 2009.
 
For more than 33 months, management has maintained an intensive focus on the commercial real estate portfolio given the general economic stress in the Company’s markets. The majority of these credits have been reviewed using current financial information and were appropriately risk graded. During 2009, additional reviews of all internally classified CRE loans were conducted. This included tests of cash flows against current outlook, the borrowers’ current condition and borrower financial trends. As a result of the reviews conducted, nonperforming loans increased and likely peaked in the third quarter of 2009 and have been lower each quarter thereafter. Even so, nonperforming assets are subject to changes in the economy, both nationally and locally, changes in monetary and fiscal policies, changes in borrowers’ payment behaviors and changes in conditions affecting various borrowers from Seacoast National.
 
All impaired loans are reviewed quarterly to determine if valuation adjustments are necessary based on known changes in the market and/or the project assumptions. When necessary, the “As Is” appraised value may be adjusted based on more recent appraisal assumptions received by the Company on other similar properties, the tax assessed market value, comparative sales and/or an internal valuation. If an updated assessment is deemed necessary and an internal valuation cannot be made, an external “As Is” appraisal will be obtained. If the “As Is” appraisal does not appropriately reflect the current fair market value, in the Company’s opinion, a specific reserve is established and/or the loan is written down to the current fair market value.
 
Collateral dependent, impaired loans are loans that are solely dependent on the liquidation of the collateral for repayment. All OREO/REPO loans are reviewed quarterly to determine if valuation adjustments are necessary based on known changes in the market and/or project assumptions. When necessary, the “As Is” appraisal is adjusted based on more recent appraisal assumptions received by the Company on other similar properties, the tax assessment market value, comparative sales and/or an internal valuation is performed. If an updated assessment is deemed necessary, and an internal valuation cannot be made, an external appraisal will be requested. Upon receipt of the “As Is” appraisal a charge-off is recognized for the difference between the loan amount and its current fair market value.
 
“As Is” values are used to measure fair market value on impaired loans, OREO and REPOs.
 
Any loan that is partially charged-off remains in nonperforming status until it is paid off regardless of current valuation of the loan.
 
In accordance with regulatory reporting requirements, loans are placed on non-accrual following the Retail Classification of Loan interagency guidance. Typically loans 90 days or more past due are reviewed for impairment, and if deemed impaired, are placed on non-accrual. Once impaired, the current fair market value of the collateral is assessed and a specific reserve and/or charge-off taken. Quarterly thereafter, the loan carrying value is analyzed and any changes are appropriately made as described above.


10


 

Upon receipt of an appraisal, an appraisal review is performed and a specific reserve or charge-off is processed, if warranted.
 
Fair Value and Other than Temporary Impairment of Securities
 
At December 31, 2010, outstanding securities designated as available for sale totaled $435,140,000. The fair value of the available for sale portfolio at December 31, 2010 was more than historical amortized cost, producing net unrealized gains of $2,986,000 that have been included in other comprehensive income (loss) as a component of shareholders’ equity (net of taxes). The Company made no change to the valuation techniques used to determine the fair values of securities during 2010 and 2009. The fair value of each security available for sale was obtained from independent pricing sources utilized by many financial institutions. The fair value of many state and municipal securities are not readily available through market sources, so fair value estimates are based on quoted market price or prices of similar instruments. Generally, the Company obtains one price for each security. However, actual values can only be determined in an arms-length transaction between a willing buyer and seller that can, and often do, vary from these reported values. Furthermore, significant changes in recorded values due to changes in actual and perceived economic conditions can occur rapidly, producing greater unrealized losses or gains in the available for sale portfolio.
 
The credit quality of the Company’s securities holdings currently is investment grade. Any securities rated below investment grade are tested for other than temporary impairment, or “OTTI”. As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s investment securities, except for approximately $9.1 million of securities issued by states and their political subdivisions, generally are traded in liquid markets. U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government agency obligations totaled $340.3 million, or 78 percent of the total available for sale portfolio. The remainder of the portfolio primarily consists of private label securities secured by collateral originated in 2005 or prior with amortized loan to values below 70%, and current FICO scores above 700. Generally these securities have credit support exceeding 5%. The collateral underlying these mortgage investments are primarily 30- and 15-year fixed rate, 5 / 1 and 10 / 1 adjustable rate mortgage loans. Historically, the mortgage loans serving as collateral for those investments have had minimal foreclosures and losses.
 
These investments are reviewed quarterly for other than temporary impairment, by considering the following primary factors: percent decline in fair value, rating downgrades, subordination, duration, amortized loan-to-value, and the ability of the issuers to pay all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms. Prices obtained from pricing services are usually not adjusted. Based on our internal review procedures and the fair values provided by the pricing services, we believe that the fair values provided by the pricing services are consistent with the principles of ASC 820. However, on occasion pricing provided by the pricing services may not be consistent with other observed prices in the market for similar securities. Using observable market factors, including interest rate and yield curves, volatilities, prepayment speeds, loss severities and default rates, the Company may at times validate the observed prices using a discounted cash flow model and using the observed prices for similar securities to determine the fair value of its securities.
 
Changes in the fair values, as a result of deteriorating economic conditions and credit spread changes, should only be temporary. Further, management believes that the Company’s other sources of liquidity, as well as the cash flow from principal and interest payments from the securities portfolio, reduces the risk that losses would be realized as a result of a need to sell securities to obtain liquidity.
 
The Company also holds stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) totaling $6.4 million as of December 31, 2010, $0.7 million less than at year-end 2009. The FHLB had eliminated its dividend for the first quarter of 2009 but has since reinstated dividends. The FHLB also instituted quarterly rather than daily repurchases of FHLB activity-based stock in February 2009. The Company accounts for its FHLB stock based on the industry guidance in ASC 942, Financial Services — Depository and Lending, which requires the investment to be carried at cost and evaluated for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value. We evaluated our holdings in FHLB stock at December 31, 2010 and believe our holdings in the stock are ultimately recoverable at par. We do not have operational or liquidity needs that would require redemption of the FHLB stock in the foreseeable future and, therefore, have determined that the stock is not other-than-temporarily impaired.


11


 

Realization of Deferred Tax Assets
 
At December 31, 2010, the Company has net deferred tax assets (“DTA”) of $18.9 million which are supported by tax planning strategies that could produce gains from transactions involving bank premises, investments, and other items that could be implemented during the NOL carry forward period. In comparison, at December 31, 2009 the Company had net deferred tax assets of $18.8 million.
 
As a result of the losses incurred in 2008, 2009, and 2010 the Company was and is in a three-year cumulative pretax loss position. A cumulative loss position is considered significant negative evidence in assessing the prospective realization of a DTA from a forecast of future taxable income. The use of the Company’s forecast of future taxable income was not considered positive evidence which could be used to offset the negative evidence at this time. Therefore, the Company has recorded deferred tax valuation allowances for its net operating loss carryforwards totaling approximately $48 million at December 31, 2010. Should the economy show signs of improvement and our credit costs continue to moderate, management anticipates that increased reliance on its forecast of future taxable earnings would result in tax benefits as the recording of valuation allowances would no longer be necessary. It is management’s opinion that Seacoast National’s future taxable income will ultimately allow for the recovery of the NOL, and the realization of its deferred tax assets.
 
Contingent Liabilities
 
The Company is subject to contingent liabilities, including judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings, and tax and other claims arising from the conduct of our business activities. These proceedings include actions brought against the Company and/or our subsidiaries with respect to transactions in which the Company and/or our subsidiaries acted as a lender, a financial advisor, a broker or acted in a related activity. Accruals are established for legal and other claims when it becomes probable the Company will incur an expense and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Company management, together with attorneys, consultants and other professionals, assesses the probability and estimated amounts involved in a contingency. Throughout the life of a contingency, the Company or our advisors may learn of additional information that can affect our assessments about probability or about the estimates of amounts involved. Changes in these assessments can lead to changes in recorded reserves. In addition, the actual costs of resolving these claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts reserved for those claims. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had no significant accruals for contingent liabilities.
 
Results of Operations
 
Earnings Summary
 
Net loss available to common shareholders for 2010 totaled $36,951,000 or $0.48 per average common diluted share, compared to 2009’s net loss of $150,434,000 or $4.74 per average common diluted share and 2008’s net loss of $45,712,000 or $2.41 per average common diluted share. The improved performance for 2010 from 2009 reflects lower credit costs, primarily through provisioning for loan losses.


12


 

Net Interest Income
 
Net interest income (on a fully taxable equivalent basis) for 2010 totaled $66,485,000, decreasing from 2009’s result by $7,362,000 or 10.0 percent. The following table details net interest income and margin results (on a tax equivalent basis) for the past five quarters:
 
                 
    Net Interest
  Net Interest
    Income
  Margin
    (Tax Equivalent)   (Tax Equivalent)
    (Dollars in thousands)
 
Fourth quarter 2009
  $ 17,518       3.37  
First quarter 2010
    17,288       3.48  
Second quarter 2010
    16,286       3.27  
Third quarter 2010
    16,532       3.35  
Fourth quarter 2010
    16,379       3.42  
 
Fully taxable equivalent net interest income is a common term and measure used in the banking industry but is not a term used under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). We believe that these presentations of tax-equivalent net interest income and tax equivalent net interest margin aid in the comparability of net interest income arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources over the periods presented. We further believe these non-GAAP measures enhance investors’ understanding of the Company’s business and performance, and facilitate an understanding of performance trends and comparisons with the performance of other financial institutions. The limitations associated with these measures are the risk that persons might disagree as to the appropriateness of items comprising these measures and that different companies might calculate these measures differently, including as a result of using different assumed tax rates. These disclosures should not be considered an alternative to GAAP. The following information is provided to reconcile GAAP measures and tax equivalent net interest income and net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis.
 
                                                         
    Total
  Fourth
  Third
  Second
  First
  Total
  Fourth
    Year   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Year   Quarter
    2010   2010   2010   2010   2010   2009   2009
    (Dollars in thousands)
 
Non-taxable interest income
  $ 533     $ 112     $ 138     $ 135     $ 148     $ 524     $ 145  
Tax Rate
    35 %     35 %     35 %     35 %     35 %     35 %     35 %
Net interest income (TE)
  $ 66,485     $ 16,379     $ 16,532     $ 16,286     $ 17,288     $ 73,847     $ 17,518  
Total net interest income (not TE)
    66,212       16,321       16,461       16,217       17,213       73,589       17,444  
Net interest margin (TE)
    3.37 %     3.42 %     3.35 %     3.27 %     3.48 %     3.55 %     3.37 %
Net interest margin (not TE)
    3.35       3.41       3.33       3.25       3.46       3.54       3.35  
 
During 2010, net interest income and net interest margin (on a tax equivalent basis) have stabilized despite the challenging lending environment and the reduction of interest due to nonaccrual loans. Net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis decreased 18 basis points to 3.37 percent for 2010 compared to 2009. Increased nonaccrual loans and changes in the earnings assets mix have been the primary forces that have adversely affected our net interest income and net interest margin (on a tax equivalent basis) when comparing results for 2010 and 2009 to 2008 and prior periods.
 
The earning asset mix changed year over year impacting net interest income. For 2010, average loans (the highest yielding component of earning assets) as a percentage of average earning assets totaled 67.2 percent, compared to 76.3 percent a year ago. Average securities as a percent of average earning assets increased from 17.4 percent a year ago to 21.2 percent during 2010 and interest bearing deposits and other investments increased to 11.6 percent in 2010 from 6.3 percent in 2009. In addition to decreasing average total loans as a percentage of earning assets, the mix of loans changed, with commercial and commercial real estate volumes representing 51.6 percent of total loans at December 31, 2010 (compared to 55.1 percent at December 31, 2009). This reflects our reduced exposure to commercial construction and land development loans on residential and commercial properties, which declined by $33.6 million and $43.7 million, respectively, from


13


 

December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010. Lower yielding residential loan balances with individuals (including home equity loans and lines, and personal construction loans) represented 44.2 percent of total loans at December 31, 2010 (versus 40.3 percent a year ago) (see “Loan Portfolio”).
 
The yield on earning assets for 2010 was 4.30 percent, 62 basis points lower than for 2009, a reflection of the lower interest rate environment and earning asset mix. The Federal Reserve decreased interest rates by 400 basis points during 2008 and has indicated its intent to continue rates at their historical lows for an extended period. The following table details the yield on earning assets (on a tax equivalent basis) for the past five quarters which shows that the margin has been stable over the last half of 2010:
 
                                         
    4th
  3rd
  2nd
  1st
  4th
    Quarter
  Quarter
  Quarter
  Quarter
  Quarter
    2010   2010   2010   2010   2009
 
Yield
    4.24 %     4.23 %     4.22 %     4.52 %     4.51 %
 
The yield on loans decreased 10 basis points to 5.25 percent over the last twelve months, with nonaccrual loans totaling $68.3 million or 5.5 percent of total loans at December 31, 2010 (versus $97.9 million or 7.0 percent of total loans a year ago), improving the yield on our loan portfolio. The yield on investment securities was lower, decreasing 122 basis points year over year to 3.41 percent for 2010, due primarily to purchases of securities at lower yields available in current markets, which diluted the overall portfolio yield year over year. The dilution in yield on investment securities was less severe in the fourth quarter than over the past two quarters, with a decline of 108 basis points for fourth quarter 2010’s yield year over year, comparing to a decline of 156 basis points for the third quarter 2010 year over year, versus 140 basis points for second quarter 2010 year over year, and a decline of 78 basis points for the first quarter of 2010 year over year. Interest bearing deposits and other investments yielded 0.43 percent for 2010, below 2009’s yield of 0.51 percent. The Company has approximately $100 million of excess cash liquidity it can invest in securities or loans at higher yields when management deems it appropriate.
 
Average earning assets for 2010 decreased $106.9 million or 5.1 percent compared to 2009’s average balance. Average loan balances decreased $260.2 million or 16.4 percent to $1,327.1 million, while average investment securities were $54.2 million or 14.9 percent higher totaling $417.6 million and average interest bearing deposits and other investments increased $99.1 million or 75.7 percent to $229.9 million. The decline in average earning assets is consistent with reduced funding as a result of a planned reduction of brokered deposits (only $7.1 million remain outstanding at December 31, 2010), the maturity of a $15.0 million advance from the FHLB in November 2009, and lower sweep repurchase arrangements (declining $30.1 million from a year ago, principally in public funds as a result of lower tax receipts).
 
Commercial and commercial real estate loan production for 2010 totaled approximately $10 million, compared to production for 2009 of $14 million. In comparison, commercial and commercial real estate loan production for 2008 totaled $117 million. Period-end total loans outstanding have declined by $156.9 million or 11.2 percent since December 31, 2009, and declined similarly at year-end 2009 year over year, by $279.2 million or 16.7 percent. Economic conditions in the markets the Company serves are expected to continue to be challenging, and although we continue to make loans, these conditions are expected to have a negative impact on loan growth, but possibly to a lessened degree if the consensus opinion that conditions will improve in 2011 is realized. At December 31, 2010 the Company’s total commercial and commercial real estate loan pipeline was $28 million, versus $47 million at December 31, 2009.
 
A total of 37, 28, 15 and 21 applications were received seeking restructured residential mortgages during the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2010, respectively, compared to 93, 102, 73 and 48 in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2009, respectively. The Company continues to lend, and we have expanded our residential mortgage loan originations and seek to expand loans to small businesses in 2011. However, as consumers and businesses seek to reduce their borrowings, and the economy remains weak, opportunities to lend prudently to creditworthy borrowers are expected to remain a challenge.
 
Closed residential mortgage loan production for the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2010 totaled $33 million, $33 million, $38 million and $49 million, respectively, of which $22 million, $24 million, $28 million and $23 million was sold servicing-released, respectively. In comparison, $36 million in


14


 

residential loans were produced in the fourth quarter of 2009, of which $19 million was sold servicing-released $28 million in residential loans were produced in the third quarter of 2009, all of which was sold servicing-released, $43 million in residential loans were produced in the second quarter of 2009, of which $24 million was sold servicing-released, and $38 million in residential loans were produced in the first quarter of 2009, with $20 million sold servicing-released. Applications for residential mortgages totaled $244 million during 2010, compared to $268 million for 2009. Existing home sales and home mortgage loan refinancing activity in the Company’s markets have increased, but demand for new home construction is expected to remain soft into 2011.
 
During the first, second, and third quarters of 2010, proceeds from the sale of mortgage backed securities totaling $59.2 million, $27.9 million and $20.5 million, respectively, included securities gains of $2,100,000, $1,377,000 and $210,000, respectively. No sales occurred in the fourth quarter 2010. Because of historically tight spreads it was believed these securities had minimal opportunity to further increase in value. During 2010, maturities (primarily pay-downs of $136.0 million) totaled $141.9 million and securities portfolio purchases totaled $298.2 million. Purchases in 2010 were conducted principally to reinvest funds from maturities, and invest proceeds from loan sales and principal amortization, and the sale of the mortgage backed securities. In comparison, during the fourth, third and second quarters of 2009, the sale of mortgage backed securities totaling $33.8 million, $23.9 million and $29.5 million, respectively, resulted in securities gains of $2,188,000, $1,425,000 and $1,786,000 for each quarter. There were no investment sales in the first quarter 2009. Management believed these securities had minimal opportunity to further increase in value as well. During 2009, maturities (principally pay-downs of $81.4 million) totaled $105.0 million and securities portfolio purchases totaled $255.7 million. Securities purchases during 2009 were conducted to reinvest proceeds from the sale of securities, as well as maturities and pay-downs, and proceeds from pooled loan sales and loan principal reductions.
 
For 2010, the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities decreased 52 basis points to 1.13 percent from 2009, reflecting the lower interest rate environment and improved deposit mix. The following table details the cost of average interest bearing liabilities for the past five quarters:
 
                                         
    4th
  3rd
  2nd
  1st
  4th
    Quarter
  Quarter
  Quarter
  Quarter
  Quarter
    2010   2010   2010   2010   2009
 
Rate
    1.01 %     1.09 %     1.17 %     1.25 %     1.38 %
 
During 2010, the Company’s retail core deposit focus continues to produce strong growth in core deposit customer relationships when compared to prior year results, and resulted in increased balances which offset most of the planned certificate of deposit runoff during 2010. The improved deposit mix and lower rates paid on interest bearing deposits during 2010 (and last several quarters) reduced the overall cost of interest bearing deposits to 0.92 percent for the fourth quarter of 2010, 43 basis points lower than [the same quarter] a year ago. A significant component favorably affecting the Company’s net interest margin, the average balances of lower cost interest bearing deposits (NOW, savings and money market) totaled 59.7 percent of total average interest bearing deposits for 2010, an improvement compared to the average of 53.3 percent a year ago. The average rate for lower cost interest bearing deposits for 2010 was 0.46 percent, down by 29 basis points from 2009’s rate. CD rates paid were also lower in 2010, averaging 1.97 percent, a 70 basis point decrease compared to 2009. Average CDs (the highest cost component of interest bearing deposits) were 40.3 percent of interest bearing deposits for 2010, compared to 46.7 percent for 2009.
 
Average deposits totaled $1,706.4 million during 2010, and were $72.6 million lower compared to 2009, due primarily to a planned reduction of brokered deposits and single service time deposit customers. Total average sweep repurchase agreements for 2010 were $30.1 million lower versus a year ago, a result of public fund customers maintaining larger balances in repurchase agreements during 2009. Average aggregate amounts for NOW, savings and money market balances increased $51.4 million or 6.4 percent to $852.8 million for 2010 compared to 2009, noninterest bearing deposits increased $1.3 million or 0.5 percent to $277.8 million for 2010 compared to 2009, and average CDs decreased by $125.3 million or 17.9 percent to $575.8 million over the same period. With the low interest rate environment and lower CD rate offerings available, customers have been more complacent and are leaving more funds in lower cost average balances in savings and other


15


 

liquid deposit products that pay no interest or a lower interest rate. Average deposits in the Certificate of Deposit Registry program (“CDARs”), a program that began in mid-2008 and allows customers to have CDs safely insured beyond the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) deposit insurance limits, have declined $8.0 million from a year ago to $7.7 million for 2010. The higher balance during 2009 reflected the deposit retention efforts that occurred during the financial market disruption a year ago and emphasis on safety at that time. The CDARs product continues to be a favored offering for homeowners’ associations concerned with FDIC insurance coverage.
 
FDIC deposit insurance has been permanently increased from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor based on recent legislation passed by Congress. The increase had been temporarily in place since October 14, 2008 and was set to expire on December 31, 2013. Under the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee, or “TLG”, program, the entire amount in any eligible noninterest bearing transaction deposit account is guaranteed by the FDIC to the extent such balances are not covered by FDIC insurance. Seacoast National is participating in the TLG program to offer the best possible FDIC coverage to its customers. The TLG program expired December 31, 2010, but provisions under the recent Dodd-Frank legislation will provide coverage for all noninterest bearing transaction account balances at all financial institutions through December 31, 2012.
 
Average short-term borrowings have been principally comprised of sweep repurchase agreements with customers of Seacoast National, which decreased $30.1 million to $87.1 million or 25.7 percent from 2009. Public fund clients with larger balances have the most significant influence on average sweep repurchase agreement balances outstanding during the year, with balances typically peaking during the fourth and first quarters each year. During 2010 and 2009, no federal funds purchased were utilized. Other borrowings are comprised of subordinated debt of $53.6 million related to trust preferred securities issued by trusts organized by the Company, and advances from the FHLB of $50.0 million. Other than the maturity of a $15.0 million FHLB advance in November 2009, no other changes have occurred to other borrowings since year-end 2007 (see “Note I — Borrowings” to the Company’s consolidated financial statements).
 
Company management believes its market expansion, branding efforts and retail deposit growth strategies have produced new relationships and core deposits, which have assisted in maintaining a stable net interest margin. Reductions in nonperforming assets also are expected to be accretive to the Company’s future net interest margin.
 
Net interest income (on a fully taxable equivalent basis) for 2009 totaled $73,847,000, decreasing from 2008 by $3,670,000 or 4.7 percent. Net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis declined three basis points in 2009 to 3.55 percent. Nonaccrual loans were the primary force that has adversely affected net interest income and net interest margin when comparing 2009 to 2008. During 2009, unrecognized interest on loans placed on nonaccrual of $6,602,000 was a primary contributor to the decline from the prior year (see “Table 14 — Nonperforming Assets”).
 
The earning asset mix changed in 2009 from 2008. For 2009, average loans (the highest yielding component of earning assets) as a percentage of average earning assets totaled 76.3 percent, compared to 84.2 percent in 2008. Average securities as a percent of average earning assets increased from 13.5 percent for 2008 to 17.4 percent during 2009 and federal funds sold and other investments increased to 6.3 percent from 2.3 percent in 2008. In addition to decreasing average total loans as a percentage of earning assets, the mix of loans changed, with commercial and commercial real estate volumes representing 55.1 percent of total loans at December 31, 2009 (compared to 58.4 percent at December 31, 2008). This reflected our reduced exposure to commercial construction and land development loans on residential and commercial properties, which declined by $82.3 million and $131.8 million, respectively, from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009. Lower yielding residential loan balances with individuals (including home equity loans and lines, and personal construction loans) represented 40.3 percent of total loans at December 31, 2009 (versus 37.2 percent at year-end 2008).
 
The yield on earning assets for 2009 was 4.92 percent, 97 basis points lower than for 2008, a reflection of the lower interest rate environment, as well as higher nonperforming loans. The yield on loans declined 77 basis points to 5.35 percent over the last twelve months for the same reasons noted above. Nonaccrual loans totaling $97.9 million or 7.0 percent of total loans at December 31, 2009, versus $87.0 million or


16


 

5.2 percent of total loans at year-end 2008, reducing the yield on the loan portfolio. The yield on investment securities was lower as well, decreasing 40 basis points year over year to 4.63 percent, due primarily to purchases of securities at lower yields available in current markets, which diluted the overall portfolio yield year over year. Federal funds sold and other investments yielded 0.51 percent for 2009, lower when compared to 2.46 percent for 2008. The dramatic reduction in interest rates during 2008, with the Federal Reserve lowering the target federal funds rate to 0 to 25 basis points and the Treasury yield curve shifting lower, limited opportunities to invest at higher interest rates.
 
Average earning assets for 2009 decreased $82.5 million or 3.8 percent compared to 2008. Average loan balances decreased $234.4 million or 12.9 percent to $1,587.3 million, while average investment securities were $70.9 million or 24.2 percent higher, totaling $363.3 million and average federal funds sold and other investments increased $81.0 million or 162.6 percent to $130.8 million. The decline in average earning assets was consistent with reduced funding as a result of deposit declines in the Company’s central Florida region (resulting from slower economic growth) and a planned reduction of brokered deposits.
 
Commercial and commercial real estate loan production for 2009 totaled $14 million. In comparison, commercial and commercial real estate loan production for 2008 totaled $117 million. Period-end total loans outstanding declined by $279.2 or 16.7 percent in 2009, and declined similarly during 2008 by $221.7 million or 11.7 percent. At December 31, 2009 the Company’s total commercial and commercial real estate loan pipeline was $47 million, versus $127 million at December 31, 2008.
 
The cost of average interest-bearing liabilities in 2009 decreased 113 basis points to 1.65 percent from 2008, reflecting the lower interest rate environment. During 2009, the Company’s retail core deposit focus produced strong growth in core deposit customer relationships when compared to 2008’s results, and resulted in increased balances which offset planned certificate of deposit runoff during all four quarters of 2009. A total of 7,045 new households were added in 2009. The improved deposit mix and lower rates paid on interest bearing deposits during 2009 reduced the overall cost of interest bearing deposits to 1.39 percent, 91 basis points lower than a year earlier. Still a significant component favorably affecting the Company’s net interest margin, the average balances of lower cost interest bearing deposits (NOW, savings and money market) totaled 53.3 percent of total average interest bearing deposits for 2009, although this was lower than the average of 57.9 percent a year ago, as a result of customers shifting balances from these lower rate products to certificates in this low interest rate environment. The average rate for lower cost interest bearing deposits for 2009 was 0.75 percent, down by 113 basis points from 2008’s rate. CD rates paid were also lower compared to 2008, lower by 124 basis points and averaging 2.67 percent for 2009. Average CDs (the highest cost component of interest bearing deposits) were 46.7 percent of interest bearing deposits for 2009, compared to 42.1 percent for 2008.
 
Average deposits totaled $1,778.9 million during 2009, and were $109.3 million lower compared to 2008, due primarily to deposit declines in the Company’s central Florida region and a planned reduction of brokered deposits. Total average sweep repurchase agreements for 2009 were $26.0 million higher as a result of normal seasonal funding trends for public fund customers. Total average deposits plus sweep repurchase agreements of $1,896.1 million during 2009 were down $83.3 million or 4.2 percent from 2008’s average. The average aggregate amounts of NOW, savings and money market balances decreased $116.2 million or 12.7 percent to $801.4 million for 2009 compared to 2008, noninterest bearing deposits decreased $26.2 million or 8.6 percent to $276.4 million, and average CDs increased by $33.0 million or 4.9 percent to $701.1 million. As a result of the low interest rate environment, customers deposited more funds into CDs during 2009, while maintaining lower average balances in savings and other liquid deposit products that pay no interest or a lower interest rate. In addition, Seacoast National joined the CDARS program on July 1, 2008, which allows customers to have CDs safely insured beyond the FDIC deposit insurance limits. This benefited deposit retention efforts during the financial market disruption and provided a new product offering to homeowners’ associations concerned with FDIC insurance coverage.
 
During 2009, average short-term borrowings increased $26.0 million or 28.6 percent from 2008. Most of the increase in average sweep repurchase agreement balances was due to efforts to reduce FDIC insurance costs by migrating public fund deposits beginning late in the fourth quarter of 2008.


17


 

Noninterest Income
 
Noninterest income, excluding gains or losses from securities, totaled $19,245,000 for 2010, $230,000 or 1.2 percent higher than for 2009. For 2009, noninterest income of $19,015,000, was $3,226,000, or 14.5 percent lower than for 2008. Noninterest income accounted for 22.5 percent of total revenue (net interest income plus noninterest income, excluding securities gains or losses) in 2010, compared to 20.5 percent a year ago and 22.4 percent in 2008.
 
Table 6 provides detail regarding noninterest income components for the past three years.
 
For 2010, revenues from the Company’s wealth management services businesses (trust and brokerage) decreased year over year, by $363,000 or 10.3 percent, and were lower in 2009 than for 2008 by $927,000 or 20.9 percent. Included in the $363,000 decrease, trust revenue was lower by $121,000 or 5.8 percent and brokerage commissions and fees were lower by $242,000 or 17.1 percent. Economic uncertainty is the primary issue affecting clients of the Company’s wealth management services. It is expected that fees from wealth management will improve as the economy and stock market improve. Of the $927,000 decrease during 2009, trust revenue was lower by $246,000 or 10.5 percent and brokerage commissions and fees were lower by $681,000 or 32.5 percent. Included in the $681,000 decline in brokerage commissions and fees for 2009 was a decline of $410,000 in revenue from insurance annuity sales year over year reflecting the lower interest rate environment, and a $229,000 reduction in mutual fund commissions. Lower inter vivos trust and agency fees were the primary cause for the decline in trust income during 2009, as these decreased $48,000 and $241,000, respectively, from 2008, as well as lower testamentary fee income, which decreased $26,000. Estate income was partially offsetting, increasing by $94,000 from 2008’s results.
 
Service charges on deposits for 2010 were $566,000 or 8.7 percent lower year over year versus 2009’s result, and were $898,000 or 12.2 percent lower in 2009 year over year versus 2008. Overdraft income was the primary cause, declining $444,000 during 2010 compared to 2009, and declining $826,000 in 2009 compared to 2008. Overdraft fees represented approximately 76 percent of total service charges on deposits for 2010, comparable with the average for all of 2009 and slightly lower than the 78 percent average for 2008. We are pleased with this result for 2010 considering all financial institutions adopted procedures beginning on July 1, 2010 expected to result in a negative impact on overdraft fee income. Service charges on deposits increased each quarter throughout 2010 reflecting the growth in core deposit households over the last two years. Growth rates for remaining service charge fees on deposits have been nominal or declining, as the trend over the past few years is for customers to prefer deposit products which have no fees or where fees can be avoided by maintaining higher deposit balances.
 
For 2010, fees from the non-recourse sale of marine loans originated by our Seacoast Marine Division of Seacoast National increased $181,000 or 15.7 percent compared to 2009, versus a decrease of $1,151,000, or 50.0 percent compared to 2008. The Seacoast Marine Division originated $25 million, $17 million, $17 million and $20 million in loans during the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2010 (a total of $79 million for 2010), respectively, compared to $20 million in loans originated in the first and second quarters of 2009, $15 million during the third quarter of 2009, and $15 million during the fourth quarter of 2009 (a total of $70 million for 2009). These production levels are significantly lower than loan production of $143 million during 2008 and 2007, respectively, and are reflective of the general economic downturn. Of the loans originated during the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2010, $20 million, $17 million, $17 million and $20 million were sold (93.7 percent of production). This compares to sales as a percentage of production of 97.1 percent and 99.3 percent for all of 2009 and 2008, respectively. As economic conditions deteriorated over 2008, attendance at boat shows by consumers, manufacturers, and marine retailers was lower than in prior years, and as a result marine sales and loan volumes related to such sales were lower. The Seacoast Marine Division is headquartered in Ft. Lauderdale, Florida with lending professionals in Florida, California, Washington and Oregon.
 
Greater usage of check or debit cards over the past several years by core deposit customers and an increased cardholder base has increased our interchange income. For 2010, debit card income increased $550,000 or 21.0 percent from 2009, and was $160,000 or 6.5 percent higher for 2009, compared to 2008’s income. Other deposit-based electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) income decreased $10,000 or 3.0 percent in


18


 

2010 compared to 2009, after decreasing $28,000 or 7.8 percent in 2009 compared to 2008’s revenue. Debit card and other deposit-based EFT revenue is dependent upon business volumes transacted, as well as the fees permitted by VISA ® and MasterCard ® . During 2009, our other deposit-based EFT income was adversely affected by lower fees from non-customers utilizing Seacoast National’s automatic teller machines (“ATMs”) which likely reflected the economic recession and decreased tourist and vacation activity. It is uncertain how the Dodd-Frank regulation will impact this source of fee revenue in 2011 and beyond but it is expected to reduce fees collected by financial institutions.
 
Merchant income was $450,000 or 25.5 percent lower for 2010, compared to one year earlier, and was $635,000 or 26.5 percent lower for 2009 versus 2008’s result. Merchant income as a source of revenue is dependent upon the volume of credit card transactions that occur with merchants who have business demand deposits with Seacoast National. Merchant income historically has been highest in the first quarter each year, reflecting seasonal sales activity. During the fourth quarter of 2010, the merchant portfolio was sold for a gain of $600,000, recorded in other income for the quarter. The sale in the fourth quarter reduced income for the quarter by approximately $200,000. Seacoast National will receive fee income for new accounts opened prospectively and will have more competitive offerings for current and new customers. In addition, this will reduce annual revenue by approximately $1.3 million and expenses by nearly the same amount as the margin earned on this business was very thin.
 
The Company originates residential mortgage loans in its markets, with loans processed by commissioned employees of Seacoast National. Many of these mortgage loans are referred by the Company’s branch personnel. Mortgage banking fees in 2010 increased $373,000 or 21.4 percent from 2009, and were $628,000 or 56.2 percent higher for 2009 than for 2008. Mortgage banking revenue as a component of overall noninterest income was 11.0 percent for 2010, improving from 9.2 percent for all of 2009 and 5.2 percent for 2008. Sales of residential loans for the fourth quarter of 2010 totaled $23 million, compared to $22 million, $24 million and $28 million in the first, second and third quarters of 2010, respectively. Sales of residential loans in 2009 totaled $91 million, versus $50 million in 2008. Mortgage revenues are dependent upon favorable interest rates, as well as good overall economic conditions, including the volume of new and used home sales. We are beginning to see some signs of stability for residential real estate sales and activity in our markets, with transactions increasing, prices firming and affordability improving. The Company had more mortgage loan origination opportunities in markets it serves during 2009 and this continued in 2010. The Company also began offering FHA loans during the second quarter of 2009, a product previously not offered. The Company increased production in 2010 by increasing its market share and the Company was the number one originator in its Martin, St. Lucie and Indian River counties of home purchase mortgages. The Company has never had to repurchase a sold mortgage loan and believes that its processes and controls make it unlikely that it has any material exposure in the future.
 
Other income for 2010 increased $515,000 or 36.7 percent compared to a year ago, and for 2009 decreased $375,000 or 21.1 percent compared to 2008’s result Fourth quarter 2010 included a $600,000 gain on the sale of the merchant portfolio. Partially offsetting for 2010, operating income from check charges and letter of credit fees declined year over year by $51,000 and $11,000, and most other line items in other income were slightly lower, including wire transfer fees, income from sales of cashiers checks and money orders, and miscellaneous other fees. The comparison of other income between 2009 and 2008 was affected by $305,000 of additional income realized upon the redemption of Visa ® Inc. shares in the first quarter of 2008 as part of Visa’s initial public offering.
 
Noninterest Expenses
 
The Company’s overhead ratio has typically been in the low 60’s in recent years. However, lower earnings in 2010, 2009, and 2008 resulted in this ratio increasing to 104.6 percent, 86.9 percent and 77.8 percent, respectively. When compared to 2009, total noninterest expenses for 2010 decreased by $41,080,000 or 31.2 percent to $90,667,000, and when comparing 2009 to 2008, total noninterest expenses increased $52,857,000 to $131,747,000. Noninterest expenses for 2009 included a write-down of goodwill of $49,813,000. Without the impact of this write-down of goodwill, noninterest expenses for 2010 were $8,733,000 or 10.7 percent higher than 2009 and $3,044,000 or 3.9 percent higher for 2009 versus 2008. The


19


 

primary cause for the increase in 2010 over 2009 was higher net losses on OREO and repossessed assets and asset disposition costs (aggregated) of $3,571,000 recorded in the first quarter of 2010, which together with second and third quarter 2010’s decreases in losses year over year of $1,025,000 and $629,000, respectively, and a fourth quarter increase of $7,565,000, totaled a $9,482,000 increase for the 2010. Noninterest expenses for 2009 also included a special assessment imposed by the FDIC in the second quarter totaling $996,000, and deposit insurance premiums that were $1,928,000 higher due to the FDIC’s deposit insurance premium rates more than doubling.
 
Noninterest expenses for 2010 have been in line with our expectations. Salaries, wages and benefits were $677,000 or 2.1 percent lower for 2010 compared to the same period in 2009. Cost reductions were also achieved in outsourced data processing, communication costs, occupancy, and furniture and equipment expenses, all of which declined when comparing 2010’s results to 2009. Salaries, wages and benefits (excluding one-time severance payments) were also $4,909,000 or 13.2 percent lower for 2009 compared to the same period in 2008, reflecting the elimination of bonus compensation for most positions and profit sharing contributions for all associates, reductions in matching contributions associated with salary savings plans, lower credit related costs, executive retirements, job eliminations, branch consolidation(s), freezing of executive salaries, and reduced salary increases for other associates. Executive cash incentive compensation was not paid in 2010, 2009 or 2008. Cost reductions were also achieved in data processing, furniture and equipment expenses, and marketing, all of which declined during 2009 when compared to 2008.
 
Table 7 provides detail of noninterest expense components for the years ending December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
 
Salaries and wages for 2010 decreased $285,000 or 1.1 percent to $26,408,000 compared to the prior year, and for 2009 were $3,466,000 or 11.5 percent lower when compared to 2008’s salary costs. Severance during 2010 was $243,000 lower in 2010 than a year ago. Savings from the branch closures in 2009 and lower commission payments due to lower revenues generated from wealth management and weak lending production were also causes for the decrease for 2010, compared to 2009. Reduced headcount (including the branch consolidations in 2008) and limited accruals for incentive payments due to lower revenues generated from wealth management and weak lending production were the primary causes of decreases in 2009 compared to 2008. Severance payments during 2009 totaled $582,000, which were $379,000 more than in 2008. Base salaries for 2009 were $2,563,000 or 9.3 percent lower year over year compared to 2008 when 446 FTE’s were employed.
 
As a recipient of funding from the U.S. Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”), the Company is subject to various limitations on senior executive officers’ compensation pursuant the U.S. Treasury’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the U.S. Treasury holds equity pursuant to the TARP CPP, including common stock which may be issued pursuant to the Warrant issued by the Company to the U.S. Treasury. These standards generally apply to the Company’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer and the three next most highly compensated senior executive officers (see “ The TARP CPP, the ARRA and other proposed rules impose certain executive compensation and corporate governance requirements that may adversely affect us and our business, including our ability to recruit and retain qualified employees ” under “Part II Other Information, Item 1A. Risk Factors” on the Company’s Form 10K filed for December 31, 2010).
 
In 2010, employee benefits costs decreased by $392,000 or 6.4 percent to $5,717,000 from a year ago, and were lower by $1,064,000 or 14.8 percent for 2009 when compared to 2008. The Company recognized lower claims experience in 2010 for its self-funded health care plan compared to 2009, with a decrease of $397,000 in expenditures. In addition, 401K costs were $43,000 lower for 2010 versus a year ago and payroll taxes decreased by $28,000, reflecting lower FTEs for 2010. Partially offsetting, unemployment compensation costs were $76,000 higher year over year for 2010 due to the state of Florida increasing rates to replenish funding pools for compensation disbursements. For 2009, the Company recognized higher claims experience in the first six months of the year for its self-funded health care plan compared to 2008, with the expectation that these costs would be lower in future periods due to lower FTE’s resulting in fewer participants in the plan for 2009 and larger discounts on services under a more comprehensive network of providers. During the third


20


 

and fourth quarters of 2009, the Company had improved experience, with group health care costs declining $385,000 or 19.6 percent compared to 2008’s third and fourth quarters (combined). In addition, the Company achieved a $141,000 reduction in payroll taxes year over year compared to 2008 and profit sharing accruals for the Company’s 401K plan were reduced by $945,000 during 2009, versus 2008. The Company met with its self-funded plan provider and discussed possible impacts of U.S. Health Care Reform and determined that no immediate or material financial statement impacts are apparent.
 
Outsourced data processing costs totaled $7,092,000 for 2010, a decrease of $51,000 or 0.7 percent from a year ago. In comparison, for 2009 outsourced data processing costs totaled $7,143,000, a decrease of $469,000 or 6.2 percent from 2008’s result. Seacoast National utilizes third parties for its core data processing systems and merchant services processing. Outsourced data processing costs are directly related to the number of transactions processed. Merchant services processing expenses were $409,000 lower than a year ago for 2009, and with the sale of the merchant portfolio in the fourth quarter of 2010 will no longer be incurred prospectively. Partially offsetting, core data processing and check card processing costs were $285,000 and $48,000 higher for 2010, versus a year ago. For 2009, merchant services processing expenses were $531,000 lower than for 2008, and the primary cause for the overall reduction. Outsourced data processing costs can be expected to increase as the Company’s business volumes grow and new products such as bill pay, internet banking, etc. become more popular.
 
Telephone and data line expenditures, including electronic communications with customers and between branch locations and personnel, as well as third party data processors, decreased by $330,000 or 18.0 percent to $1,505,000 for 2010 when compared to 2009, and for 2009 were $61,000 or 3.2 percent lower than for 2008. Improved systems and monitoring of services utilized as well as reducing the number telephone lines (in part due to our branch consolidations) has reduced our communication costs, and these costs should continue to be lower prospectively.
 
Total occupancy, furniture and equipment expenses for 2010 decreased $1,031,000 or 9.5 percent to $9,878,000, year over year, versus 2009. For 2009, these costs were $224,000 or 2.0 percent lower compared to 2008. Branch consolidations and closures were the primary contributors to the reduction in cost during 2010 and 2009. Included in the $1,031,000 decrease during 2010 were lease payments for bank premises decreasing $292,000, and lower depreciation, utility costs (power, lights and water) and real estate taxes, declining $386,000, $181,000 and $174,000, respectively. Office relocation costs were lower as well, by $28,000 during 2010 compared to 2009. Included in the $224,000 decrease during 2009 were lease payments for bank premises decreasing $138,000 and repair and maintenance costs declining $117,000.
 
For 2010, marketing expenses, including sales promotion costs, ad agency production and printing costs, newspaper and radio advertising, and other public relations costs associated with the Company’s efforts to market products and services, increased by $843,000 or 40.8 percent to $2,910,000 when compared to 2009. Marketing expense for 2010 reflects a focused campaign in our markets targeting the customers of competing financial institutions and promoting our brand. Agency production costs (primarily related to newly created television ads), as well as media costs (newspaper, television and radio advertising), direct mail activities, and sales promotions have been ramped up the most during 2010 versus a year ago, by $255,000, $111,000, $217,000 and $157,000, respectively. Also increasing were business meals and entertainment expenditures and public relations costs (up $66,000 and $51,000, respectively), partially offset by printing related costs for brochures and other marketing materials (declining $35,000 on an aggregate basis). In comparison, for 2009, marketing expenses decreased by $547,000 or 20.9 percent to $2,067,000 when compared to 2008. Agency production, printing and media costs (including newspaper, radio and television) were $273,000 lower for 2009, compared to 2008, and public relations, business meals and donations were lower by $116,000, $92,000 and $67,000, respectively, compared to 2008.
 
Legal and professional fees increased by $993,000 or 14.2 percent to $7,977,000 for 2010, compared to a year ago for 2009, and were $1,322,000 or 23.3 percent greater for 2009, versus 2008. Legal fees were $493,000 lower for 2010 year over year, but were $1,221,000 higher for 2009 compared to 2008, primarily due to costs related to problem assets, principally OREO. Compared to 2009, regulatory examination fees and CPA fees on an aggregate basis were $63,000 higher for 2010. Professional fees were $1,422,000 higher in


21


 

2010 versus 2009 and were $227,000 higher in 2009 than for 2008, reflecting strategic planning and risk management assistance. Professional fees have generally been higher during this period of increased regulatory compliance. The Company also uses the consulting services of a former bank regulator who also serves as a director of Seacoast National to assist it with its compliance with the bank’s formal agreement with the OCC and regulatory examinations. For 2010, 2009 and 2008, Seacoast National paid $524,000, $410,000 and $211,000, respectively, for these services.
 
The FDIC assessment for the fourth quarter of 2010 totaled $947,000, compared to first, second and third quarter 2010’s assessments of $1,006,000, $1,039,000 and $966,000, respectively. FDIC assessments for the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2009 totaled $877,000, $2,026,000, $1,007,000 and $1,042,000, respectively. For 2008, assessments for the year summed to only $2,028,000. The second quarter 2009 assessment included a special assessment of $976,000, based upon 5 basis points of total assets less Tier 1 risk-based capital. In addition, on April 1, 2009 a higher base assessment went into effect as well as the FDIC’s implementation of a more complex risk-based formula to calculate assessments. The FDIC also mandated the prepayment of assessments for the next three years plus fourth quarter 2009’s assessment that was remitted on December 30, 2009. The amount of the prepayment totaled $14.8 million. The Company anticipates that FDIC insurance costs are likely to remain elevated, with assessments possibly increasing even more depending on the severity of bank failures and their impact on the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund.
 
Net losses on other real estate owned (OREO) and repossessed assets, and asset disposition expenses associated with the management of OREO and repossessed assets (aggregated) totaled $4,073,000, $415,000, $1,436,000 and $9,885,000 for the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2010, respectively, compared to $502,000, $1,440,000, $2,065,000 and $2,320,000 for the same periods in 2009, and totaled $1,424,000 for all of 2008. These costs moderated somewhat during the second and third quarters of 2010. Of the $15,809,000 total for 2010, assets disposition costs summed to $2,268,000 and net losses on OREO and repossessed assets totaled $13,541,000. These costs will likely continue to be higher into 2011 as problem assets migrate toward liquidation.
 
Other noninterest expenses increased $498,000 or 5.6 percent to $9,413,000 when comparing 2010 to a year ago, and were lower in 2009 compared to 2008 by $274,000 or 3.0 percent, at $8,915,000. One-time settlements regarding a branch lease terminated in 2009 and a customer dispute for $150,000 and $350,000, respectively, recorded in 2010 were the primary contributors to the increase year over year for 2010. Also increasing year over year for 2010 were employee placement and relocation fees (up $268,000, including headhunter fees), insurance (up $273,000, including property and casualty as well as other liability coverage), credit information costs (up $91,000), check printing costs (up $91,000), and dealer referral fees (up $105,000, related to marine lending). Partially offsetting, stationery and supplies expenditures were lower in 2010 (down $107,000), as were charge-offs related to robbery and customer fraud (down $220,000), memberships, books and publications (down $51,000), property appraisals (down $135,000) and amortization of intangibles (down $274,000). Increasing year over year for 2009 were correspondent bank clearing charges (up $174,000, because lower analysis credits provided for compensating balances in the current lower interest rate environment make the payment of charges more sensible), directors’ fees (up $185,000, reflecting more frequent meetings than in 2008), employee placement fees (up $129,000, principally headhunter fees), and higher losses associated with robbery and customer fraud (up $142,000). More than offsetting were decreases in expenditures for stationery and supplies (down $204,000), postage and courier costs (down $97,000, primarily overnight services), insurance costs (down $106,000, including property and casualty as well as other liability coverage), education (down $37,000, with fewer education programs offered internally), travel related costs (down $172,000, including mileage reimbursement, airline and hotel costs), bank paid closing costs (down $108,000, as home equity line closing costs paid by Seacoast National were limited), and origination fees for marine loan production (down $148,000). Benefiting 2008’s first quarter was a $130,000 reversal of an accrual for the Company’s portion of Visa ® litigation and settlement costs, as a result of Visa’s successful initial public offering (IPO).


22


 

Interest Rate Sensitivity
 
Fluctuations in interest rates may result in changes in the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments, cash flows and net interest income. This risk is managed using simulation modeling to calculate the most likely interest rate risk utilizing estimated loan and deposit growth. The objective is to optimize the Company’s financial position, liquidity, and net interest income while limiting their volatility.
 
Senior management regularly reviews the overall interest rate risk position and evaluates strategies to manage the risk. The Company’s most recent Asset and Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) model simulation indicates net interest income would increase 8.9 percent if interest rates are shocked 200 basis points up over the next 12 months and 3.7 percent if interest rates are shocked up 100 basis points. Prior discussions focused on rates gradually increasing over the projected period, however recent regulatory guidance has placed more emphasis on rate shocks.
 
The Company had a negative gap position based on contractual and prepayment assumptions for the next 12 months, with a negative cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap as a percentage of total earning assets of 25.3 percent at December 31, 2010 (see “Table 19 — Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis”), compared to a negative gap of 24.7 percent a year ago.
 
The computations of interest rate risk do not necessarily include certain actions management may undertake to manage this risk in response to changes in interest rates. Derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps, options, caps, floors, futures and forward contracts may be utilized as components of the Company’s risk management profile.
 
Market Risk
 
Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, and other relevant market rates or prices.
 
Interest rate risk, defined as the exposure of net interest income and Economic Value of Equity, or “EVE,” to adverse movements in interest rates, is the Company’s primary market risk, and mainly arises from the structure of the balance sheet (non-trading activities). The Company is also exposed to market risk in its investing activities. The Company’s Asset/Liability Committee, or “ALCO,” meets regularly and is responsible for reviewing the interest rate sensitivity position of the Company and establishing policies to monitor and limit exposure to interest rate risk. The policies established by the ALCO are reviewed and approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. The primary goal of interest rate risk management is to control exposure to interest rate risk, within policy limits approved by the Board. These limits reflect the Company’s tolerance for interest rate risk over short-term and long-term horizons.
 
The Company also performs valuation analyses, which are used for evaluating levels of risk present in the balance sheet that might not be taken into account in the net interest income simulation analyses. Whereas net interest income simulation highlights exposures over a relatively short time horizon, valuation analysis incorporates all cash flows over the estimated remaining life of all balance sheet positions. The valuation of the balance sheet, at a point in time, is defined as the discounted present value of asset cash flows minus the discounted value of liability cash flows, the net result of which is the EVE. The sensitivity of EVE to changes in the level of interest rates is a measure of the longer-term re-pricing risks and options risks embedded in the balance sheet. In contrast to the net interest income simulation, which assumes interest rates will change over a period of time, EVE uses instantaneous changes in rates. EVE values only the current balance sheet, and does not incorporate the growth assumptions that are used in the net interest income simulation model. As with the net interest income simulation model, assumptions about the timing and variability of balance sheet cash flows are critical in the EVE analysis. Particularly important are the assumptions driving prepayments and the expected changes in balances and pricing of the indeterminate life deposit portfolios. Based on our most recent modeling, an instantaneous 100 basis point increase in rates is estimated to decrease the EVE 3.4 percent versus the EVE in a stable rate environment, while a 200 basis point increase in rates is estimated to decrease the EVE 5.9 percent.


23


 

While an instantaneous and severe shift in interest rates is used in this analysis to provide an estimate of exposure under an extremely adverse scenario, a gradual shift in interest rates would have a much more modest impact. Since EVE measures the discounted present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in EVE does not directly correlate to the degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter time horizon, i.e., the next fiscal year. Further, EVE does not take into account factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, change in yield curve relationships, and changing product spreads that could mitigate the adverse impact of changes in interest rates.
 
Liquidity Risk Management and Contractual Commitments
 
Liquidity risk involves the risk of being unable to fund assets with the appropriate duration and rate-based liability, as well as the risk of not being able to meet unexpected cash needs. Liquidity planning and management are necessary to ensure the ability to fund operations cost effectively and to meet current and future potential obligations such as loan commitments and unexpected deposit outflows.
 
In the table that follows, all deposits with indeterminate maturities such as demand deposits, NOW accounts, savings accounts and money market accounts are presented as having a maturity of one year or less.
 
Contractual Commitments
 
                                         
    December 31, 2010  
                      Over Three
       
                Over One
    Years
       
          One Year
    Year Through
    Through
    Over Five
 
    Total     or Less     Three Years     Five Years     Years  
    (In thousands)  
 
Deposit maturities
  $ 1,637,228     $ 1,472,418     $ 142,131     $ 22,672     $ 7  
Short-term borrowings
    98,213       98,213                    
Borrowed funds
    50,000                         50,000  
Subordinated debt
    53,610                         53,610  
Operating leases
    27,260       3,705       5,602       4,499       13,454  
                                         
    $ 1,866,311     $ 1,574,336     $ 147,733     $ 27,171     $ 117,071  
                                         
 
Funding sources primarily include customer-based core deposits, collateral-backed borrowings, cash flows from operations, and asset securitizations and sales.
 
Cash flows from operations are a significant component of liquidity risk management and we consider both deposit maturities and the scheduled cash flows from loan and investment maturities and payments. Deposits are also a primary source of liquidity. The stability of this funding source is affected by numerous factors, including returns available to customers on alternative investments, the quality of customer service levels, safety and competitive forces. We routinely use securities and loans as collateral for secured borrowings. In the event of severe market disruptions, we have access to secured borrowings through the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta.
 
Contractual maturities for assets and liabilities are reviewed to meet current and expected future liquidity requirements. Sources of liquidity, both anticipated and unanticipated, are maintained through a portfolio of high quality marketable assets, such as residential mortgage loans, securities held for sale and interest bearing deposits. The Company also has access to borrowed funds such as an FHLB line of credit and the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta under its borrower-in-custody program. The Company is also able to provide short term financing of its activities by selling, under an agreement to repurchase, United States Treasury and Government agency securities not pledged to secure public deposits or trust funds. At December 31, 2010, Seacoast National had available lines of credit under current lendable collateral value, which are subject to change, of $340 million. Seacoast National had $120 million of United States Treasury and Government agency securities and mortgage backed securities not pledged and available for use under repurchase agreements, and had an additional $212 million in residential and commercial real estate loans available as collateral. In comparison, at December 31, 2009, the Company had available lines of credit of $293 million,


24


 

and had $24 million of Treasury and Government agency securities and mortgage backed securities not pledged and available for use under repurchase agreements, as well as an additional $237 million in residential and commercial real estate loans available as collateral.
 
Liquidity, as measured in the form of cash and cash equivalents (including interest bearing deposits), totaled $211,405,000 on a consolidated basis at December 31, 2010 as compared to $215,100,000 at December 31, 2009. The composition of cash and cash equivalents has changed from a year ago. During 2010, cash and due from banks increased $3,158,000 to $35,358,000 while interest bearing deposits decreased to $176,047,000 from $182,900,000. The interest bearing deposits are maintained in Seacoast National’s account at the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta. Cash and cash equivalents vary with seasonal deposit movements and are generally higher in the winter than in the summer, and vary with the level of principal repayments and investment activity occurring in Seacoast National’s securities and loan portfolios.
 
The Company does not rely or is dependent on off-balance sheet financing or wholesale funding.
 
The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from Seacoast National and its other subsidiaries. Various legal limitations, including Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W, restrict Seacoast National from lending or otherwise supplying funds to the Company or its non-bank subsidiaries. The Company has traditionally relied upon dividends from Seacoast National and securities offerings to provide funds to pay the Company’s expenses, to service the Company’s debt and to pay dividends upon Company common stock. In 2008 and 2007, Seacoast National paid dividends to the Company that exceeded its earnings in those years. Seacoast National cannot currently pay dividends to the Company without prior OCC approval. At December 31, 2010, the Company had cash and cash equivalents at the parent of approximately $21.6 million, comprised of remaining proceeds from our common stock offering which was consummated in the second quarter of 2010. In comparison, at December 31, 2009, the Company had cash and cash equivalents at the parent of approximately $13.1 million, comprised of remaining funds provided through a common stock offering consummated in August 2009. All of the TARP CPP funds derived in December 2008 have been contributed as additional capital to Seacoast National. The Company has suspended all dividends upon its Series A preferred stock issued through the TARP CPP and its common stock, and has deferred distributions on its subordinated debt related to trust preferred securities issued through affiliated trusts. Additional losses could prolong Seacoast National’s inability to pay dividends to its parent without regulatory approval (see “Capital Resources”).
 
Off-Balance Sheet Transactions
 
In the normal course of business, we engage in a variety of financial transactions that, under generally accepted accounting principles, either are not recorded on the balance sheet or are recorded on the balance sheet in amounts that differ from the full contract or notional amounts. These transactions involve varying elements of market, credit and liquidity risk.
 
The two primary off-balance sheet transactions the Company has engaged in are:
 
  •  derivates, intended to manage exposure to interest rate risk; and
 
  •  commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, intended to facilitate customers’ funding needs or risk management objectives.
 
Derivative transactions are often measured in terms of a notional amount, but this amount is not recorded on the balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instruments. The notional amount is not usually exchanged, but is used only as the basis upon which interest or other payments are calculated.
 
The derivatives the Company uses to manage exposure to interest rate risk are interest rate swaps. All interest rate swaps are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses included either in the results of operations or in other comprehensive income, depending on the nature and purpose of the derivative transaction.


25


 

The credit risk of these transactions is managed by establishing a credit limit for counterparties and through collateral agreements. The fair value of interest rate swaps recorded in the balance sheet at December 31, 2010 included derivative product assets of $38,000. In comparison, at December 31, 2009 net derivative product assets of $24,000 were outstanding.
 
Lending commitments include unfunded loan commitments and standby and commercial letters of credit. A large majority of loan commitments and standby letters of credit expire without being funded, and accordingly, total contractual amounts are not representative of our actual future credit exposure or liquidity requirements. Loan commitments and letters of credit expose the Company to credit risk in the event that the customer draws on the commitment and subsequently fails to perform under the terms of the lending agreement.
 
Loan commitments to customers are made in the normal course of our commercial and retail lending businesses. For commercial customers, loan commitments generally take the form of revolving credit arrangements. For retail customers, loan commitments generally are lines of credit secured by residential property. These instruments are not recorded on the balance sheet until funds are advanced under the commitment. For loan commitments, the contractual amount of a commitment represents the maximum potential credit risk that could result if the entire commitment had been funded, the borrower had not performed according to the terms of the contract, and no collateral had been provided. Loan commitments were $90 million at December 31, 2010, and $97 million at December 31, 2009 (see “Note P-Contingent Liabilities and Commitments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk” to the Company’s consolidated financial statements).
 
Income Taxes
 
No income tax benefit was recorded for the first, second, third or fourth quarters of 2010, consistent with the third and fourth quarters of 2009. In comparison, an income tax benefit of $3.1 million and $8.7 million was recorded for the first and second quarters of 2009, respectively. The income tax benefit for 2009 was 7.6 percent of loss before taxes, and compared to 32.6 percent for 2008.
 
The tax benefit for the net loss for the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2010 totaled $0.6 million, $5.3 million, $2.8 million and $3.9 million, respectively. The deferred tax valuation allowance was increased by a like amount, and therefore there was no change in the carrying value of deferred tax assets which are supported by tax planning strategies (see “Critical Accounting Estimates — Deferred Tax Assets”). The tax benefit for the net loss for the third and fourth quarters of 2009 totaled $29.7 million, and also was offset by a valuation allowance of a like amount. As the economy shows signs of improvement and our credit costs moderate, we anticipate that we will be able to place increased reliance on our forecast of future taxable earnings, which would result in realization of future tax benefits (see “Note L — Income Taxes” to the Company’s consolidated financial statements).
 
Capital Resources
 
Table 8 summarizes the Company’s capital position and selected ratios. The Company’s equity capital at December 31, 2010 totaled $166.3 million and the ratio of shareholders’ equity to period end total assets was 8.25 percent, compared with 7.06 percent at December 31, 2009, and 9.33 percent at December 31, 2008. Seacoast’s management uses certain “non-GAAP” financial measures in its analysis of the Company’s performance. Seacoast’s management uses this measure to assess the quality of capital and believes that investors may find it useful in their analysis of the Company. This capital measure is not necessarily comparable to similar capital measures that may be presented by other companies.
 
The Company’s capital position remains strong, meeting the general definition of “well capitalized”, with a total risk-based capital ratio of 17.84 percent at December 31, 2010, higher than December 31, 2009’s ratio of 15.16 percent and higher than 14.00 percent at December 30, 2008. The Bank agreed with its primary regulator, the OCC, to maintain a Tier 1 capital (to adjusted average assets) (“leverage ratio”) ratio of at least 7.50 percent and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12.00 percent as of March 31, 2009 . Subsequently, as of January 31, 2010, following our capital raise, the Bank agreed to maintain a leverage ratio minimum of


26


 

8.50 percent. As of December 31, 2010, the Bank’s leverage ratio was 9.29 percent, compared to 8.43 percent at December 31, 2009 and 7.80 percent and December 31, 2008. The agreement with the OCC as to minimum capital ratios does not change the Bank’s status as “well-capitalized” for bank regulatory purposes, to which the Bank is currently in compliance.
 
The Company and Seacoast National are subject to various general regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain adequate capital above regulatory minimums. The appropriate federal bank regulatory authority may prohibit the payment of dividends where it has determined that the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice. The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from Seacoast National and its other subsidiaries, and the Company’s primary source of cash and liquidity, other than securities offerings and borrowings, is dividends from its bank subsidiary. Prior OCC approval presently is required for any payments of dividends from Seacoast National to the Company.
 
The OCC and the Federal Reserve have policies that encourage banks and bank holding companies to pay dividends from current earnings, and have the general authority to limit the dividends paid by national banks and bank holding companies, respectively, if such payment may be deemed to constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. If, in the particular circumstances, either of these federal regulators determined that the payment of dividends would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice, either the OCC or the Federal Reserve may, among other things, issue a cease and desist order prohibiting the payment of dividends by Seacoast National or us, respectively. Under a recently adopted Federal Reserve policy, the board of directors of a bank holding company must consider different factors to ensure that its dividend level is prudent relative to the organization’s financial position and is not based on overly optimistic earnings scenarios such as any potential events that may occur before the payment date that could affect its ability to pay, while still maintaining a strong financial position. As a general matter, the Federal Reserve has indicated that the board of directors of a bank holding company, such as Seacoast, should consult with the Federal Reserve and eliminate, defer, or significantly reduce the bank holding company’s dividends if: (i) its net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (ii) its prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with its capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or (iii) it will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios.
 
As a result of our participation in the TARP CPP program, additional restrictions have been imposed on our ability to declare or increase dividends on shares of our common stock, including a restriction on paying quarterly dividends above $0.01 per share. Specifically, we are unable to declare dividend payments on our common, junior preferred or pari passu preferred shares if we are in arrears on the dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock. Further, without the Treasury’s approval, we are not permitted to increase dividends on our common stock above $0.01 per share until December 19, 2011 unless all of the Series A Preferred Stock has been redeemed or transferred by the Treasury. In addition, we cannot repurchase shares of common stock or use proceeds from the Series A Preferred Stock to repurchase trust preferred securities. The consent of the Treasury generally is required for us to make any stock repurchase until December 19, 2011 unless all of the Series A Preferred Stock has been redeemed or transferred by the Treasury to a third party. Further, our common, junior preferred or pari passu preferred shares may not be repurchased if we have not declared and paid all Series A Preferred Stock dividends.
 
Beginning in the third quarter of 2008, we reduced the dividend on our common stock to $0.01 per share and, as of May 19, 2009, we suspended the payment of dividends. On May 19, 2009, our board of directors decided to suspend regular quarterly cash dividends on our outstanding common stock and Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to a request from the Federal Reserve as a result of recently adopted Federal Reserve policies related to dividends and other distributions. The Company suspended the payment of dividends on its trust preferred securities as well. Dividends will be suspended until such time as dividends are allowed by the Federal Reserve.
 
As of December 31, 2010, our accumulated deferred dividend payments on Series A Preferred Stock was $4,893,000 and our accumulated deferred interest payment on trust preferred securities was $1,968,000.


27


 

Securities Offerings
 
In December 2008, the Company sold $50.0 million of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, par value $0.10 per share, the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and warrants (the “Warrant”) to acquire 1,179,245 shares of common stock to the U.S. Treasury (the “Treasury”). The shares of Series A Preferred Stock qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes and pay cumulative dividends at a rate of 5 percent per annum for the first five years, and thereafter at a rate of 9 percent per annum. The Series A Preferred Stock may be redeemed by the Company after three years without restrictions. As a result of the public issuance of common stock the Company has notified Treasury to reduce the Warrant it holds to purchase common stock by 50 percent to 589,625 shares.
 
During the third quarter of 2009, the Company enhanced capital by selling 33,675,000 shares of its common stock at a price to the public of $2.25 per share for total gross proceeds of approximately $75.8 million. On December 17, 2009, Seacoast sold 6,000,000 shares of its common stock at $2.25 per share to CapGen Capital Group III LP (“CapGen”), a Delaware limited partnership, pursuant to the definitive Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 23, 2009 between the Company and CapGen. The Company received total gross proceeds of $13.5 million from the sale, and incurred $540,000 of fees paid to the placement agent.
 
A stock offering was completed during April of 2010 adding $50 million of Series B Mandatorily Convertible Noncumulative Nonvoting Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”) as permanent capital, resulting in approximately $47.1 million in additional Tier 1 risk-based equity, net of issuance costs. The shares of Series B Preferred Stock were mandatorily convertible into common shares five days subsequent to shareholder approval, which was granted at the Company’s annual meeting on June 22, 2010. Upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, approximately 34,465,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were issued pursuant to the Investment Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2010 between the Company and the investors, a copy of which was filed with the SEC on July 14, 2010 as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K/A
 
Financial Condition
 
Total assets decreased $134,934,000 or 6.3 percent to $2,016,381,000 at December 31, 2010, after decreasing $163,121,000 or 7.0 percent to $2,151,315,000 in 2009.
 
Loan Portfolio
 
Table 9 shows total loans (net of unearned income) for commercial and residential real estate, commercial and financial and consumer loans outstanding.
 
The Company defines commercial real estate in accordance to the guidance on “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending” (the “Guidance”) issued by the federal bank regulatory agencies in 2006, which defines commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans as exposures secured by land development and construction (including 1-4 family residential construction), multi-family property, and non-farm nonresidential property where the primary or a significant source of repayment is derived from rental income associated with the property (that is, loans for which 50 percent or more of the source of repayment comes from third party, non-affiliated, rental income) or the proceeds of the sale, refinancing, or permanent financing of the property. Loans to REITs and unsecured loans to developers that closely correlate to the inherent risks in CRE markets would also be considered CRE loans under the Guidance. Loans on owner occupied CRE are generally excluded.
 
Total loans (net of unearned income and excluding the allowance for loan losses) were $1,240,608,000 at December 31, 2010, $156,895,000 or 11.2 percent less than at December 31, 2009, and were $1,397,503,000 at December 31, 2009, $279,225,000 or 16.7 percent lower than at December 31, 2008.
 
Overall loan growth was negative when comparing outstanding balances at December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, as a result of the economic recession, including lower demand for commercial loans, and the Company’s successful divestiture of specific problem loans (including


28


 

residential construction and land development loans) through loan sales. Total problem loans sold in 2010, 2009 and 2008 totaled $28 million, $89 million and $68 million, respectively, with the Company significantly reducing its exposure to construction and land development loans and improving the Company’s overall risk profile.
 
As shown in the supplemental loan tables below, commercial real estate loans decreased $117.8 million or 16.6 percent from December 31, 2009 to $591.4 million at December 31, 2010 and residential real estate loans decreased $14.2 million or 2.5 percent to $548.5 million. The primary cause for the decrease in commercial real estate loans was a reduction in construction and land development loans for residential and commercial properties of $33.6 million or 70.6 percent and $43.7 million or 56.4 percent, respectively. Total outstanding balances for these portfolios have been reduced to $14.0 million and $33.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010. Also decreasing, commercial real estate mortgages were lower by $40.5 million or 6.9 percent to $543.6 million at December 31, 2010. Construction and land development loans to individuals for personal residences included in residential real estate loans were lower as well, declining $6.3 million or 16.7 percent to $31.5 million at December 31, 2010. Also declining were fixed rate residential real estate mortgages, home equity mortgages and home equity lines, declining $6.0 million or 6.8 percent, $13.4 million or 15.4 percent, and $2.4 million or 4.0 percent, respectively, and totaling $82.6 million, $73.4 million and $57.7 million at December 31, 2010. Adjustable rate residential real estate mortgages were higher year over year, by $13.9 million or 4.8 percent to $303.3 million. Commercial and financial loans and consumer loans (principally installment loans to individuals) decreased $12.3 million or 20.1 percent and $12.4 million or 19.4 percent, respectively, from a year ago to $48.8 million and $51.6 million at December 31, 2010, reflecting the impact on lending of the economic downturn.


29


 

Construction and land development loans, including loans secured by commercial real estate, were comprised of the following types of loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
                                                 
    December 31  
    2010     2009  
    Funded     Unfunded     Total     Funded     Unfunded     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Construction and land development*
                                               
Residential:
                                               
Condominiums
  $ 0.9     $     $ 0.9     $ 6.1     $     $ 6.1  
Town homes
                                   
Single Family Residences
                      4.1       1.1       5.2  
Single Family Land & Lots
    7.0             7.0       22.6       0.3       22.9  
Multifamily
    6.1             6.1       14.8             14.8  
                                                 
      14.0             14.0       47.6       1.4       49.0  
Commercial:
                                               
Office buildings
                      13.9             13.9  
Retail trade
                      3.9             3.9  
Land
    33.6       0.1       33.7       45.6       0.1       45.7  
Industrial
                      2.5       0.1       2.6  
Healthcare
                      4.8       1.5       6.3  
Churches & educational Facilities
                                   
Lodging
                                   
Convenience Stores
    0.2       0.4       0.6                    
Marina
                      6.8             6.8  
Other
                                   
                                                 
      33.8       0.5       34.3       77.5       1.7       79.2  
                                                 
      47.8       0.5       48.3       125.1       3.1       128.2  
Individuals:
                                               
Lot loans
    24.4             24.4       29.3             29.3  
Construction
    7.1       7.9       15.0       8.5       4.9       13.4  
                                                 
      31.5       7.9       39.4       37.8       4.9       42.7  
                                                 
Total
  $ 79.3     $ 8.4     $ 87.7     $ 162.9     $ 8.0     $ 170.9  
                                                 
 
 
* Reassessment of collateral assigned to a particular loan over time may result in amounts being reassigned to a more appropriate loan type representing the loan’s intended purpose, and for comparison purposes prior period amounts have been restated to reflect the change.
 
The Company’s ten largest commercial real estate funded and unfunded loan relationships at December 31, 2010 aggregated to $151.5 million (versus $173.2 million a year ago) and for the top 30 commercial real estate relationships in excess of $5 million the aggregate funded and unfunded totaled $292.5 million (compared to 41 relationships aggregating to $405.5 million a year ago).


30


 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans, excluding construction and development loans, were comprised of the following loan types at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
                                                 
    December 31  
    2010     2009  
    Funded     Unfunded     Total     Funded     Unfunded     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Office buildings
  $ 122.0     $ 0.9     $ 122.9     $ 132.3     $ 1.2     $ 133.5  
Retail trade
    151.5             151.5       164.6             164.6  
Industrial
    78.0       0.1       78.1       88.4       1.7       90.1  
Healthcare
    30.0       0.5       30.5       24.7             24.7  
Churches and educational facilities
    28.8             28.8       29.6             29.6  
Recreation
    2.9             2.9       3.0       0.5       3.5  
Multifamily
    22.4             22.4       29.7       0.7       30.4  
Mobile home parks
    2.5             2.5       5.4             5.4  
Lodging
    21.9             21.9       25.5             25.5  
Restaurant
    4.5             4.5       4.7             4.7  
Agriculture
    10.6       0.4       11.0       11.7       0.7       12.4  
Convenience Stores
    18.6             18.6       22.1             22.1  
Marina
    21.9             21.9       15.8             15.8  
Other
    28.0       0.2       28.2       26.6       0.3       26.9  
                                                 
Total
  $ 543.6     $ 2.1     $ 545.7     $ 584.1     $ 5.1     $ 589.2  
                                                 
 
Fixed rate and adjustable rate loans secured by commercial real estate, excluding construction loans, totaled approximately $329 million and $215 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010, compared to $344 million and $240 million, respectively, a year ago.
 
Residential mortgage lending is an important segment of the Company’s lending activities. The Company has never offered sub-prime, Alt A, Option ARM or any negative amortizing residential loans, programs or products, although we have originated and hold residential mortgage loans from borrowers with original or current FICO credit scores that are less than “prime.” Substantially all residential originations have been underwritten to conventional loan agency standards, including loans having balances that exceed agency value limitations. The Company selectively adds residential mortgage loans to its portfolio, primarily loans with adjustable rates. The Company’s asset mitigation employees handle all foreclosure actions together with outside legal counsel and has never had its foreclosure documentation or processes questioned by any party involved in the transaction.
 
Exposure to market interest rate volatility with respect to long-term fixed rate mortgage loans held for investment is managed by attempting to match maturities and re-pricing opportunities and through loan sales of most fixed rate product. Closed residential mortgage loan production for 2010 totaled $153 million, with production by quarter as follows: fourth quarter 2010 production totaled $49 million, of which $23 million was sold servicing-released, third quarter 2010 production totaled $38 million, of which $28 million was sold servicing-released, second quarter 2010 production totaled $33 million, of which $24 million was sold servicing-released, and first quarter 2010 production totaled $33 million, with $22 million sold servicing-released.
 
At December 31, 2010, approximately $303 million or 59 percent of the Company’s residential mortgage balances were adjustable, compared to $289 million or 55 percent at December 31, 2009. Loans secured by residential properties having fixed rates totaled approximately $83 million at December 31, 2010, of which 15- and 30-year mortgages totaled approximately $26 million and $57 million, respectively. The remaining fixed rate balances were comprised of home improvement loans, most with maturities of 10 years or less. In comparison, loans secured by residential properties having fixed rates totaled approximately $89 million at December 31, 2009, with 15- and 30-year fixed rate residential mortgages totaling approximately $30 million


31


 

and $59 million, respectively. The Company also has a small home equity line portfolio totaling approximately $58 million at December 31, 2010, slightly lower than the $60 million that was outstanding at December 31, 2009.
 
Commercial loans decreased and totaled $48.8 million at December 31, 2010, compared to $61.1 million a year ago. Commercial lending activities are directed principally towards businesses whose demand for funds are within the Company’s lending limits, such as small- to medium-sized professional firms, retail and wholesale outlets, and light industrial and manufacturing concerns. Such businesses are smaller and subject to the risks of lending to small to medium sized businesses, including, but not limited to, the effects of a downturn in the local economy, possible business failure, and insufficient cash flows.
 
The Company also provides consumer loans (including installment loans, loans for automobiles, boats, and other personal, family and household purposes, and indirect loans through dealers to finance automobiles) which totaled $51.6 million (versus $64.0 million a year ago), real estate construction loans to individuals secured by residential properties which totaled $7.1 million (versus $8.5 million a year ago), and residential lot loans to individuals which totaled $24.4 million (versus $29.3 million a year ago).
 
At December 31, 2010, the Company had commitments to make loans of $90.4 million, compared to $97.3 million at December 31, 2009 and $164.5 million at December 31, 2008 (see “Note P — Contingent Liabilities and Commitments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk” to the Company’s consolidated financial statements).
 
Loan Concentrations
 
Over the past three years, the Company has been pursuing an aggressive program to reduce exposure to loan types that have been most impacted by stressed market conditions in order to achieve lower levels of credit loss volatility. The program included aggressive collection efforts, loan sales and early stage loss mitigation strategies focused on the Company’s largest loans. Successful execution of this program has significantly reduced our exposure to larger balance loan relationships (including multiple loans to a single borrower or borrower group). Commercial loan relationships greater than $10 million were reduced by $435.9 million to $161.7 million at December 31, 2010 compared with year-end 2007.
 
Commercial Relationships Greater than $10 Million ( dollars in thousands )
 
                                 
    December 31,
  December 31,
  December 31,
  December 31,
    2010   2009   2008   2007
 
Performing
  $ 112,469     $ 145,797     $ 374,241     $ 592,408  
Performing TDR*
    28,286       31,152              
Nonaccrual
    20,913       28,525       14,873       5,152  
Total
  $ 161,668     $ 205,474     $ 389,114     $ 597,560  
Top 10 Customer Loan Relationships
  $ 151,503     $ 173,162     $ 228,800     $ 266,702  
 
 
TDR = Troubled debt restructures
 
Commercial loan relationships greater than $10 million as a percent of tier 1 capital and the allowance for loan losses was reduced to 66.5 percent at December 31, 2010, compared with 85.9 percent at year-end 2009, 162.1 percent at the end of 2008 and 258.1 percent at the end of 2007.
 
Concentrations in total construction and development loans and total commercial real estate (CRE) loans have also been substantially reduced. As shown in the table below, under regulatory guidance for construction and land development and commercial real estate loan concentrations as a percentage of total risk based capital, Seacoast National’s loan portfolio in these categories (as defined in the guidance) have improved.
 


32


 

                                 
    December 31,
  December 31,
  December 31,
  December 31,
    2010   2009   2008   2007
 
Construction & Land Development Loans to Total Risk Based Capital
    39 %     81 %     206 %     265 %
CRE Loans to Total Risk Based Capital
    218 %     274 %     389 %     390 %
 
Below is the geographic location of the Company’s construction and land development loans (excluding loans to individuals) as a percent of total construction and land development loans. The significant increase in Palm Beach County in 2010 was caused by the decline in construction and land development loans, which declined from $125.1 million at year-end 2009 to $47.8 million at December 31, 2010.
 
                         
    % of Total
 
    Construction and
 
    Land Development
 
    Loans  
Florida County
  2010     2009     2008  
 
Palm Beach
    50.1       23.5       15.1  
St. Lucie
    12.0       16.6       18.2  
Martin
    9.6       6.0       10.6  
Brevard
    7.5       9.7       6.7  
Okeechobee
    5.4       2.3       1.9  
Indian River
    4.9       13.6       11.7  
Collier
    3.5       1.9       0.9  
Orange
    1.9       2.8       6.6  
Charlotte
    1.9       0.7       0.8  
Hendry
    1.4       1.1       0.4  
Lake
    1.1       0.4       0.2  
Marion
    0.5       1.1       0.9  
Highlands
    0.0       0.2       4.6  
Miami-Dade
    0.0       6.9       2.8  
Volusia
    0.0       9.0       7.4  
Broward
    0.0       3.6       2.1  
Pinellas
    0.0       0.4       0.0  
Osceola
    0.0       0.0       3.4  
Dade
    0.0       0.0       3.1  
Lee
    0.0       0.0       1.4  
Bradford
    0.0       0.0       0.8  
Other
    0.2       0.2       0.4  
                         
Total
    100.0       100.0       100.0  
                         
 
Deposits and Borrowings
 
Total deposits decreased $142,206,000, or 8.0 percent, to $1,637,228,000 at December 31, 2010 compared to one year earlier, and were $31,007,000, or 1.7 percent lower, at December 31, 2009 compared to 2008, reflecting declining brokered deposits and single service time deposits. Since December 31, 2009, interest bearing deposits (NOW, savings and money markets deposits) decreased $25,663,000 or 3.1 percent to $812,625,000, noninterest bearing demand deposits increased $20,832,000 or 7.8 percent to $289,621,000, and CDs decreased $137,375,000 or 20.4 percent to $534,982,000. Included in CDs, brokered time deposits decreased $31,563,000 to $7,093,000 at December 31, 2010 from the prior year, and were $61,807,000 lower at December 31, 2009, versus 2008. Of the $7,093,000 balance at December 31, 2010, $6,195,000 is

33


 

attributable to CDARs. Funds deposited under the CDARs program are required to be classified as brokered deposits. The Company has historically priced CDs conservatively and has continued to follow this strategy.
 
The Company continues to utilize a focused retail deposit growth strategy that has successfully generated core deposit relationships and increased services per household since its implementation in the first quarter of 2008. During 2010, Seacoast National added 7,495 new core deposit households, up by 1,125 deposits, or 17.7, percent from the prior year. Since initial implementation in 2008, the acquisition of new retail checking deposit households and the average services per household have increased 51.7 percent and 40.8 percent, respectively.
 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements decreased over the past twelve months by $7,460,000 or 7.1 percent to $98,213,000 at December 31, 2010. Repurchase agreements are offered by Seacoast National to select customers who wish to sweep excess balances on a daily basis for investment purposes. Public fund depositors switching to sweep repurchase agreements comprised a significant amount of the outstanding balance a year ago, when safety was a major concern for these customers. At December 31, 2010, the number of sweep repurchase accounts was 165, compared to 196 a year ago.
 
At December 31, 2010, other borrowings were comprised of subordinated debt of $53.6 million related to trust preferred securities issued by trusts organized by the Company, and advances from the FHLB of $50.0 million. A $15.0 million FHLB advance matured in November 2009 and the remaining $50.0 million matures in 2017. In 2010, the weighted average cost of our FHLB advances was 3.22 percent, compared to 3.25 percent for 2009.
 
The Company has two wholly owned trust subsidiaries, SBCF Capital Trust I and SBCF Statutory Trust II that were formed in 2005, and in 2007, the Company formed an additional wholly owned trust subsidiary, SBCF Statutory Trust III. The 2005 trusts each issued $20.0 million (totaling $40.0 million) of trust preferred securities and the 2007 trust issued an additional $12.0 million in trust preferred securities. All trust preferred securities are guaranteed by the Company on a junior subordinated basis. The Federal Reserve’s rules permit qualified trust preferred securities and other restricted capital elements to be included as Tier 1 capital up to 25 percent of core capital, net of goodwill and intangibles. The Company believes that its trust preferred securities qualify under these revised regulatory capital rules and expects that it will be able to treat $50.0 million of trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital and $2.0 million as Tier 2 capital. For regulatory purposes, the trust preferred securities are added to the Company’s tangible common shareholders’ equity to calculate Tier I capital. The Company also formed SBCF Capital Trust IV and SBCF Capital Trust V in 2008 which are currently inactive.
 
The weighted average interest rate of our outstanding subordinated debt related to trust preferred securities was 1.91 percent during 2010, compared to 2.53 percent during 2009.
 
Effects of Inflation and Changing Prices
 
The condensed consolidated financial statements and related financial data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money, over time, due to inflation.
 
Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than the general level of inflation. However, inflation affects financial institutions by increasing their cost of goods and services purchased, as well as the cost of salaries and benefits, occupancy expense, and similar items. Inflation and related increases in interest rates generally decrease the market value of investments and loans held and may adversely affect liquidity, earnings, and shareholders’ equity. Mortgage originations and re-financings tend to slow as interest rates increase, and higher interest rates likely will reduce the Company’s earnings from such activities and the income from the sale of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market.


34


 

Securities
 
Information related to yields, maturities, carrying values and unrealized gains (losses) of the Company’s securities is set forth in Tables 15-18.
 
At December 31, 2010, the Company had no trading securities, $435,140,000 in securities available for sale (representing 94.2 percent of total securities), and securities held for investment of $26,861,000 (5.8 percent of total securities). The Company’s securities portfolio increased $51,266,000 or 12.5 percent from December 31, 2009 and $64.8 million, or 18.7 percent from December 31, 2008.
 
As part of the Company’s interest rate risk management process, an average duration for the securities portfolio is targeted. In addition, securities are acquired which return principal monthly that can be reinvested. Agency and private label mortgage backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations comprise $445,440,000 of total securities, approximately 96 percent of the portfolio. Remaining securities are largely comprised of U.S. Treasury, U.S. Government agency securities and tax-exempt bonds issued by states, counties and municipalities.
 
The duration of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2010 was 30 months, compared to a year ago when the duration was 25 months.
 
Cash and due from banks and interest bearing deposits (aggregated) totaled $211,405,000 at December 31, 2010, compared to $215,100,000 at December 31, 2009, which reflects the decline in the loan portfolio and funds from the capital raised during 2009 and 2010. The Company has maintained additional liquidity during the uncertain environment and may use these funds to increase loans and investments as the economy continues to improve.
 
At December 31, 2010, available for sale securities had gross losses of $3,748,000 and gross gains of $6,734,000, compared to gross losses of $3,288,000 and gross gains of $6,558,000 at December 31, 2009. All of the securities with unrealized losses are reviewed for other-than-temporary impairment at least quarterly. As a result of these reviews during the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2010 and 2009, it was determined that the unrealized losses were not other than temporarily impaired and the Company has the intent and ability to retain these securities until recovery over the periods presented (see additional discussion under “Critical Accounting Estimates-Fair Value and Other than Temporary Impairment of Securities Classified as Available for Sale”).
 
Company management considers the overall quality of the securities portfolio to be high. The Company has no exposure to securities with subprime collateral and had no Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac preferred stock when these entities were placed in conservatorship. The Company holds no interests in trust preferred securities.
 
Fourth Quarter Review
 
Net loss available to common shareholders for the fourth quarter of 2010 totaled $11,142,000 or $0.12 per average common diluted share, compared to third, second and first quarter 2010’s net losses of $8,575,000 or $0.09 per average common diluted share, $14,733,000 or $0.25 per average common diluted share and $2,501,000 or $0.04 per average common diluted share, respectively. The net loss available to common shareholders in 2010 reflects a significant improvement when compared to losses in 2009 for the fourth quarter of $39,086,000 or $0.73 per average common diluted share. The improved performance for 2010 reflects lower credit costs.
 
The net interest margin improved slightly, increasing 7 basis points during the fourth quarter of 2010 from the third quarter of 2010, and increasing 5 basis points from the fourth quarter of 2009. The Company has continued to benefit from lower rates paid for interest bearing liabilities due to the Federal Reserve’s reduction in interest rates, as well as, an improved mix of deposits and reduction of nonaccrual loans, but a changing earning assets mix has been partially offsetting. The average cost of interest bearing liabilities was 8 basis points lower for the fourth quarter 2010 compared to the third quarter of 2010, 8 basis points lower for the third quarter 2010, compared to the second quarter of 2010, 8 basis points lower for the second quarter of


35


 

2010, compared to the first quarter of 2010, and 13 basis points lower for the first quarter of 2010, compared to the fourth quarter of 2009, a total reduction of 37 basis points over the last twelve months. Loans and securities as a percentage of average earning assets increased during the quarter. The yield on earning assets improved by one basis point during the fourth quarter of 2010, compared to the third quarter of 2010, but was 27 basis points lower than for the fourth quarter of 2009. Loan demand was better in the third and fourth quarter of 2010 (compared to the first half of 2010) with improved residential loan production but is expected to continue to be weak into 2011, which may impede further improvement to the yield on earning assets.
 
Noninterest income (excluding securities gains and losses) totaled $5.3 million for the fourth quarter of 2010, compared to $4.8 million for the third quarter of 2010, and $4.6 million for the first and second quarters of 2010 and fourth quarter of 2009. Signs of improved stability in home prices and greater transaction volumes resulted in fee income from residential real estate production higher than first, second and third quarter 2010’s results. Revenue from wealth management services were $29,000 lower and service charges on deposits were $22,000 lower when compared to fourth quarter 2009 but were more than offset by improved results in debit card income, marine finance fees and mortgage banking fees for the fourth quarter of 2010. Consumer activity and spending has been adversely affected by economic conditions and directly affects many of the Company’s fee-based business activities. Service charges and fees derived from customer relationships increased as a result of more accounts and households as a result of the retail deposit growth strategy. Compared to the third quarter 2010 these revenues were up $79,000 or 5.2 percent in the fourth quarter 2010. Overdraft fees related to check card payments beginning in the third quarter were impacted by a requirement that customers elect to opt in for overdraft protection to be available for these types of payments, but the negative impacts were mostly offset by increased fees as a result of the growth in new deposit account households. During November 2010, the merchant portfolio was sold deriving a gain of $600,000 that is reflected in other income. Merchant income for the fourth quarter of 2010 was lower by approximately $200,000 as a result of the sale.
 
Noninterest expenses increased by $7.6 million versus third quarter 2010’s result and were $7.0 million higher when compared to the fourth quarter of 2009. Overhead related to salaries and wages, employee benefits, outsourced data processing costs, communications costs, FDIC insurance assessments and legal and professional costs were lower compared to third quarter 2010. Increases from the third quarter of 2010 were primarily a result of assets dispositions expense and losses on other real estate owned and repossessed assets increasing by $8.4 million on an aggregate basis, and marketing expenses increasing by $187,000, over the period.
 
Our provision for loan losses was $4.8 million lower than in the third quarter of 2010 and was $37.5 million lower than for the fourth quarter of 2009, and totaled $4.0 million for the fourth quarter of 2010 compared to $8.9 million and $45.4 million for the third quarter of 2010 and fourth quarter of 2009, respectively. A portion of net charge-offs during the third quarter of 2010 was related to the sale $5.2 million of nonperforming loans for net proceeds of $2.0 million. Provisions for loans losses were much higher during 2009 as a result of higher net charge-offs and the Company increasing its allowance for loan losses to loans outstanding ratio to 3.23 percent at December 31, 2009, up 148 basis points from December 31, 2008. The allowance for loan losses to loans outstanding ratio at December 31, 2010 was 3.04 percent.


36


 

Table 1 — Condensed Income Statement*
 
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
    (Tax equivalent basis)  
 
Net interest income
    3.20 %     3.31 %     3.35 %
Provision for loan losses
    1.52       5.60       3.84  
Noninterest income
                       
Securities gains
    0.18       0.24       0.02  
Other
    0.92       0.85       0.96  
Noninterest expenses
                       
Goodwill impairment
          2.24        
Other
    4.36       3.67       3.42  
                         
Loss before income taxes
    (1.58 )     (7.11 )     (2.93 )
Benefit for income taxes including tax equivalent adjustment
    0.02       (0.53 )     (0.96 )
                         
Net loss
    (1.60 )%     (6.58 )%     (1.97 )%
                         
 
 
* As a Percent of Average Assets
 
Table 2 — Changes in Average Earning Assets
 
                                 
    Increase/(Decrease)
    Increase/(Decrease)
 
    2010 vs 2009     2009 vs 2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Securities:
                               
Taxable
  $ 55,749       15.6 %   $ 72,049       25.3 %
Nontaxable
    (1,530 )     (22.0 )     (1,138 )     (14.1 )
Federal funds sold and other short term investments
    99,070       75.7       81,007       162.6  
Loans, net
    (260,162 )     (16.4 )     (234,406 )     (12.9 )
                                 
TOTAL
  $ (106,873 )     (5.1 )   $ (82,488 )     (3.8 )
                                 


37


 

Table 3 — Rate/Volume Analysis (on a Tax Equivalent Basis)
 
                                                 
    2010 vs 2009
    2009 vs 2008
 
    Due to Change in:     Due to Change in:  
    Volume     Rate     Total     Volume     Rate     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)
 
    Amount of increase (decrease)  
 
EARNING ASSETS
                                               
Securities
                                               
Taxable
  $ 2,218     $ (4,695 )   $ (2,477 )   $ 3,452     $ (1,293 )   $ 2,159  
NonTaxable
    (99 )     (16 )     (115 )     (74 )     17       (57 )
                                                 
      2,119       (4,711 )     (2,592 )     3,378       (1,276 )     2,102  
Federal funds sold and other short term investments
    460       (142 )     318       1,201       (1,765 )     (564 )
Loans
    (13,788 )     (1,587 )     (15,375 )     (13,444 )     (13,001 )     (26,445 )
                                                 
TOTAL EARNING ASSETS
    (11,209 )     (6,440 )     (17,649 )     (8,865 )     (16,042 )     (24,907 )
INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES
                                               
NOW
    19       (120 )     (101 )     (151 )     (693 )     (844 )
Savings deposits
    13       (204 )     (191 )     (9 )     (333 )     (342 )
Money market accounts
    284       (2,071 )     (1,787 )     (1,463 )     (8,615 )     (10,078 )
Time deposits
    (2,911 )     (4,493 )     (7,404 )     1,088       (8,456 )     (7,368 )
                                                 
      (2,595 )     (6,888 )     (9,483 )     (535 )     (18,097 )     (18,632 )
Federal funds purchased and other short term borrowings
    (96 )     (98 )     (194 )     257       (1,292 )     (1,035 )
Other borrowings
    (368 )     (242 )     (610 )     (73 )     (1,497 )     (1,570 )
                                                 
TOTAL INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES
    (3,059 )     (7,228 )     (10,287 )     (351 )     (20,886 )     (21,237 )
                                                 
NET INTEREST INCOME
  $ (8,150 )   $ 788     $ (7,362 )   $ (8,514 )   $ 4,844     $ (3,670 )
                                                 
 
 
(a) Changes attributable to rate/volume are allocated to rate and volume on an equal basis.
 
Table 4 — Changes in Average Interest Bearing Liabilities
 
                                 
    Increase/(Decrease)
    Increase/(Decrease)
 
    2010 vs 2009     2009 vs 2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
NOW
  $ 4,424       8.4 %   $ (13,473 )     (20.4 )%
Savings deposits
    4,882       4.8       (1,646 )     (1.6 )
Money market accounts
    42,102       6.5       (101,104 )     (13.5 )
Time deposits
    (125,327 )     (17.9 )     33,042       4.9  
Federal funds purchased and other short term borrowings
    (30,065 )     (25.7 )     26,037       28.6  
Other borrowings
    (13,110 )     (11.2 )     (2,044 )     (1.7 )
                                 
TOTAL
  $ (117,094 )     (6.7 )   $ (59,188 )     (3.3 )
                                 


38


 

Table 5 — Three Year Summary
 
Average Balances, Interest Income and Expenses, Yields and Rates(1)
 
                                                                         
    2010     2009     2008  
    Average
          Yield/
    Average
          Yield/
    Average
          Yield/
 
    Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
EARNING ASSETS
                                                                       
Securities
                                                                       
Taxable
  $ 412,143     $ 13,880       3.37 %   $ 356,394     $ 16,357       4.59 %   $ 284,345     $ 14,198       4.99 %
Nontaxable
    5,423       345       6.36       6,953       460       6.62       8,091       517       6.39  
                                                                         
      417,566       14,225       3.41       363,347       16,817       4.63       292,436       14,715       5.03  
Federal funds sold and other short term investments
    229,898       979       0.43       130,828       661       0.51       49,821       1,225       2.46  
Loans(2)
    1,327,111       69,610       5.25       1,587,273       84,985       5.35       1,821,679       111,430       6.12  
                                                                         
TOTAL EARNING ASSETS
    1,974,575       84,814       4.30       2,081,448       102,463       4.92       2,163,936       127,370       5.89  
Allowance for loan losses
    (41,650 )                     (36,951 )                     (28,719 )                
Cash and due from banks
    29,966                       32,336                       41,273                  
Bank premises and equipment
    37,948                       42,997                       43,107                  
Other assets
    79,731                       108,588                       91,455                  
                                                                         
    $ 2,080,570                     $ 2,228,418                     $ 2,311,052                  
                                                                         
INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES
                                                                       
NOW
  $ 57,134       182       0.32 %   $ 52,710       283       0.54 %   $ 66,183       1,127       1.70 %
Savings deposits
    106,618       190       0.18       101,736       381       0.37       103,382       723       0.70  
Money market accounts
    689,080       3,580       0.52       646,978       5,367       0.83       748,082       15,445       2.06  
Time deposits
    575,768       11,345       1.97       701,095       18,749       2.67       668,053       26,117       3.91  
Federal funds purchased and other short term borrowings
    87,106       237       0.27       117,171       431       0.37       91,134       1,466       1.61  
Other borrowings
    103,610       2,795       2.70       116,720       3,405       2.92       118,764       4,975       4.19  
                                                                         
TOTAL INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES
    1,619,316       18,329       1.13       1,736,410       28,616       1.65       1,795,598       49,853       2.78  
Demand deposits
    277,754                       276,412                       302,577                  
Other liabilities
    11,478                       16,798                       7,944                  
                                                                         
      1,908,548                       2,029,620                       2,106,119                  
Shareholders’ equity
    172,022                       198,798                       204,933                  
                                                                         
    $ 2,080,570                     $ 2,228,418                     $ 2,311,052                  
                                                                         
Interest expense as % of earning assets
                    0.93 %                     1.37 %                     2.30 %
Net interest income/yield on earning assets
          $ 66,485       3.37 %           $ 73,847       3.55 %           $ 77,517       3.58 %
                                                                         
 
 
(1) The tax equivalent adjustment is based on a 35% tax rate.
 
(2) Nonperforming loans are included in average loan balances. Fees on loans are included in interest on loans.


39


 

 
Table 6 — Noninterest Income
 
                                         
    Year Ended     % Change  
    2010     2009     2008     10/09     09/08  
    (Dollars in thousands)              
 
Service charges on deposit accounts
  $ 5,925     $ 6,491     $ 7,389       (8.7 )%     (12.2 )%
Trust fees
    1,977       2,098       2,344       (5.8 )     (10.5 )
Mortgage banking fees
    2,119       1,746       1,118       21.4       56.2  
Brokerage commissions and fees
    1,174       1,416       2,097       (17.1 )     (32.5 )
Marine finance fees
    1,334       1,153       2,304       15.7       (50.0 )
Debit card income
    3,163       2,613       2,453       21.0       6.5  
Other deposit based EFT fees
    321       331       359       (3.0 )     (7.8 )
Merchant income
    1,314       1,764       2,399       (25.5 )     (26.5 )
Other
    1,918       1,403       1,778       36.7       (21.1 )
                                         
      19,245       19,015       22,241       1.2       (14.5 )
Securities gains
    3,687       5,399       355       (31.7 )     n/m  
                                         
TOTAL
  $ 22,932     $ 24,414     $ 22,596       (6.1 )     8.0  
                                         
 
 
n/m = not meaningful
 
Table 7 — NonInterest Expense
 
                                         
    Year Ended     % Change  
    2010     2009     2008     10/09     09/08  
    (Dollars in thousands)              
 
Salaries and wages
  $ 26,408     $ 26,693     $ 30,159       (1.1 )%     (11.5 )%
Employee benefits
    5,717       6,109       7,173       (6.4 )     (14.8 )
Outsourced data processing costs
    7,092       7,143       7,612       (0.7 )     (6.2 )
Telephone /data lines
    1,505       1,835       1,896       (18.0 )     (3.2 )
Occupancy
    7,480       8,260       8,292       (9.4 )     (0.4 )
Furniture and equipment
    2,398       2,649       2,841       (9.5 )     (6.8 )
Marketing
    2,910       2,067       2,614       40.8       (20.9 )
Legal and professional fees
    7,977       6,984       5,662       14.2       23.3  
FDIC assessments
    3,958       4,952       2,028       (20.1 )     144.2  
Amortization of intangibles
    985       1,259       1,259       (21.8 )     0.0  
Asset dispositions expense
    2,268       1,172       747       93.5       56.9  
Net loss on other real estate owned and repossessed assets
    13,541       5,155       677       162.7       661.4  
Goodwill impairment
          49,813             (100.0 )     n/m  
Other
    8,428       7,656       7,930       10.1       (3.5 )
                                         
TOTAL
  $ 90,667     $ 131,747     $ 78,890       (31.2 )     67.0  
                                         
 
 
n/m = not meaningful


40


 

 
Table 8 — Capital Resources
 
                         
    December 31  
    2010     2009     2008  
          (Dollars in thousands)        
 
TIER 1 CAPITAL
                       
Common stock
  $ 9,349     $ 5,887     $ 1,928  
Preferred stock
    46,248       44,999       43,787  
Warrant for purchase of common stock
    3,123       3,123       6,245  
Additional paid in capital
    218,399       174,973       93,543  
Accumulated (deficit) or retained earnings
    (112,652 )     (78,200 )     70,278  
Treasury stock
    (1 )     (855 )     (1,839 )
Qualifying trust preferred securities
    52,000       49,950       52,000  
Intangibles
    (3,137 )     (4,121 )     (55,193 )
Other
    (7,965 )     (1,712 )     (115 )
                         
TOTAL TIER 1 CAPITAL
    205,364       194,044       210,634  
TIER 2 CAPITAL
                       
Qualifying trust preferred securities
          2,050        
Allowance for loan losses, as limited(1)
    15,766       17,981       20,755  
                         
TOTAL TIER 2 CAPITAL
    15,766       20,031       20,755  
                         
TOTAL RISK-BASED CAPITAL
  $ 221,130     $ 214,075     $ 231,389  
                         
Risk weighted assets
  $ 1,239,245     $ 1,411,202     $ 1,651,685  
                         
Tier 1 risk based capital ratio
    16.57 %     13.75 %     12.75 %
Total risk based capital ratio
    17.84       15.16       14.00  
Regulatory minimum
    8.00       8.00       8.00  
Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets
    10.25       8.88       9.58  
Regulatory minimum
    4.00       4.00       4.00  
Shareholders’ equity to assets
    8.25       7.06       9.33  
Average shareholders’ equity to average total assets
    8.27       8.92       8.87  
 
 
(1) Includes reserve for unfunded commitments of $44,000, $65,000 and $65,000 at December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.


41


 

 
Table 9 — Loans Outstanding
 
                                 
    December 31  
    2010     2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Construction and land development
                               
Residential
  $ 14,025     $ 47,599     $ 129,899     $ 295,082  
Commercial
    33,773       77,469       209,297       242,448  
                                 
      47,798       125,068       339,196       537,530  
Individuals
    31,508       37,800       56,047       72,037  
                                 
      79,306       162,868       395,243       609,567  
Commercial real estate
    543,603       584,217       557,705       517,332  
                                 
Real estate mortgage
                               
Residential real estate
                               
Adjustable
    303,320       289,378       328,992       319,470  
Fixed rate
    82,559       88,645       95,456       87,506  
Home equity mortgages
    73,382       86,771       84,810       91,418  
Home equity lines
    57,733       60,066       58,502       59,088  
                                 
      516,994       524,860       567,760       557,482  
Commercial and financial
    48,825       61,058       82,765       126,695  
Installment loans to individuals
                               
Automobiles and trucks
    10,874       15,322       20,798       24,940  
Marine Loans
    19,806       26,423       25,992       33,185  
Other
    20,922       22,279       26,118       28,237  
                                 
      51,602       64,024       72,908       86,362  
Other loans
    278       476       347       951  
                                 
TOTAL
  $ 1,240,608     $ 1,397,503     $ 1,676,728     $ 1,898,389  
                                 
 
Table 10 — Loan Maturity Distribution
 
                         
    December 31, 2010  
    Commercial and
    Construction and
       
    Financial     Land Development     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
In one year or less
  $ 9,358     $ 39,781     $ 49,139  
After one year but within five years:
                       
Interest rates are floating or adjustable
    2,536       16,130       18,666  
Interest rates are fixed
    10,593       13,848       24,441  
In five years or more:
                       
Interest rates are floating or adjustable
    1,298       6,266       7,564  
Interest rates are fixed
    25,040       3,281       28,321  
                         
TOTAL
  $ 48,825     $ 79,306     $ 128,131  
                         


42


 

Table 11 — Maturity of Certificates of Deposit of $100,000 or More
 
                                 
    December 31  
          %of
          %of
 
    2010     Total     2009     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Maturity Group:
                               
Under 3 Months
  $ 43,335       17.2 %   $ 106,655       31.1 %
3 to 6 Months
    42,256       16.8       68,293       19.9  
6 to 12 Months
    81,580       32.4       54,583       15.9  
Over 12 Months
    84,730       33.6       113,335       33.1  
                                 
TOTAL
  $ 251,901       100.0 %   $ 342,866       100.0 %
                                 
 
Table 12 — Summary of Loan Loss Experience
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 45,192     $ 29,388     $ 21,902     $ 14,915     $ 9,006  
Provision for loan losses
    31,680       124,767       88,634       12,745       3,285  
Carryover of allowance for loan losses
                            2,518  
Charge offs:
                                       
Construction and land development
    18,135       38,906       72,191       3,788        
Commercial real estate
    11,162       31,080       3,384              
Residential real estate
    10,797       36,282       5,051       575       12  
Commercial and financial
    759       3,337       2,251       1,071       24  
Consumer
    775       1,221       502       516       275  
                                         
TOTAL CHARGE OFFS
    41,628       110,826       83,379       5,950       311  
Recoveries:
                                       
Construction and land development
    483       578       1,858              
Commercial real estate
    517       293                    
Residential real estate
    861       529       55              
Commercial and financial
    424       197       222       57       162  
Consumer
    215       266       96       135       255  
                                         
TOTAL RECOVERIES
    2,500       1,863       2,231       192       417  
                                         
Net loan charge offs (recoveries)
    39,128       108,963       81,148       5,758       (106 )
                                         
ENDING BALANCE
  $ 37,744     $ 45,192     $ 29,388     $ 21,902     $ 14,915  
                                         
Loans outstanding at end of year*
  $ 1,240,608     $ 1,397,503     $ 1,676,728     $ 1,898,389     $ 1,733,111  
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to loans outstanding at end of year
    3.04 %     3.23 %     1.75 %     1.15 %     0.86 %
Daily average loans outstanding*
  $ 1,327,111     $ 1,587,273     $ 1,821,679     $ 1,828,537     $ 1,560,673  
Ratio of net charge offs (recoveries) to average loans outstanding
    2.95 %     6.86 %     4.45 %     0.31 %     (0.01 )%
 
 
* Net of unearned income.


43


 

 
Table 13 — Allowance for Loan Losses
 
         
    December 31  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2010  
 
ALLOCATION BY LOAN TYPE
       
Construction and land development
  $ 7,214  
Commercial real estate loans
    18,563  
Residential real estate loans
    10,102  
Commercial and financial loans
    480  
Consumer loans
    1,385  
         
TOTAL
  $ 37,744  
         
 
                                         
          December 31  
          2009     2008     2007     2006  
 
ALLOCATION BY LOAN TYPE(1)
                                       
Commercial real estate loans
          $ 30,955     $ 17,569     $ 11,884     $ 9,996  
Residential real estate loans
            9,667       6,437       6,058       1,077  
Commercial and financial loans
            1,099       2,782       3,070       3,199  
Consumer loans
            3,471       2,600       890       643  
                                         
TOTAL
          $ 45,192     $ 29,388     $ 21,902     $ 14,915  
                                         
YEAR END LOAN TYPES AS A PERCENT OF TOTAL LOANS
                                       
Construction and land development
    6.4 %     11.7 %     23.6 %     32.1 %     33.0 %
Commercial real estate loans
    43.8       41.7       33.3       27.2       25.2  
Residential real estate loans
    41.7       37.6       33.8       29.4       29.6  
Commercial and financial loans
    3.9       4.4       5.0       6.7       7.4  
Consumer loans
    4.2       4.6       4.3       4.6       4.8  
                                         
TOTAL
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                                         
 
 
(1) The Company does not have the ability to restate allocation by loan type to the new format for years prior to 2010.


44


 

 
Table 14 — Nonperforming Assets
 
Financing Receivables on Nonaccrual Status
 
                                         
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
          (Dollars in thousands)        
 
Nonaccrual loans(2)
                                       
Construction and land development
  $ 29,229     $ 59,809     $ 72,328     $ 52,952     $ 483  
Commercial real estate loans
    19,101       23,865       4,387       11,333        
Residential real estate loans
    14,810       12,790       10,163       3,531       3,853  
Commercial and financial loans
    4,607       535             18       8,102  
Consumer loans
    537       877       92             27  
                                         
Total
    68,284       97,876       86,970       67,834       12,465  
                                         
Other real estate owned
                                       
Construction and land development
    15,358       19,086       1,313       579        
Commercial real estate loans
    8,368       3,461                    
Residential real estate loans
    1,971       2,838       3,722       156        
                                         
Total
    25,697       25,385       5,035       735        
                                         
TOTAL NONPERFORMING ASSETS
  $ 93,981     $ 123,261     $ 92,005     $ 68,569     $ 12,465  
                                         
Amount of loans outstanding at end of year(2)
  $ 1,240,608     $ 1,397,503     $ 1,676,728     $ 1,898,389     $ 1,733,111  
Ratio of total nonperforming assets to loans outstanding and other real estate owned at end of period
    7.42 %     8.66 %     5.47 %     3.61 %     0.72 %
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more
  $     $ 156     $ 1,838     $ 25     $ 64  
Loans restructured and in compliance with modified terms(3)
    66,350       57,433       12,616       11       728  
 
 
(1) Interest income that could have been recorded during 2010, 2009 and 2008 related to nonaccrual loans was $5,087,000, $6,602,000 and $9,435,000, respectively, none of which was included in interest income or net income. All nonaccrual loans are secured.
 
(2) Net of unearned income.
 
(3) Interest income that would have been recorded based on original contractual terms was $4,187,000, $3,856,000 and $1,037,000, respectively, for 2010, 2009 and 2008. The amount included in interest income under the modified terms for 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $2,439,000, $2,958,000 and $611,000, respectively.


45


 

 
Table 15 — Securities Available For Sale
 
                                 
    December 31  
    Amortized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
 
    Cost     Value     Gains     Losses  
    (In thousands)  
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
                               
2010
  $ 4,192     $ 4,212     $ 20     $  
2009
    3.689       3,688       2       (3 )
Mortgage-backed securities of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
                               
2010
    120,439       120,634       1,218       (1,023 )
2009
    60,154       60,548       719       (325 )
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
                               
2010
    212,715       215,459       4,101       (1,357 )
2009
    250,762       255,248       5,219       (733 )
Private collateralized mortgage obligations
                               
2010
    90,428       90,384       1,325       (1,369 )
2009
    70,719       69.068       569       (2,220 )
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
                               
2010
    1,638       1,709       71        
2009
    2,021       2,063       49       (7 )
Other
                               
2010
    2,742       2,742              
2009
    3,033       3,033              
Total Securities Available For Sale
                               
2010
  $ 432,154     $ 435,140     $ 6,735     $ (3,749 )
                                 
2009
  $ 390,378     $ 393,648     $ 6,558     $ (3,288 )
                                 


46


 

Table 16 — Securities Held For Investment
 
                                 
    December 31  
    Amortized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
 
    Cost     Value     Gains     Losses  
    (In thousands)  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
                               
2010
  $ 15,423     $ 15,508     $ 85     $  
2009
    288       289       1        
Private collateralized mortgage obligations
                               
2010
    3,540       3,619       79        
2009
    12,565       12,637       73       (1 )
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
                               
2010
    7,398       7,223       69       (244 )
2009
    4,234       4,284       55       (5 )
Other Securities
                               
2010
    500       503       3        
2009
                       
Total Securities Held For Investment
                               
2010
  $ 26,861     $ 26,853     $ 236     $ (244 )
                                 
2009
  $ 17,087     $ 17,210     $ 129     $ (6 )
                                 
 
Table 17 — Maturity Distribution of Securities Held For Investment
 
                                                         
    December 31, 2010  
                                        Average
 
    1 Year
    1-5
    5-10
    After 10
    No Contractual
          Maturity
 
    Or Less     Years     Years     Years     Maturity     Total     In Years  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
AMORTIZED COST
                                                       
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
  $     $ 15,423     $     $     $     $ 15,423       2.28  
Private collateralized mortgage obligations
          3,540                           3,540       4.74  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    226       380       1,768       5,024             7,398       12.07  
Other Securities
                                    500       500       *  
                                                         
Total Securities Held For Investment
  $ 226     $ 19,343     $ 1,768     $ 5,024     $ 500     $ 26,861       5.36  
                                                         
FAIR VALUE
                                                       
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
  $     $ 15,508     $     $     $     $ 15,508          
Private collateralized mortgage obligations
            3,619                         3,619          
Obligations of sate and political subdivisions
    226       386       1,819       4,792             7,223          
Other Securities
                                    503       503          
                                                         
Total Securities Held For Investment
  $ 226     $ 19,513     $ 1,819     $ 4,792     $ 503     $ 26,853          
                                                         
WEIGHTED AVERAGE YIELD (FTE)
                                                       
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
          2.68 %                       2.68 %        
Private collateralized mortgage obligations
          5.16 %                       5.16 %        
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    6.80 %     6.37 %     6.71 %     4.99 %             5.53 %        
Other Securities
                                  3.19 %     3.19 %        
Total Securities Held For Investment
    6.80 %     3.21 %     6.71 %     4.99 %     3.19 %     3.80 %        
 
 
* Other Securities excluded from calculated average for total securities.


47


 

 
Table 18 — Maturity Distribution of Securities Available For Sale
 
                                                         
    December 31, 2010  
                            No
          Average
 
    1 Year
    1-5
    5-10
    After 10
    Contractual
          Maturity
 
    Or Less     Years     Years     Years     Maturity     Total     In Years  
                      (Dollars in thousands)              
 
AMORTIZED COST
                                                       
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
  $ 2.493     $ 1,699     $     $     $     $ 4,192       1.53  
Mortgage-backed securities of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
          70.414       36,109       13,916             120,439       5.04  
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
    38,471       140,112       18,383       15,749             212.715       3.13  
Private collateralized mortgage obligations
    1,151       58,489       30,788                   90,428       3.86  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
                1,638                   1,638       8.13  
Other
                            2,742       2,742       *  
                                                         
Total Securities Available For Sale
  $ 42,115     $ 270,714     $ 86,918     $ 29,665     $ 2,742     $ 432,154       3.82  
                                                         
FAIR VALUE
                                                       
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
  $ 2.494     $ 1,718     $     $     $     $ 4.212          
Mortgage-backed securities of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
          70,661       36,254       13,719             120,634          
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
    39,332       143,035       18,179       14.913             215,459          
Private collateralized mortgage obligations
    1,164       58,740       30,480                   90,384          
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
                1,709                   1,709          
Other
                            2,742       2,742          
                                                         
Total Securities Available For Sale
  $ 42.990     $ 274,154     $ 86,622     $ 28,632     $ 2,742     $ 435,140          
                                                         
WEIGHTED AVERAGE YIELD (FTE)
                                                       
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
    0.27 %     1.28 %                       0.68 %        
Mortgage-backed securities of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
          2.43 %     3.01 %     2.89 %           2.66 %        
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
    5.26 %     2.82 %     1.77 %     1.91 %           3.10 %        
Private collateralized mortgage obligations
    8.75 %     4.62 %     4.09 %                 4.49 %        
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
                6.65 %                 6.65 %        
Other
                            0.09 %     0.09 %        
Total Securities Available For Sale
    5.06 %     3.10 %     3.20 %     2.37 %     0.09 %     3.24 %        
 
 
* Other Securities excluded from calculated average for total securities


48


 

 
Table 19 — Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis(1)
 
                                         
    December 31, 2010  
    0-3
    4-12
    1-5
    Over
       
    Months     Months     Years     5 Years     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits
  $ 176,047     $     $     $     $ 176,047  
Securities(2)
    206,344       60,047       135,825       56,799       459,015  
Loans(3)
    250,592       181,866       562,114       190,271       1,184,843  
                                         
Earning assets
    632,983       241,913       697,939       247,070       1,819,905  
Savings deposits(4)
    812,625                         812,625  
Certificates of deposit
    98,263       271,909       164,803       7       534,982  
Borrowings
    151,823                   50,000       201,823  
                                         
Interest bearing liabilities
    1,062,711       271,909       164,803       50,007       1,549,430  
                                         
Interest sensitivity gap
  $ (429,728 )   $ (29,996 )   $ 533,136     $ 197,063     $ 270,475  
                                         
Cumulative gap
  $ (429,728 )   $ (459,724 )   $ 73,412     $ 270,475          
                                         
Cumulative gap to total earning assets (%)
    (23.6 )     (25.3 )     4.0       14.9          
Earning assets to interest bearing liabilities (%)
    59.6       90.0       423.5       494.1          
 
 
(1) The repricing dates may differ from maturity dates for certain assets due to prepayment assumptions.
 
(2) Securities are stated at amortized cost.
 
(3) Excludes nonaccrual loans.
 
(4) This category is comprised of NOW, savings and money market deposits. If NOW and savings deposits (totaling $165,161) were deemed repriceable in “4-12 months”, the interest sensitivity gap and cumulative gap would be ($264,567) or 14.5% of total earning assets and an earning assets to interest bearing liabilities for the 0-3 months category of 70.5%


49


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida:
 
We have audited Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying report. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, and our report dated March 14, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
 
/s/   KPMG, LLP
 
Miami, Florida
March 14, 2011
Certified Public Accountants


50


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 14, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/   KPMG, LLP
 
Miami, Florida
March 14, 2011
Certified Public Accountants


51


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                         
    For the Year Ended December 31  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands, except share data)  
 
INTEREST INCOME
                       
Interest on securities
                       
Taxable
  $ 13,881     $ 16,357     $ 14,198  
Nontaxable
    227       305       348  
Interest and fees on loans
    69,454       84,882       111,313  
Interest on federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits
    979       661       1,225  
                         
Total interest income
    84,541       102,205       127,084  
INTEREST EXPENSE
                       
Interest on savings deposits
    3,952       6,031       17,295  
Interest on time certificates
    11,345       18,749       26,117  
Interest on short term borrowings
    237       431       1,466  
Interest on subordinated debt
    1,188       1,354       2,551  
Interest on other borrowings
    1,607       2,051       2,424  
                         
Total interest expense
    18,329       28,616       49,853  
                         
NET INTEREST INCOME
    66,212       73,589       77,231  
Provision for loan losses
    31,680       124,767       88,634  
                         
NET INTEREST INCOME (LOSS) AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
    34,532       (51,178 )     (11,403 )
NONINTEREST INCOME
                       
Securities gains, net
    3,687       5,399       355  
Other
    19,245       19,015       22,241  
                         
Total noninterest income
    22,932       24,414       22,596  
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
                       
Other noninterest expenses
    90,667       81,934       78,890  
Goodwill impairment
          49,813        
                         
Total noninterest expense
    90,667       131,747       78,890  
                         
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    (33,203 )     (158,511 )     (67,697 )
Benefit for income taxes
    0       (11,825 )     (22,100 )
                         
NET LOSS
    (33,203 )     (146,686 )     (45,597 )
Preferred stock dividends and accretion on preferred stock discount
    3,748       3,748       115  
                         
NET LOSS AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
  $ (36,951 )   $ (150,434 )   $ (45,712 )
                         
SHARE DATA
                       
Net loss per share of common stock
                       
Diluted
  $ (0.48 )   $ (4.74 )   $ (2.41 )
Basic
    (0.48 )     (4.74 )     (2.41 )
                         
Average common shares outstanding
                       
Diluted
    76,561,692       31,733,260       18,997,757  
Basic
    76,561,692       31,733,260       18,997,757  
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.


52


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    December 31  
    2010     2009  
    (Dollars in thousands, except share data)  
 
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks
  $ 35,358     $ 32,200  
Interest bearing deposits with other banks
    176,047       182,900  
                 
Total cash and cash equivalents
    211,405       215,100  
Securities available for sale (at fair value)
    435,140       393,648  
Securities held for investment (fair values: $26,853 in 2010 and $17,210 in 2009)
    26,861       17,087  
                 
Total securities
    462,001       410,735  
Loans available for sale
    12,519       18,412  
Loans, net of deferred costs of $973 in 2010 and $393 in 2009
    1,240,608       1,397,503  
Less: Allowance for loan losses
    (37,744 )     (45,192 )
                 
Net loans
    1,202,864       1,352,311  
Bank premises and equipment, net
    36,045       38,932  
Other real estate owned
    25,697       25,385  
Other intangible assets
    3,137       4,121  
Other assets
    62,713       86,319  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 2,016,381     $ 2,151,315  
                 
 
LIABILITIES
Demand deposits (noninterest bearing)
  $ 289,621     $ 268,789  
Savings deposits
    812,625       838,288  
Other time deposits
    281,681       326,070  
Brokered time certificates
    7,093       38,656  
Time certificates of $100,000 or more
    246,208       307,631  
                 
Total deposits
    1,637,228       1,779,434  
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreement to repurchase, maturing
               
within 30 days
    98,213       105,673  
Borrowed funds
    50,000       50,000  
Subordinated debt
    53,610       53,610  
Other liabilities
    11,031       10,663  
                 
      1,850,082       1,999,380  
Commitments and Contingencies (Notes K and P)
               
 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Series A preferred stock, par value $0.10 per share — authorized 4,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding 2,000 shares of Series A
    46,248       44,999  
Warrant for purchase of 589,625 shares of common stock at $6.36 per share
    3,123       3,123  
Common stock, par value $.10 per share authorized 130,000,000 shares, issued 93,487,652 and outstanding 93,487,581 shares in 2010 and authorized 35,000,000 shares, issued 58,921,668 and outstanding 58,867,229 shares in 2009
    9,349       5,887  
Additional paid-in capital
    218,399       174,973  
Accumulated deficit
    (112,652 )     (78,200 )
Less: Treasury stock (71 shares in 2010 and 54,439 shares in 2009), at cost
    (1 )     (855 )
                 
      164,466       149,927  
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net
    1,833       2,008  
                 
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
    166,299       151,935  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  $ 2,016,381     $ 2,151,315  
                 
 
See notes to consolidated financial statement.


53


 

 
SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    For the Year Ended December 31  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                       
Interest received
  $ 85,584     $ 102,138     $ 127,591  
Fees and commissions received
    19,588       19,181       22,262  
Interest paid
    (17,385 )     (28,507 )     (50,166 )
Cash paid to suppliers and employees
    (70,329 )     (86,868 )     (71,834 )
Income taxes received (paid)
    21,262       3,423       (1,907 )
Trading securities activity
                14,000  
Origination of loans designated held for sale
    (173,692 )     (165,561 )     (190,337 )
Sale of loans designated held for sale
    179,585       158,628       191,832  
Net change in other assets
    (1,944 )     548       232  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    42,669       2,982       41,673  
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                       
Maturities of securities available for sale
    134,088       94,202       27,438  
Maturities of securities held for investment
    6,601       10,800       4,017  
Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale
    102,369       92,686       13,964  
Proceeds from sale of securities held for investment
    5,452              
Purchases of securities available for sale
    (275,839 )     (255,681 )     (101,086 )
Purchases of securities held for investment
    (21,838 )            
Net new loans and principal payments
    78,357       91,395       63,483  
Proceeds from sale of loans
    16,401       40,484       69,569  
Proceeds from the sale of other real estate owned
    9,169       5,582       3,435  
Proceeds from sale of Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Stock
    2,477       181        
Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Stock
    (700 )     (2,270 )     (182 )
Additions to bank premises and equipment
    (552 )     (814 )     (6,621 )
                         
Net cash provided by investing activities
    55,985       76,565       74,017  
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                       
Net decrease in deposits
    (142,206 )     (30,994 )     (176,877 )
Net increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
    (7,460 )     (51,823 )     69,396  
Decrease in borrowings
          (15,000 )      
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrant
                50,000  
Issuance of common stock, net of related expense
    47,127       82,553        
Stock based employee benefit plans
    180       174       908  
Dividend reinvestment plan
    20       31       89  
Dividends paid
          (580 )     (6,489 )
                         
Net cash used in financing activities
    (102,349 )     (15,639 )     (62,973 )
                         
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (3,695 )     63,908       52,717  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    215,100       151,192       98,475  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 211,405     $ 215,100     $ 151,192  
                         
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.


54


 

 
SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
 
                                                                         
                                  Retained
          Accumulated
       
                                  Earnings
          Other
       
    Common Stock     Preferred Stock     Paid-in
    (Accumulated
    Treasury
    Comprehensive
       
(Dollars in thousands)
  Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit)     Stock     Income (Loss), Net     Total  
 
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2007
    19,110     $ 1,920           $     $ 90,924     $ 122,396     $ (1,193 )   $ 334     $ 214,381  
Comprehensive loss:
                                                                       
Net loss
                                  (45,597 )                 (45,597 )
Net unrealized gain on securities
                                              1,863       1,863  
Net reclassification adjustment
                                              (138 )     (138 )
                                                                         
Comprehensive loss
                                                    (43,872 )
Cash dividends at $0.34 per common share
                                  (6,489 )                 (6,489 )
Stock based compensation expense
                            463                         463  
Common stock issued for stock based employee benefit plans
    52       8                   2,191             (770 )           1,429  
Dividend reinvestment plan
    10                         (35 )           124             89  
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrant
                2       43,755       6,245                         50,000  
Accretion on preferred stock discount
                      32             (32 )                  
                                                                         
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2008
    19,172       1,928       2       43,787       99,788       70,278       (1,839 )     2,059       216,001  
Comprehensive loss:
                                                                       
Net loss
                                  (146,686 )                 (146,686 )
Net unrealized gain on securities
                                              1,399       1,399  
Net reclassification adjustment
                                              (1,450 )     (1,450 )
                                                                         
Comprehensive loss
                                                    (146,737 )
Cash dividends at $0.01 per common share
                                  (191 )                 (191 )
Cash dividends on preferred shares
                                  (389 )                 (389 )
Stock based compensation expense
                            401                         401  
Common stock issued for stock based employee benefit plans
    10                         (505 )           771             266  
Dividend reinvestment plan
    10                         (182 )           213             31  
Issuance of common stock
    39,675       3,959                   81,717                         85,676  
Clawback of one-half of warrants
                            (3,123 )                       (3,123 )
Accretion on preferred stock discount
                      1,212             (1,212 )                  
                                                                         
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2009
    58,867       5,887       2       44,999       178,096       (78,200 )     (855 )     2,008       151,935  
Comprehensive loss:
                                                                       
Net loss
                                  (33,203 )                 (33,203 )
Net unrealized gain on securities
                                              1,572       1,572  
Net reclassification adjustment
                                              (1,747 )     (1,747 )
                                                                         
Comprehensive loss
                                                    (33,378 )
Stock based compensation expense
                            351                         351  
Common stock issued for stock based employee benefit plans
    145       9                   (445 )           681             244  
Dividend reinvestment plan
    10                         (154 )           173             20  
Issuance of common stock
    34,465       3,453                   43,674                         47,127  
Accretion on preferred stock discount
                      1,249             (1,249 )                  
                                                                         
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2010
    93,487     $ 9,349       2     $ 46,248     $ 221,522     $ (112,652 )   $ (1 )   $ 1,833     $ 166,299  
                                                                         
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.


55


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note A   Significant Accounting Policies
 
General:   Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida (“Company”) is a single segment bank holding company with one operating subsidiary bank, Seacoast National Bank (“Seacoast National”, together the “Company”). Seacoast National’s service area includes Okeechobee, Highlands, Hendry, Hardee, Glades, DeSoto, Palm Beach, Martin, St. Lucie, Brevard, Indian River, Broward, Orange and Seminole counties, which are located in central and southeast Florida. The bank operates full service branches within its markets.
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Seacoast and all its majority-owned subsidiaries but exclude five trusts created for the issuance of trust preferred securities. In consolidation, all significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated.
 
The accounting and reporting policies of the Company are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and they conform to general practices within the applicable industries.
 
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years’ financial statements to conform to the current year presentation.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents:   Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing bank balances and federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. Cash and cash equivalents have original maturities of three months or less, and accordingly, the carrying amount of these instruments is deemed to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.
 
Securities Purchased and Sold Agreements:   Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities sold under repurchase agreements are generally accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at the amount at which the securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest. It is the Company’s policy to take possession of securities purchased under resale agreements, which are primarily U.S. Government and Government agency securities. The fair value of securities purchased and sold is monitored and collateral is obtained from or returned to the counterparty when appropriate.
 
Use of Estimates:   The preparation of these financial statements requires the use of certain estimates by management in determining the Company’s assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and contingent liabilities. Specific areas, among others, requiring the application of management’s estimates include determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of investment securities available for sale, fair value of impaired loans, contingent liabilities, other real estate owned, valuation of deferred tax valuation allowance and goodwill. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Securities:   Securities are classified at date of purchase as trading, available for sale or held to maturity. Securities that may be sold as part of the Company’s asset/liability management or in response to, or in anticipation of changes in interest rates and resulting prepayment risk, or for other factors are stated at fair value with unrealized gains or losses reflected as a component of shareholders’ equity net of tax or included in noninterest income as appropriate. The estimated fair value of a security is determined based on market quotations when available or, if not available, by using quoted market prices for similar securities, pricing models or discounted cash flow analyses, using observable market data where available. Debt securities that the Company has the ability and intent to hold to maturity are carried at amortized cost.
 
Realized gains and losses, including other than temporary impairments, are included in noninterest income as investment securities gains (losses). Interest and dividends on securities, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, is recognized in interest income on an accrual basis using the interest method. The Company anticipates prepayments of principal in the calculation of the effective yield for collateralized mortgage obligations and mortgage backed securities by obtaining estimates of prepayments from independent third parties. The adjusted cost of each specific security sold is used to compute realized gains or losses on the sale of securities on a trade date basis.


56


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
On a quarterly basis, the Company makes an assessment to determine whether there have been any events or economic circumstances to indicate that a security is impaired on an other-than-temporary basis. Management considers many factors including the length of time the security has had a fair value less than the cost basis; our intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient for a recovery in value; recent events specific to the issuer or industry; and for debt securities, external credit ratings and recent downgrades. Securities on which there is an unrealized loss that is deemed to be other-than temporary are written down to fair value with the write-down recorded as a realized loss.
 
For securities which are transferred into held to maturity from available for sale the unrealized gain or loss at the date of transfer is reported as a component of shareholders’ equity and is amortized over the remaining life as an adjustment of yield using the interest method.
 
Seacoast National is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.
 
Loans:   Loans are recognized at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income and amounts charged off. Unearned income includes discounts, premiums and deferred loan origination fees reduced by loan origination costs. Unearned income on loans is amortized to interest income over the life of the related loan using the effective interest rate method. Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis.
 
Fees received for providing loan commitments and letters of credit that may result in loans are typically deferred and amortized to interest income over the life of the related loan, beginning with the initial borrowing. Fees on commitments and letters of credit are amortized to noninterest income as banking fees and commissions on a straight-line basis over the commitment period when funding is not expected.
 
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are considered held for investment.
 
The Company accounts for loans in accordance with ASC topics 310 and 470, when due to a deterioration in a borrower’s financial position, the Company grants concessions that would not otherwise be considered. Troubled debt restructured loans are tested for impairment and placed in non-accrual status. If borrowers perform pursuant to the modified loan terms for at least six months and the remaining loan balances are considered collectible, the loans are returned to accrual status. When the Company modifies the terms of an existing loan that is not considered a troubled debt restructuring, the Company follows the provisions of ASC 310 “Creditor’s Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Debt Instruments.
 
A loan is considered to be impaired when based on current information, it is probable the Company will not receive all amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms of a loan agreement. The fair value is measured based on either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A loan is also considered impaired if its terms are modified in a troubled debt restructuring. When the ultimate collectibility of the principal balance of an impaired loan is in doubt, all cash receipts are applied to principal. Once the recorded principal balance has been reduced to zero, future cash receipts are applied to interest income, to the extent any interest has been forgone, and then they are recorded as recoveries of any amounts previously charged off.
 
The accrual of interest is generally discontinued on loans and leases, except consumer loans, that become 90 days past due as to principal or interest unless collection of both principal and interest is assured by way of collateralization, guarantees or other security. Generally, loans past due 90 days or more are placed on nonaccrual status regardless of security. When interest accruals are discontinued, unpaid interest is reversed against interest income. Consumer loans that become 120 days past due are generally charged off. When borrowers demonstrate over an extended period the ability to repay a loan in accordance with the contractual


57


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
terms of a loan classified as nonaccrual, the loan is returned to accrual status. Interest income on nonaccrual loans is either recorded using the cash basis method of accounting or recognized after the principal has been reduced to zero, depending on the type of loan.
 
Derivatives Used for Risk Management:   The Company may designate a derivative as either a hedge of the fair value of a recognized fixed rate asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value” hedge), a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of future cash flows of a floating rate asset or liability (“cash flow” hedge). All derivatives are recorded as other assets or other liabilities on the balance sheet at their respective fair values with unrealized gains and losses recorded either in other comprehensive income or in the results of operations, depending on the purpose for which the derivative is held. Derivatives that do not meet the criteria for designation as a hedge at inception, or fail to meet the criteria thereafter, are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recorded in the results of operations.
 
To the extent of the effectiveness of a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income. The net periodic interest settlement on derivatives is treated as an adjustment to the interest income or interest expense of the hedged assets or liabilities.
 
At inception of a hedge transaction, the Company formally documents the hedge relationship and the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge. This process includes identification of the hedging instrument, hedged item, risk being hedged and the methodology for measuring ineffectiveness. In addition, the Company assesses both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing quarterly basis, whether the derivative used in the hedging transaction has been highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged item, and whether the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate.
 
The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when either it is determined that the derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item; the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; the derivative is de-designated because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur; or management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate.
 
When a fair value hedge is discontinued, the hedged asset or liability is no longer adjusted for changes in fair value and the existing basis adjustment is amortized or accreted as an adjustment to yield over the remaining life of the asset or liability. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued but the hedged cash flows or forecasted transaction are still expected to occur, unrealized gains and losses that are accumulated in other comprehensive income are included in the results of operations in the same period when the results of operations are also affected by the hedged cash flow. They are recognized in the results of operations immediately if the cash flow hedge was discontinued because a forecasted transaction is not expected to occur.
 
Certain commitments to sell loans are derivatives. These commitments are recorded as a freestanding derivative and classified as an other asset or liability.
 
Loans Held for Sale:   Loans are classified as held for sale based on management’s intent to sell the loans, either as part of a core business strategy or related to a risk mitigation strategy. Loans held for sale and any related unfunded lending commitments are recorded at the lower of cost (which is the carrying amount net of deferred fees and costs and applicable allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments) or fair market value less costs to sell. At the time of the transfer to loans held for sale, if the fair market value is less than cost, the difference is recorded as additional provision for credit losses in the results of operations. Fair market value is determined based on quoted market prices for the same or similar loans, outstanding investor commitments or discounted cash flow analyses using market assumptions.
 
At December 31, 2010 fair market value for substantially all the loans in loans held for sale were obtained by reference to prices for the same or similar loans from recent transactions. For a relationship that


58


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
includes an unfunded lending commitment, the cost basis is the outstanding balance of the loan net of the allowance for loan losses and net of any reserve for unfunded lending commitments. This cost basis is compared to the fair market value of the entire relationship including the unfunded lending commitment.
 
Individual loans or pools of loans are transferred from the loan portfolio to loans held for sale when the intent to hold the loans has changed and there is a plan to sell the loans within a reasonable period of time. Loans held for sale are reviewed quarterly. Subsequent declines or recoveries of previous declines in the fair market value of loans held for sale are recorded in other fee income in the results of operations. Fair market value changes occur due to changes in interest rates, the borrower’s credit, the secondary loan market and the market for a borrower’s debt. If an unfunded lending commitment expires before a sale occurs, the reserve associated with the unfunded lending commitment is recognized as a credit to other fee income in the results of operations.
 
Fair Value Measurements:   The Company measures or monitors many of its assets and liabilities on a fair value basis. Certain assets and liabilities are measured on a recurring basis. Examples of these include derivative instruments, available for sale and trading securities, loans held for sale and long-term debt. Additionally, fair value is used on a non-recurring basis to evaluate assets or liabilities for impairment or for disclosure purposes. Examples of these non-recurring uses of fair value include certain loans held for sale accounted for on a lower of cost or fair value, mortgage servicing rights, goodwill, and long-lived assets. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Depending on the nature of the asset or liability, the Company uses various valuation techniques and assumptions when estimating fair value.
 
The Company applied the following fair value hierarchy:
 
Level 1 — Assets or liabilities for which the identical item is traded on an active exchange, such as publicly-traded instruments or futures contracts.
 
Level 2 — Assets and liabilities valued based on observable market data for similar instruments.
 
Level 3 — Assets and liabilities for which significant valuation assumptions are not readily observable in the market; instruments valued based on the best available data, some of which is internally-developed, and considers risk premiums that a market participant would require.
 
When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at and/or marked to fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. When possible, the Company looks to active and observable markets to price identical assets or liabilities. When identical assets and liabilities are not traded in active markets, the Company looks to market observable data for similar assets and liabilities. Nevertheless, certain assets and liabilities are not actively traded in observable markets and the Company must use alternative valuation techniques to derive a fair value measurement.
 
Other Real Estate Owned:   Other real estate owned (“OREO”) consists of real estate acquired in lieu of unpaid loan balances. These assets are carried at an amount equal to the loan balance prior to foreclosure plus costs incurred for improvements to the property, but no more than the estimated fair value of the property less estimated selling costs. Any valuation adjustments required at the date of transfer are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequently, unrealized losses and realized gains and losses are included in other noninterest income. Operating results from OREO are recorded in other noninterest expense.
 
Bank Premises and Equipment:   Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Premises and equipment include certain costs associated with the acquisition of leasehold improvements. Depreciation and amortization are recognized principally by the straight-line method, over the estimated useful lives as follows: buildings — 25-40 years, leasehold improvements — 5-25 years, furniture and equipment — 3-12 years. Premises and equipment and other long-term assets are reviewed for


59


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
impairment when events indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets:   Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not subject to amortization. Rather they are subject to impairment tests at least annually, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment Intangible assets with finite lives continue to be amortized over the period the Company expects to benefit from such assets and are periodically reviewed to determine whether there have been any events or circumstances to indicate the recorded amount is not recoverable from projected undiscounted net operating cash flows. A loss is recognized to reduce the carrying amount to fair value, where appropriate.
 
Revenue Recognition:   Revenue is recognized when the earnings process is complete and collectibility is assured. Brokerage fees and commissions are recognized on a trade date basis. Asset management fees, measured by assets at a particular date, are accrued as earned. Commission expenses are recorded when the related revenue is recognized.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments:   The Company has developed policies and procedures for assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments that reflect the evaluation of credit risk after careful consideration of all available information. Where appropriate this assessment includes monitoring qualitative and quantitative trends including changes in levels of past due, criticized and nonperforming loans. In developing this assessment, the Company must necessarily rely on estimates and exercise judgment regarding matters where the ultimate outcome is unknown such as economic factors, developments affecting companies in specific industries and issues with respect to single borrowers. Depending on changes in circumstances, future assessments of credit risk may yield materially different results, which may result in an increase or a decrease in the allowance for loan losses.
 
The allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments is maintained at a level the Company believes is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and unfunded lending commitments as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. The Company employs a variety of modeling and estimation tools in developing the appropriate allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments consists of formula-based components for both commercial and consumer loans, allowance for impaired commercial loans and allowance related to additional factors that are believed indicative of current trends and business cycle issues. If necessary, a specific allowance is established for individually evaluated impaired loans. The specific allowance established for these loans is based on a thorough analysis of the most probable source of repayment, including the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, the loan’s estimated market value, or the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral depending on the most likely source of repayment. General allowances are established for loans grouped into pools based on similar characteristics. In this process, general allowance factors are based on an analysis of historical charge-off experience, portfolio trends, regional and national economic conditions, and expected loss given default derived from the Company’s internal risk rating process.
 
The Company monitors qualitative and quantitative trends in the loan portfolio, including changes in the levels of past due, criticized and nonperforming loans. The distribution of the allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments between the various components does not diminish the fact that the entire allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments is available to absorb credit losses in the loan portfolio. The principal focus is, therefore, on the adequacy of the total allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments.
 
In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s bank subsidiary’s allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments. These agencies may require such subsidiaries to recognize changes to the allowance for loan


60


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
losses and reserve for unfunded lending commitments based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.
 
Income Taxes:   The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and their related tax bases and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are in effect. A valuation allowance is recognized for a deferred tax asset if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in rates is recognized as income or expense in the period in which the change occurs. See Note L, Income Taxes for related disclosures.
 
Earnings per Share:   Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share are based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period, plus common share equivalents calculated for stock options and performance restricted stock outstanding using the treasury stock method.
 
Stock-Based Compensation:   The three stock option plans are accounted for under ASC Topic 718 and the fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with market assumptions. This amount is amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, generally five years. (See Note J)
 
For restricted stock awards, which generally vest based on continued service with the Company, the deferred compensation is measured as the fair value of the shares on the date of grant, and the deferred compensation is amortized as salaries and employee benefits in accordance with the applicable vesting schedule, generally straight-line over five years. Some shares vest based upon the Company achieving certain performance goals and salary amortization expense is based on an estimate of the most likely results on a straight line basis.
 
Note B   Recently Issued Accounting Standards, Not Adopted as of December 31, 2010
 
In July 2010, the FASB issued authoritative guidance that requires new and expanded disclosures related to the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses. Reporting entities are required to provide qualitative and quantitative disclosures on the allowance for credit losses, credit quality, impaired loans, modifications and nonaccrual and past due financing receivables. The disclosures are required to be presented on a disaggregated basis by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable. Disclosures required by the guidance that relate to the end of a reporting period were effective for us in our December 31, 2010, consolidated financial statements. See Notes E and F, for further details. Disclosures required by the guidance that relate to an activity that occurs during a reporting period will be effective for us on January 1, 2011, and will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. In January 2011, the FASB issued authoritative guidance that deferred indefinitely the disclosures relating to troubled debt restructuring.
 
In January 2010, the FASB issued authoritative guidance that requires new disclosures related to fair value measurements and clarifies existing disclosure requirements about the level of disaggregation, inputs and valuation techniques. Specifically, reporting entities now must disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for the transfers. In addition, in the reconciliation for Level 3 fair value measurements, a reporting entity should present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements. The guidance clarifies that a reporting entity needs to use judgment in determining the appropriate classes of assets and liabilities for disclosure of fair value measurement, considering the level of disaggregated information required by other applicable U.S. GAAP guidance and should also provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for each class of assets and liabilities. This guidance was effective for us on January 1, 2010, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the


61


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
reconciliation for Level 3 fair value measurements, which will be effective for us on January 1, 2011. This guidance will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Note C   Cash, Dividend and Loan Restrictions
 
In the normal course of business, the Company and Seacoast National enter into agreements, or are subject to regulatory agreements that result in cash, debt and dividend restrictions. A summary of the most restrictive items follows:
 
Seacoast National is required to maintain average reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank. The average amount of those reserve balances was nominal for 2010 and 2009.
 
Under Federal Reserve regulation, Seacoast National is limited as to the amount it may loan to their affiliates, including the Company, unless such loans are collateralized by specified obligations. At December 31, 2010, the maximum amount available for transfer from Seacoast National to the Company in the form of loans approximated $33.8 million.
 
The approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) is required if the total of all dividends declared by a national bank in any calendar year exceeds the bank’s profits, as defined, for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years. Under this restriction Seacoast National cannot distribute any dividends to the Company as of December 31, 2010, without prior approval of the OCC.
 
Note D   Securities
 
The amortized cost and fair value of securities available for sale and held for investment at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are summarized as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Gross
    Gross
    Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
                               
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
  $ 4,192     $ 20     $     $ 4,212  
Mortgage-backed securities of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
    120,439       1,218       (1,023 )     120,634  
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
    212,715       4,101       (1,357 )     215,459  
Private collateralized mortgage obligations
    90,428       1,325       (1,369 )     90,384  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    1,638       71             1,709  
Other
    2,742                   2,742  
                                 
    $ 432,154     $ 6,735     $ (3,749 )   $ 435,140  
                                 
SECURITIES HELD FOR INVESTMENT
                               
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
  $ 15,423     $ 85     $     $ 15,508  
Private collateralized mortgage obligations
    3,540       79             3,619  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    7,398       69       (244 )     7,223  
Other
    500       3             503  
                                 
    $ 26,861     $ 236     $ (244 )   $ 26,853  
                                 


62


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                 
    December 31, 2009  
    Gross
    Gross
    Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
                               
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
  $ 3,689     $ 2     $ (3 )   $ 3,688  
Mortgage-backed securities of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
    60,154       719       (325 )     60,548  
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
    250,762       5,219       (733 )     255,248  
Private collateralized mortgage obligations
    70,719       569       (2,220 )     69,068  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    2,021       49       (7 )     2,063  
Other
    3,033                   3,033  
                                 
    $ 390,378     $ 6,558     $ (3,288 )   $ 393,648  
                                 
SECURITIES HELD FOR INVESTMENT
                               
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
  $ 288     $ 1     $     $ 289  
Private collateralized mortgage obligations
    12,565       73       (1 )     12,637  
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    4,234       55       (5 )     4,284  
                                 
    $ 17,087     $ 129     $ (6 )   $ 17,210  
                                 
 
Proceeds from sales of securities during 2010 were $107,821,000 with gross gains of $3,687,000. Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale during 2009 were $92,686,000 with gross gains of $5,399,000. Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale during 2008 were $13,964,000 with gross gains of $355,000.
 
Securities with a carrying value of $328,554,000 and a fair value of $328,648,000 at December 31, 2010, were pledged as collateral for repurchase agreements, United States Treasury deposits, other public deposits and trust deposits.
 
The amortized cost and fair value of securities at December 31, 2010, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or repay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 


63


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                 
    Held for Investment     Available for Sale  
    Amortized
    Fair
    Amortized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
Due in less than one year
  $ 226     $ 226     $ 2,493     $ 2,494  
Due after one year through five years
    380       386       1,699       1,718  
Due after five years through ten years
    1,768       1,819       1,638       1,709  
Due after ten years
    5,024       4,792              
                                 
      7,398       7,223       5,830       5,921  
Mortgage-backed securities of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
                120,439       120,634  
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
    15,423       15,508       212,715       215,459  
Private collateralized mortgage obligations
    3,540       3,619       90,428       90,384  
No contractual maturity
    500       503       2,742       2,742  
                                 
    $ 26,861     $ 26,853     $ 432,154     $ 435,140  
                                 
 
The estimated fair value of a security is determined based on market quotations when available or, if not available, by using quoted market prices for similar securities, pricing models or discounted cash flows analyses, using observable market data where available. The tables below indicate the amount of securities with unrealized losses and period of time for which these losses were outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
 
    Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses  
    (In thousands)  
 
Mortgage-backed securities of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
  $ 61,176     $ (1,023 )   $     $     $ 61,176     $ (1,023 )
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
    42,469       (1,357 )                 42,469       (1,357 )
Private collateralized mortgage obligations
    42,289       (631 )     14,214       (738 )     56,503       (1,369 )
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
    4,273       (244 )                 4,273       (244 )
                                                 
Total temporarily impaired securities
  $ 150,207     $ (3,255 )   $ 14,214     $ (738 )   $ 164,421     $ (3,993 )
                                                 
 

64


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2009  
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
 
    Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses  
    (In thousands)  
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
  $ 2,489     $ (3 )   $     $     $ 2,489     $ (3 )
Mortgage-backed securities of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
    32,519       (325 )                 32,519       (325 )
Collateralized mortgage obligations of U.S. Government Sponsored Entities
    57,438       (733 )                 57,438       (733 )
Private collateralized mortgage obligations
    18,211       (115 )     18,498       (2,106 )     36,709       (2,221 )
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
                1,542       (12 )     1,542       (12 )
                                                 
Total temporarily impaired securities
  $ 110,657     $ (1,176 )   $ 20,040     $ (2,118 )   $ 130,697     $ (3,294 )
                                                 
 
The Company owned individual investment securities of $164.4 million with aggregate gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2010. Based on a review of each of the securities in the investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2010, the Company concluded that it expected to recover the amortized cost basis of its investment.
 
Approximately $1.4 million of the unrealized losses pertain to super senior private label securities secured by collateral originated in 2005 and prior with a fair value of $56.5 million and were attributable to a combination of factors, including relative changes in interest rates since the time of purchase and decreased liquidity for investment securities in general. The collateral underlying these mortgage investments are 30- and 15-year fixed and 10 / 1 adjustable rate mortgage loans with low loan to values, subordination and historically have had minimal foreclosures and losses. Based on its assessment of these factors, management believes that the unrealized losses on these debt security holdings are a function of changes in investment spreads and interest rate movements and not changes in credit quality.
 
At December 31, 2010, the Company also had $2.4 million of unrealized losses on mortgage backed securities of government sponsored entities having a fair value of $103.6 million that were attributable to a combination of factors, including relative changes in interest rates since the time of purchase and decreased liquidity for investment securities in general. The contractual cash flows for these securities are guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and U.S. government-sponsored enterprises. Based on its assessment of these factors , management believes that the unrealized losses on these debt security holdings are a function of changes in investment spreads and interest movements and not changes in credit quality. Management expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.
 
The unrealized losses on debt securities issued by states and political subdivisions amounted to $244,000 at December 31, 2010. The unrealized losses on state and municipal holdings included in this analysis are attributable to a combination of factors, including a general decrease in liquidity and an increase in risk premiums for credit-sensitive securities since the time of purchase. Based on its assessment of these factors, management believes that unrealized losses on these debt security holdings are a function of changes in investment spreads and liquidity and not changes in credit quality. Management expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.
 
As of December 31, 2010, the Company does not intend to sell nor is it anticipated that it would be required to sell any of its investment securities that have losses. Therefore, management does not consider any investment to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010.

65


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Included in other assets is $13.1 million of Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock stated at par value. At December 31, 2010, the Company has not identified events or changes in circumstances which may have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the $13.1 million of cost method investment securities.
 
Note E   Loans
 
Information relating to loans at December 31 is summarized as follows:
 
                 
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Construction and land development
  $ 79,306     $ 162,868  
Commercial real estate
    543,603       584,217  
Residential real estate
    516,994       524,860  
Commercial and financial
    48,825       61,058  
Consumer
    51,602       64,024  
Other
    278       476  
                 
NET LOAN BALANCES
  $ 1,240,608     $ 1,397,503  
                 
 
 
(1) Net loan balances at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are net of deferred costs of $973,000 and $393,000, respectively.
 
One of the sources of the Company’s business is loans to directors and executive officers. The aggregate dollar amount of these loans was approximately $5,332,000 and $6,075,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. During 2010 new loans totaling $1,213,000 were made and reductions totaled $1,956,000.
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, loans pledged as collateral for borrowings totaled $55.0 million for each year, respectively. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, an additional $47.3 million and $83.6 million in loans was pledged as collateral for letters of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) utilized to satisfy Seacoast National’s requirements as a qualified public depository within the state of Florida.
 
Loans are made to individuals as well as commercial and tax exempt entities. Specific loan terms vary as to interest rate, repayment, and collateral requirements based on the type of loan requested and the credit worthiness of the prospective borrower.
 
Concentrations of Credit   All of the Company’s lending activity occurs within the State of Florida, including Orlando in Central Florida and Southeast coastal counties from Brevard County in the North to Palm Beach County in the south, as well as all of the counties surrounding Lake Okeechobee in the center of the state. The Company’s loan portfolio consists of approximately one half commercial and commercial real estate loans and one half consumer and residential real estate loans.
 
The Company’s extension of credit is governed the Credit Risk Policy which was established to control the quality of the Company’s loans. These policies and procedures are reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors on a regular basis.
 
Construction and Land Development Loans   The Company defines construction and land development loans as exposures secured by land development and construction (including 1-4 family residential construction), multi-family property, and non-farm nonresidential property where the primary or significant source of repayment is from rental income associated with that property (that is, loans for which 50 percent or more of the source of repayment comes from third party, non-affiliated rental income) or the proceeds of the sale, refinancing, or permanent financing of the property.


66


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Commercial Real Estate Loans   The Company’s goal is to create and maintain a high quality portfolio of commercial real estate loans with customers who meet the quality and relationship profitability objectives of the company. Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial and industrial loans. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and the repayment of these loans is largely dependent on the successful operation of the property. Loan performance may be adversely affected by factors impacting the general economy or conditions specific to the real estate market such as geographic location and/or property type.
 
Residential Real Estate Loans   The Company selectively adds residential mortgage loans to its portfolio, primarily loans with adjustable rates, home equity mortgages and home equity lines. Substantially all residential originations have been underwritten to conventional loan agency standards, including loans having balances that exceed agency value limitations. The Company has never offered sub-prime, Alt A, Option ARM or any negative amortizing residential loans, programs or products, although we have originated and hold residential mortgage loans from borrowers with original or current FICO credit scores that are less than “prime.”
 
Commercial and Financial Loans   Commercial credit is extended primarily to small to medium sized professional firms, retail and wholesale operators and light industrial and manufacturing concerns. Such credits typically comprise working capital loans, loans for physical asset expansion, asset acquisition and other business loans. Loans to closely held businesses will generally be guaranteed in full or for a meaningful amount by the businesses major owners. Commercial loans are made based primarily on the historical and projected cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not behave as forecasted and collateral securing loans may fluctuate in value due to economic or individual performance factors. Minimum standards and underwriting guidelines have been established for all commercial loan types.
 
Consumer Loans   The Company originates consumer loans including installment loans, loans for automobiles, boats, and other personal, family and household purposes, and indirect loans through dealers to finance automobiles. For each loan type several factors including debt to income, type of collateral and loan to collateral value, credit history and Company relationship with the borrower is considered during the underwriting process.
 
The following table presents the contractual aging of the recorded investment in past due loans by class of loans as of December 31, 2010:
 
                                                 
                Accruing
                   
    Accruing
    Accruing
    Greater
                Total
 
    30-59 Days
    60-89 Days
    Than
                Financing
 
    Past Due     Past Due     90 Days     Nonaccrual     Current     Receivables  
    (In thousands)  
 
Construction and land development
  $ 147     $ 20     $     $ 29,229     $ 49,910     $ 79,306  
Commercial real estate
    76                   19,101       524,426       543,603  
Residential real estate
    3,493       598             14,810       498,093       516,994  
Commercial and financial
    70       1             4,607       44,147       48,825  
Consumer
    410       176             537       50,479       51,602  
Other
                            278       278  
                                                 
Total
  $ 4,196     $ 795     $     $ 68,284     $ 1,167,333     $ 1,240,608  
                                                 
 
Nonaccrual loans and loans past due ninety days or more were $68.3 million at December 31, 2010. The reduction in interest income associated with loans on nonaccrual status was approximately $5.1 million, $6.6 million, and $9.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.


67


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Company utilizes an internal asset classification system as a means of reporting problem and potential problem loans. Under the Company’s risk rating system, the Company classifies problem and potential problem loans as “Special Mention,” “Substandard,” and “Doubtful”. Substandard loans include those characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loans classified as Doubtful, have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. Loans that do not currently expose the Company to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but possess weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention are deemed to be Special Mention. Risk ratings are updated any time the situation warrants.
 
Loans not meeting the criteria above are considered to be pass-rated loans. The following tables present the risk category of loans by class of loans based on the most recent analysis performed and the contractual aging as of December 31, 2010:
 
                                                 
    Construction
                Commercial
             
    & Land
    Commercial
    Residential
    and
    Consumer
       
    Development     Real Estate     Real Estate     Financial     Loans     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Pass
  $ 41,650     $ 390,792     $ 473,525     $ 41,966     $ 49,643     $ 997,576  
Special mention
    265       70,810       1,441       1,866       693       75,075  
Substandard
    4,140       23,214       5,410       283       276       33,323  
Doubtful
                                   
Nonaccrual
    29,229       19,101       14,810       4,607       537       68,284  
Troubled debt restructures
    4,022       39,686       21,808       103       731       66,350  
                                                 
    $ 79,306     $ 543,603     $ 516,994     $ 48,825     $ 51,880     $ 1,240,608  
                                                 


68


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note F   Impaired Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company’s recorded investment in impaired loans and related valuation allowance was as follows:
 
                                         
    Impaired Loans
 
    for the Year Ended December 31, 2010  
          Unpaid
    Related
    Average
    Interest
 
    Recorded
    Principal
    Valuation
    Recorded
    Income
 
    Investment     Balance     Allowance     Investment     Recognized  
    ( In thousands )  
 
With no related allowance recorded:
                                       
Construction and land development
  $ 3,826     $ 9,243     $             $ 29  
Commercial real estate
    22,365       27,962                     382  
Residential real estate
    9,731       14,561                     54  
Commercial and financial
    4,607       4,721                      
Consumer
    5       5                     1  
With an allowance recorded:
                                       
Construction and land development
    29,425       32,232       5,076               211  
Commercial real estate
    36,421       42,173       5,404               1,198  
Residential real estate
    26,887       27,188       3,640               741  
Commercial and financial
    104       104       9                
Consumer
    1,263       1,271       233               55  
Total:
                                       
Construction and land development
    33,251       41,475       5,076     $ 51,583       240  
Commercial real estate
    58,786       70,135       5,404       61,448       1,580  
Residential real estate
    36,618       41,749       3,640       31,174       795  
Commercial and financial
    4,711       4,825       9       3,016        
Consumer
    1,268       1,276       233       1,837       56  
                                         
    $ 134,634     $ 159,460     $ 14,362     $ 149,058     $ 2,671  
                                         
 
                                 
    Impaired Loans
 
    for the Year Ended December 31, 2009  
          Related
    Average
    Interest
 
    Recorded
    Valuation
    Recorded
    Income
 
    Investment     Allowance     Investment     Recognized  
    ( In thousands )  
 
With no related allowance recorded
  $ 63,674     $                  
With an allowance recorded
    91,636       13,042                  
                                 
    $ 155,310     $ 13,042     $ 137,295     $ 708  
                                 
 
Impaired loans also include loans that have been modified in troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) where concessions to borrowers who experienced financial difficulties have been granted. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, accruing TDRs totaled $66.4 million and $57.4 million, respectively.
 
The valuation allowance is included in the allowance for loan losses. The average recorded investment in impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $149,058,000, $137,295,000 and $74,287,000, respectively. The impaired loans were measured for impairment based primarily on the value of underlying collateral.


69


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Interest payments received on impaired loans are recorded as interest income unless collection of the remaining recorded investment is doubtful at which time payments received are recorded as reductions to principal. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company recorded $2,671,000, $708,000 and $673,000, respectively in interest income on impaired loans.
 
The nonaccrual loans and accruing loans past due 90 days or more for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $68,284,000 and $0, respectively, were $97,876,000 and $156,000, respectively, at the end of 2009, and were $86,970,000 and $1,838,000, respectively, at year end 2008.
 
Transactions in the allowance for loan losses for the three years ended December 31, are summarized as follows:
 
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
    ( In thousands )  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 45,192     $ 29,388     $ 21,902  
Provision for loan losses
    31,680       124,767       88,634  
Charge offs:
                       
Construction and land development
    18,135       38,906       72,191  
Commercial real estate
    11,162       31,080       3,384  
Residential real estate
    10,797       36,282       5,051  
Commercial and financial
    759       3,337       2,251  
Consumer
    775       1,221       502  
                         
TOTAL CHARGE OFFS
    41,628       110,826       83,379  
Recoveries:
                       
Construction and land development
    483       578       1858  
Commercial real estate
    517       293        
Residential real estate
    861       529       55  
Commercial and financial
    424       197       222  
Consumer
    215       266       96  
                         
TOTAL RECOVERIES
    2,500       1,863       2,231  
                         
Net loan charge offs
    39,128       108,963       81,148  
                         
ENDING BALANCE
  $ 37,744     $ 45,192     $ 29,388  
                         
 
As further discussed in Note A, “Significant Accounting Policies,” the allowance for loan losses is composed of specific allowances for certain impaired loans and general allowances grouped into loan pools based on similar characteristics. The Company’s loan portfolio and related allowance at December 31, 2010 is shown in the table below:
 
                                                                                                 
    As of December 31, 2010  
    Construction & Land Development     Commercial Real Estate     Residential Real Estate     Commercial and Financial     Consumer Loans     Total  
    Carrying
    Associated
    Carrying
    Associated
    Carrying
    Associated
    Carrying
    Associated
    Carrying
    Associated
    Carrying
    Associated
 
(Dollars in millions)
  Value     Allowance     Value     Allowance     Value     Allowance     Value     Allowance     Value     Allowance     Value     Allowance  
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
  $ 33,251     $ 5,076     $ 58,786     $ 5,404     $ 36,618     $ 3,640     $ 4,711     $ 9     $ 1,268     $ 233     $ 134,634     $ 14,362  
Collectively evaluated for impairment
    46,055       2,138       484,817       13,159       480,376       6,462       44,114       471       50,612       1,152       1,105,974       23,382  
                                                                                                 
Total Loans
  $ 79,306     $ 7,214     $ 543,603     $ 18,563     $ 516,994     $ 10,102     $ 48,825     $ 480     $ 51,880     $ 1,385     $ 1,240,608     $ 37,744  
                                                                                                 


70


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note G   Bank Premises and Equipment
 
Bank premises and equipment are summarized as follows:
 
                         
          Accumulated
    Net
 
          Depreciation &
    Carrying
 
    Cost     Amortization     Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
December 31, 2010
                       
Premises (including land of $8,883)
  $ 48,522     $ (17,528 )   $ 30,994  
Furniture and equipment
    21,080       (16,029 )     5,051  
                         
    $ 69,602     $ (33,557 )   $ 36,045  
                         
December 31, 2009
                       
Premises (including land of $9,262)
  $ 48,347     $ (15,745 )   $ 32,602  
Furniture and equipment
    20,922       (14,592 )     6,330  
                         
    $ 69,269     $ (30,337 )   $ 38,932  
                         
 
In accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 360-10, the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets held for sale with a carrying amount of $2.4 million were written down to their fair value of $1.4 million based on appraised values less selling costs resulting in losses of $228,000 and $753,000, respectively, for 2010 and 2009 which was included in the consolidated statement of operations as “net loss on other estate owned and repossessed assets”. The remaining fair value was reclassified to “other real estate owned” on the consolidated balance sheet during 2010.
 
Note H   Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are presented below.
 
         
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance, December 31, 2008
  $ 49,813  
Impairment of goodwill
    (49,813 )
         
Balance, December 31, 2009
     
Additions of goodwill, net
     
         
Balance, December 31, 2010
  $  
         
 
Goodwill for the Company’s single reporting unit was tested annually for impairment prior to 2009.
 
During 2009, we performed an impairment test prior to the annual impairment testing date due to the uncertainty in the interest rate environment, continued softness in the real estate market and the market volatility of the financial financial services industry in 2009. This impairment test indicated that the step 2 analysis was necessary. A step 2 analysis of the goodwill impairment test was performed to measure the impairment loss. The step 2 analysis requires that the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill be compared to the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess. After performing the step 2 analysis in 2009, it was determined that the implied value of goodwill was less than its carrying cost, resulting in an impairment charge of $49,813,000.
 
Impairment exists when a reporting unit’s carrying value of goodwill exceeds its fair value, which is determined through a two step impairment test. Step 1 includes a determination of the carrying value of the


71


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
reporting unit, including existing goodwill and intangible assets, and estimating the fair value of the reporting unit. The fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying amount and, if the carrying amount exceeds its fair value, we are required to perform a step 2 analysis to the impairment test.
 
The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each of the Company’s identified intangible assets subject to amortization at December 31, 2010 and 2009, are presented below.
 
                                 
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
    Gross
          Gross
       
    Carrying
    Accumulated
    Carrying
    Accumulated
 
    Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amortization  
    (In thousands)  
 
Deposit base intangible
  $ 9,494     $ (6,357 )   $ 9,494     $ (5,373 )
                                 
    $ 9,494     $ (6,357 )   $ 9,494     $ (5,373 )
                                 
 
Intangible amortization expense related to identified intangible assets for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, is presented below.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Intangible Amortization
                       
Identified intangible assets
                       
Deposit base
  $ 985     $ 1,259     $ 1,259  
 
The estimated annual amortization expense for identified intangible assets determined using the straight line method in each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2010, is as follows (in thousands): 2011, $847; 2012, $788; 2013, $783; 2014, $719; and zero thereafter.
 
Note I   Borrowings
 
All of the Company’s short-term borrowings were comprised of federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase with maturities primarily from overnight to seven days:
 
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end
  $ 125,920     $ 158,815     $ 157,496  
Weighted average interest rate at end of year
    0.25 %     0.26 %     0.38 %
Average amount outstanding
  $ 87,106     $ 117,171     $ 91,134  
Weighted average interest rate during the year
    0.27 %     0.37 %     1.61 %
 
On July 31, 1998, the Company obtained an advance of $15,000,000 from the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), with interest payable quarterly at a fixed rate of 6.10 percent. During 2007, the Company obtained additional advances of $25,000,000 each on September 25, 2007 and November 27, 2007, increasing total borrowings from the FHLB to $65,000,000 at December 31, 2008. The original $15,000,000 advance matured on November 12, 2009, thereby reducing total borrowings to $50,000,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The two remaining advances mature on September 15, 2017 and November 27, 2017, respectively, and have fixed rates of 3.64 percent and 2.70 percent at December 31, 2010, respectively, payable quarterly; the FHLB has a perpetual three-month option to convert the interest rate on either advance to an adjustable rate and the Company has the option to prepay the advance should the FHLB convert the interest rate.
 
Seacoast National has unused secured lines of credit of $461,487,000 at December 31, 2010.


72


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Company issued $20,619,000 in junior subordinated debentures on March 31 and December 16, 2005, an aggregate of $41,238,000. These debentures were issued in conjunction with the formation of a Delaware and Connecticut trust subsidiary, SBCF Capital Trust I, and II (“Trusts I and II”) which each completed a private sale of $20.0 million of floating rate preferred securities. On June 29, 2007, the Company issued an additional $12,372,000 in junior subordinated debentures which was issued in conjunction with the formation of a Delaware trust subsidiary, SBCF Statutory Trust III (“Trust III”), which completed a private sale of $12.0 million of floating rate trust preferred securities. The rates on the trust preferred securities are the 3-month LIBOR rate plus 175 basis points, the 3-month LIBOR rate plus 133 basis points, and the 3-month LIBOR rate plus 135 basis points, respectively. The rates, which adjust every three months, are currently 2.05 percent, 1.63 percent, and 1.65 percent, respectively, per annum. The trust preferred securities have original maturities of thirty years, and may be redeemed without penalty on or after June 10, 2010, March 15, 2011, and September 15, 2012, respectively, upon approval of the Federal Reserve or upon occurrence of certain events affecting their tax or regulatory capital treatment. Distributions on the trust preferred securities are payable quarterly in March, June, September and December of each year. The Trusts also issued $619,000, $619,000 and $372,000, respectively, of common equity securities to the Company. The proceeds of the offering of trust preferred securities and common equity securities were used by Trusts I and II to purchase the $41.2 million junior subordinated deferrable interest notes issued by the Company, and by Trust III to purchase the $12.4 million junior subordinated deferrable interest notes issued by the Company, all of which have terms substantially similar to the trust preferred securities.
 
The Company has the right to defer payments of interest on the notes at any time or from time to time for a period of up to twenty consecutive quarterly interest payment periods. Under the terms of the notes, in the event that under certain circumstances there is an event of default under the notes or the Company has elected to defer interest on the notes, the Company may not, with certain exceptions, declare or pay any dividends or distributions on its capital stock or purchase or acquire any of its capital stock. The Company executed its right to defer interest payments on the notes beginning May 19, 2009 and as a result no common or preferred stock dividends can be paid. As of December 31, 2010, our accumulated deferred interest payments on trust preferred securities was $2.0 million.
 
The Company has entered into agreements to guarantee the payments of distributions on the trust preferred securities and payments of redemption of the trust preferred securities. Under these agreements, the Company also agrees, on a subordinated basis, to pay expenses and liabilities of the Trusts other than those arising under the trust preferred securities. The obligations of the Company under the junior subordinated notes, the trust agreement establishing the Trusts, the guarantees and agreements as to expenses and liabilities, in aggregate, constitute a full and conditional guarantee by the Company of the Trusts’ obligations under the trust preferred securities.
 
Despite the fact that the accounts of the Trusts are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, $52.0 million in trust preferred securities issued by the Trusts are included in the Tier 1 capital of the Company at December 31, 2010, as allowed by Federal Reserve guidelines.
 
During 2010 and 2009, the Company’s banking subsidiary utilized $43.0 million and $76.0 million, respectively, in letters of credit issued by the FHLB to satisfy a portion of its pledging requirement to transact business as a qualified public depository within the state of Florida. The letters of credit have a term of one year with an annual fee equivalent of five basis points, or $21,500 and $38,000, respectively, amortized over the one year term of the letters. No interest cost is associated with the letters of credit.
 
Note J   Employee Benefits and Stock Compensation
 
The Company’s profit sharing and retirement plan covers substantially all employees after one year of service includes a matching benefit feature for employees electing to defer the elective portion of their profit sharing compensation. In addition, amounts of compensation contributed by employees are matched on a


73


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
percentage basis under the plan. The profit sharing and retirement contributions charged to operations were $373,000 in 2010, $417,000 in 2009, and $1,362,000 in 2008.
 
The Company’s stock option and stock appreciation rights plans were approved by the Company’s shareholders on April 25, 1991, April 25, 1996, April 20, 2000 and May 8, 2008. The number of shares of common stock that may be granted pursuant to the 1991 and 1996 plans shall not exceed 990,000 shares for each plan, pursuant to the 2000 plan shall not exceed 1,320,000 shares, and pursuant to the 2008 plan, shall not exceed 1,500,000 shares. The Company has granted options and stock appreciation rights (“SSARs”) on 826,000, 933,000, 791,000 shares for the 1991, 1996 and 2000 plans, respectively, through December 31, 2010; no options or SSARs have been issued under the 2008 plan. Under the 2000 plan the Company issued 21,000 shares of restricted stock awards at $10.92 per share during 2008 and 17,000 shares at $1.90 per share during 2010. Under the plans, the option or SSARs exercise price equals the common stock’s market price on the date of the grant. All options issued prior to December 31, 2002 have a vesting period of four years and a contractual life of ten years. All options or SSARs issued after that have a vesting period of five years and a contractual life of ten years. To the extent the Company has treasury shares available, stock options exercised or stock grants awarded may be issued from treasury shares or, if treasury shares are insufficient, the Company can issue new shares. The Company has a single share repurchase program in place, approved on September 18, 2001, authorizing the repurchase of up to 825,000 shares; the maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under this program is 156,000. Under TARP and Federal Reserve policy, the Company’s stock repurchases are limited.
 
The Company did not grant any stock options or SSARS in 2010, 2009 or 2008. Stock option fair value is measured on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with market assumptions. Option pricing models require the use of highly subjective assumptions, including expected price volatility, which when changed can materially affect fair value estimates. Accordingly, the model does not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of the Company’s stock options or SSARs.


74


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table presents a summary of stock option and SSARs activity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
 
                                 
          Option or
          Aggregate
 
    Number of
    SSAR Price
    Weighted Average
    Intrinsic
 
    Shares     Per Share     Exercise Price     Value  
 
Dec. 31, 2007
    844,000     $ 7.46 — 27.36     $ 18.89     $ 277,000  
Granted
    0       0       0          
Exercised
    (71,000 )     8.79       8.79          
Expired
    (86,000 )     8.79       8.79          
Cancelled
    (76,000 )     17.08 — 26.72       22.26          
     
     
Dec. 31, 2008
    611,000       7.46 — 27.36       21.06     $ 0  
Granted
    0       0       0          
Exercised
    0       0       0          
Expired
    0       0       0          
Cancelled
    (53,000 )     8.22 — 26.72       19.60          
     
     
Dec. 31, 2009
    558,000       7.46 — 27.36       21.21     $ 0  
Granted
    0       0       0          
Exercised
    0       0       0          
Expired
    0       0       0          
Cancelled
    (11,000 )     7.46 — 26.72       11.88          
     
     
Dec. 31, 2010
    547,000       17.08 — 27.36       21.39     $ 0  
 
No stock options were exercised during 2010. No windfall tax benefits were realized from the exercise of stock options and no cash was utilized to settle equity instruments granted under stock option awards.
 
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2010:
 
                     
Options / SSARs Outstanding   Options / SSARs Exercisable (Vested)
    Weighted Average
      Weighted
  Weighted Average
   
Number of
  Remaining
  Number of
  Average
  Remaining
  Aggregate
Shares
  Contractual Life
  Shares
  Exercise
  Contractual Life
  Intrinsic
Outstanding
  in Years   Exercisable   Price   in Years   Value
 
547,000
  4.88   405,000   20.89   4.4   $0
 
Adjusting for potential forfeiture experience, non-vested stock options and SSARs for 125,000 shares were outstanding at December 31, 2010 and are as follows:
 
                 
    Weighted
          Weighted
Number of
  Average
      Remaining
  Average
Non-Vested
  Remaining
  Weighted
  Unrecognized
  Remaining
Stock Options
  Contractual Life
  Average
  Compensation
  Recognition
and SSARs
  In Years   Fair Value   Cost   Period in Years
 
125,000
  6.14   4.41   $342,000   1.14
 
The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised in 2008 was $144,000.


75


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Since December 31, 2009, restricted stock awards of 17,000 shares were issued, 11,000 awards have vested and no awards were cancelled. Non-vested restricted stock awards for a total of 38,000 shares were outstanding a December 31, 2010, 6,000 greater than at December 31, 2009, and are as follows:
 
         
Number of
       
Non-Vested
  Remaining
  Weighted Average
Restricted Stock
  Unrecognized
  Remaining Recognition
Award Shares
  Compensation Cost   Period in Years
 
38,000
  $256,000   1.30
 
In 2010, 2009 and 2008 the Company recognized $493,000 ($303,000 after tax), $580,000 ($357,000 after tax) and $1,095,000 ($673,000 after tax), respectively of non-cash compensation expense.
 
No cash was utilized to settle equity instruments granted under restricted stock awards. No compensation cost has been capitalized and no significant modifications have occurred with regard to the contractual terms for stock options, SSARs or restricted stock awards.
 
Note K   Lease Commitments
 
The Company is obligated under various noncancellable operating leases for equipment, buildings, and land. Minimum rent payments under operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. At December 31, 2010, future minimum lease payments under leases with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year are as follows:
 
         
    (In thousands)  
 
2011
  $ 3,705  
2012
    3,083  
2013
    2,519  
2014
    2,367  
2015
    2,132  
Thereafter
    13,454  
         
    $ 27,260  
         
 
Rent expense charged to operations was $3,951,000 for 2010, $4,257,000 for 2009 and $4,402,000 for 2008. Certain leases contain provisions for renewal and change with the consumer price index.
 
Certain property is leased from related parties of the Company. Lease payments to these individuals were $0 in 2010, $312,000 in 2009 and $326,000 in 2008.


76


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note L   Income Taxes
 
The benefit for income taxes is as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2010     2009     2008  
          (In thousands)        
 
Current
                       
Federal
  $ 29     $ 812     $ (22,217 )
State
    24       (4 )     (76 )
Deferred
                       
Federal
    (29 )     (10,488 )     (246 )
State
    (24 )     (2,145 )     439  
                         
    $     $ (11,825 )   $ (22,100 )
                         
 
The difference between the total expected tax benefit (computed by applying the U.S. Federal tax rate of 35% to pretax income in 2010, 2009 and 2008) and the reported income tax benefit relating to loss before income taxes is as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Tax rate applied to loss before income taxes
  $ (11,622 )   $ (55,479 )   $ (23,694 )
Increase (decrease) resulting from the effects of:
                       
Goodwill impairment
          17,435        
Tax exempt interest on obligations of states and political subdivisions
    (177 )     (168 )     (186 )
State income taxes
    506       1,868       1,726  
Stock compensation
    150       179       162  
Other
    174       1,108       (471 )
                         
Federal tax benefit before valuation allowance
    (10,969 )     (35,057 )     (22,463 )
State tax benefit before valuation allowance
    (1,666 )     (6,419 )     (5,213 )
                         
Total income tax benefit
    (12,635 )     (41,476 )     (27,676 )
Change in valuation allowance
    12,635       29,651       5,576  
                         
Income tax benefit
  $     $ (11,825 )   $ (22,100 )
                         


77


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The net deferred tax assets (liabilities) are comprised of the following:
 
                 
    December 31  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 15,304     $ 18,329  
Other real estate owned
    4,690       557  
Capital losses
    386       386  
Accrued stock compensation
    351       311  
Federal tax loss carryforward
    41,277       31,416  
State tax loss carryforward
    7,961       7,038  
Deferred compensation
    1,034       1,201  
Other
    437       194  
                 
Gross deferred tax assets
    71,440       59,432  
Less: Valuation allowance
    (47,862 )     (35,227 )
                 
Deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance
    23,578       24,205  
Depreciation
    (1,909 )     (2,386 )
Deposit base intangible
    (1,172 )     (1,557 )
Net unrealized securities gains
    (1,152 )     (1,262 )
Accrued interest and fee income
    (394 )     (159 )
                 
Gross deferred tax liabilities
    (4,627 )     (5,364 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 18,951     $ 18,841  
                 
 
Although realization is not assured, the Company believes that the realization of the recognized net deferred tax asset of $18.9 million is more likely than not based on expectations as to future taxable income and available tax planning strategies, as defined in ASC 740, that could be implemented if necessary to prevent a carryforward from expiring. The Company’s net deferred tax asset (DTA) of $18.9 million consists of approximately $52.1 million of net U.S. federal DTAs, $14.7 million of net state DTAs, a $36.4 million federal DTA valuation allowance, and a $11.5 million state DTA valuation allowance.
 
As a result of the losses incurred in 2008, the Company reached a three-year cumulative pretax loss position at December 31, 2008. Losses in 2009 and 2010 added to this cumulative loss position that is considered significant negative evidence in assessing the realizability of a DTA. The positive evidence that can be used to offset this negative evidence can include forecasts of sufficient taxable income in the carryforward period, exclusive of tax planning strategies and sufficient tax planning strategies that could produce income sufficient to fully realize the DTAs. In general, the Company would need to generate approximately $149 million of taxable income during the respective carryforward periods to fully realize its federal DTAs, and $267 million to realize state DTAs. The Company believes only a portion of the federal and state DTAs can be realized from tax planning strategies and therefore a valuation allowance of $36.4 million and $11.5 million was recorded, respectively, for federal and state DTAs. The use of the Company’s forecast of future taxable income was not considered sufficient positive evidence at this time given the uncertain economic conditions. The amount of the DTA considered realizable, however, could be reduced if estimates of future taxable income from tax planning strategies during the carryforward period are lower than forecasted due to further deterioration in market conditions.
 
The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards expire in annual installments beginning in 2029 and run through 2030.


78


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Company has unrecognized income tax benefits of $99,000 related to uncertain income tax positions related to year end 2006. The positions will be monitored prospectively and the benefit recorded should unambiguous interpretation of law and regulation, a review by the taxing authority, or relevant circumstances, including expiration of the statute of limitation, deem recognition of the benefit. The Company expects no changes in the gross balance of unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.
 
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related, as appropriate, as part of the provisioning for income taxes. Interest of $4,000, $4,000 and $6,000 was accrued during 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively, and is outstanding at December 31, 2010. The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) examined the federal income tax return for the year 2003. The IRS did not propose any material adjustments related to this examination. The following are the major tax jurisdictions in which the Company operates and the earliest tax year subject to examination:
 
         
Jurisdiction
  Tax Year
 
United States of America
    2006  
Florida
    2007  
 
The Company filed for a federal tax refund for taxes paid in 2006 and 2007. As a result, in early 2010 the Internal revenue Service began an examination of the 2008 tax return, as well as, 2006 and 2007 for carryback purposes.
 
Income taxes related to securities transactions were $1,422,000, $2,083,000 and $137,000 in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.


79


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note M   Noninterest Income and Expenses
 
Details of noninterest income and expense follow:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Noninterest income
                       
Service charges on deposit accounts
  $ 5,925     $ 6,491     $ 7,389  
Trust fees
    1,977       2,098       2,344  
Mortgage banking fees
    2,119       1,746       1,118  
Brokerage commissions and fees
    1,174       1,416       2,097  
Marine finance fees
    1,334       1,153       2,304  
Debit card income
    3,163       2,613       2,453  
Other deposit based EFT fees
    321       331       359  
Merchant income
    1,314       1,764       2,399  
Other
    1,918       1,403       1,778  
                         
      19,245       19,015       22,241  
Securities gains, net
    3,687       5,399       355  
                         
TOTAL
  $ 22,932     $ 24,414     $ 22,596  
                         
Noninterest expense
                       
Salaries and wages
  $ 26,408     $ 26,693     $ 30,159  
Employee benefits
    5,717       6,109       7,173  
Outsourced data processing costs
    7,092       7,143       7,612  
Telephone / data lines
    1,505       1,835       1,896  
Occupancy
    7,480       8,260       8,292  
Furniture and equipment
    2,398       2,649       2,841  
Marketing
    2,910       2,067       2,614  
Legal and professional fees
    7,977       6,984       5,662  
FDIC assessments
    3,958       4,952       2,028  
Amortization of intangibles
    985       1,259       1,259  
Asset dispositions expense
    2,268       1,172       747  
Net loss on other real estate owned and repossessed assets
    13,541       5,155       677  
Goodwill impairment
    0       49,813        
Other
    8,428       7,656       7,930  
                         
TOTAL
  $ 90,667     $ 131,747     $ 78,890  
                         
 
Note N   Shareholders’ Equity
 
The Company has reserved 730,000 common shares for issuance in connection with an employee stock purchase plan and 742,500 common shares for issuance in connection with an employee profit sharing plan. At December 31, 2010 an aggregate of 501,593 shares and 172,949 shares, respectively, have been issued as a result of employee participation in these plans.


80


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
In December 2008, in connection with the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) Capital Purchase Program, established as part of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the Company issued to the U.S. Treasury Department (U.S. Treasury) 2,000 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (“Series A Preferred Stock”) with a par value of $0.10 per share and a 10-year warrant to purchase approximately 589,625 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $6.36 per share. The proceeds received were allocated to the preferred stock and additional paid-in-capital based on their relative fair values. The Series A Preferred Stock initially pays quarterly dividends at a five percent annual rate that increases to nine percent after five years on a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share. Upon the request of the U.S. Treasury, at any time, the Company has agreed to enter into a deposit arrangement pursuant to which the Series A Preferred Stock may be deposited and depository shares may be issued. The Corporation has registered the Series A Preferred Stock, the warrant, the shares of common stock underlying the warrant and the depository shares, if any, for resale under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
The fair value of the warrants were calculated using the following assumptions:
 
         
Risk free interest rate
    2.17 %
Expected life of options
    10 years  
Expected dividend yield
    0.63 %
Expected volatility
    28 %
Weighted average fair value
  $ 5.30  
 
Beginning in the third quarter of 2008, we reduced our dividend per share of our common stock to $0.01 and, as of May 19, 2009, we suspended the payment of dividends, as described below. On May 19, 2009, our board of directors decided to suspend regular quarterly cash dividends on our outstanding common stock and Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to a request from the Federal Reserve as a result of recently adopted Federal Reserve policies related to dividends and other distributions. Dividends will be suspended until such time as dividends are allowed by the Federal Reserve.
 
As of December 31, 2010, the accumulated deferred dividend payment on Series A Preferred Stock was $4,893,000.
 
During August 2009, the Company successfully enhanced capital by selling 39,675,000 shares of Company common stock for $2.25 per share or $89.3 million, with approximately $75.8 million supplementing capital during the third quarter of 2009 and an additional $13.5 million from this sale settling during the fourth quarter of 2009. Approximately $82.6 million (net of expenses for the capital issuance) was added to shareholders’ equity.
 
A stock offering was completed during April of 2010 adding $50 million of Series B Mandatorily Convertible Nonvoting Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”) as permanent capital, resulting in approximately $47.1 million in additional Tier 1 risk-based equity, net of issuance costs. The shares of Series B Preferred Stock were mandatorily convertible into common shares five days subsequent to shareholder approval, which was granted at the Company’s annual meeting on June 22, 2010. Upon the conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, approximately 34,465,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were issued pursuant to the Investment Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2010 between the Company and the investors.
 
Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters presented to shareholders as provided in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation. The Company implemented a dividend reinvestment plan during 2007, issuing approximately 10,000 shares from treasury stock during each of the years 2010 and 2009.
 
A company that participates in the TARP must adopt certain standards for executive compensation, including (a) prohibiting “golden parachute” payments as defined in the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (EESA) to senior executive officers; (b) requiring recovery of any compensation paid to senior


81


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
executive officers based on criteria that is later proven to be materially inaccurate; (c) prohibiting incentive compensation that encourages unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the financial institution, and (d) accepting restrictions on the payment of dividends and the repurchase of common stock. As of December 31, 2010, Seacoast believes it is in compliance with all TARP standards and restrictions.
 
Required Regulatory Capital
 
                                                 
                Minimum To Be Well
            Minimum for Capital
  Capitalized Under Prompt
            Adequacy Purpose   Corrective Action Provisions
    Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
            (Dollars in thousands)        
 
SEACOAST BANKING CORP (CONSOLIDATED)
                                               
At December 31, 2010:
                                               
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
  $ 221,130       17.84 %   $ 99,140       ³ 8.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    205,364       16.57       49,570       ³ 4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Tier 1 Capital (to adjusted average assets)
    205,364       10.25       80,092       ³ 4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
At December 31, 2009:
                                               
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
  $ 214,075       15.16 %   $ 112,896       ³ 8.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    194,044       13.75       56,448       ³ 4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
Tier 1 Capital (to adjusted average assets)
    194,044       8.88       87,355       ³ 4.00 %     N/A       N/A  
SEACOAST NATIONAL BANK (A WHOLLY OWNED BANK SUBSIDIARY)
                                               
At December 31, 2010:
                                               
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
  $ 201,699       16.29 %   $ 99,008       ³ 8.00 %   $ 123,761       ³ 10.00 %
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    185,953       15.02       49,504       ³ 4.00 %     74,256       ³ 6.00 %
Tier 1 Capital (to adjusted average assets)
    185,953       9.29       80,024       ³ 4.00 %     100,030       ³ 5.00 %
At December 31, 2009:
                                               
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
  $ 201,837       14.31 %   $ 112,755       ³ 8.00 %   $ 140,944       ³ 10.00 %
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    183,878       13.04       56,377       ³ 4.00 %     84,566       ³ 6.00 %
Tier 1 Capital (to adjusted average assets)
    183,878       8.43       87,283       ³ 4.00 %     109,104       ³ 5.00 %
 
 
N/A — Not Applicable
 
The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to me minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative m of the Company’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.


82


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2010, that the Company meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
 
The Company is well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Company must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth above. At December 31, 2010, the Company’s deposit-taking bank subsidiary met the capital and leverage ratio requirements for well capitalized banks.
 
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and Seacoast National agreed by letter agreement that Seacoast National shall maintain specific minimum capital ratios as of March 31, 2009 and subsequent periods, including a total risk-based capital ratio of 12.00 percent and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 7.50 percent. The minimum Tier 1 capital ratio was subsequently revised by the OCC and Seacoast National to 8.50 percent for periods after January 31, 2010. The minimum total risk-based capital ratio was left unchanged. The agreement with the OCC as to minimum capital ratios does not change the Bank’s status as “well-capitalized” for bank regulatory purposes.
 
Note O
 
Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida
(Parent Company Only) Financial Information
 
Balance Sheets
 
                 
    December 31  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Cash
  $ 17,944     $ 7,834  
Securities purchased under agreement to resell with subsidiary bank, maturing within 30 days
    3,629       5,230  
Investment in subsidiaries
    200,498       193,329  
Other assets
    10       135  
                 
    $ 222,081     $ 206,528  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Subordinated debt
  $ 53,610     $ 53,610  
Other liabilities
    2,172       983  
Shareholders’ equity
    166,299       151,935  
                 
    $ 222,081     $ 206,528  
                 


83


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Statements of Operations
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2010     2009     2008  
          (In thousands)        
 
Income
                       
Dividends from subsidiary Bank
  $     $     $ 6,813  
Interest/other
    12       12       108  
                         
      12       12       6,921  
Interest expense
    1,187       1,365       2,614  
Other expenses
    879       521       697  
                         
Income (loss) before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed loss of subsidiaries
    (2,054 )     (1,874 )     3,610  
Income tax benefit
          656       1,121  
                         
Income (loss) before equity in undistributed loss of subsidiaries
    (2,054 )     (1,218 )     4,731  
Equity in undistributed loss of subsidiaries
    (31,149 )     (145,468 )     (50,328 )
                         
Net loss
  $ (33,203 )   $ (146,686 )   $ (45,597 )
                         


84


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Statement of Cash Flows
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31        
    2010     2009     2008        
          (In thousands)              
 
Cash flows from operating activities
                               
Interest received
  $ 12     $ 12     $ 108          
Interest paid
    0       (440 )     (2,650 )        
Dividends received
                6,813          
Income taxes received
    63       687       1,150          
Other
    (893 )     (551 )     (629 )        
                                 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (818 )     (292 )     4,792          
Cash flows from investing activities
                               
Decrease (increase) in securities purchased under agreement to resell, maturing within 30 days, net
    1,601       (4,062 )     700          
Investments in subsidiaries
    (38,000 )     (108,000 )     (12,000 )        
                                 
Net cash used in investment activities
    (36,399 )     (112,062 )     (11,300 )        
Cash flows from financing activities
                               
Issuance of U.S. Treasury preferred stock and warrants
                50,000          
Issuance of common stock, net of related expense
    47,127       82,553                
Stock based employment plans
    180       174       908          
Dividend reinvestment plan
    20       31       89          
Dividends paid
    0       (580 )     (6,489 )        
                                 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    47,327       82,178       44,508          
Net change in cash
    10,110       (30,176 )     38,000          
Cash at beginning of year
    7,834       38,010       10          
                                 
Cash at end of year
  $ 17,944     $ 7,834     $ 38,010          
                                 
RECONCILIATION OF LOSS TO CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                               
Net loss
  $ (33,203 )   $ (146,686 )   $ (45,597 )        
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
                               
Equity in undistributed loss of subsidiaries
    31,149       145,468       50,328          
Other, net
    1,236       926       61          
                                 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ (818 )   $ (292 )   $ 4,792          
                                 
 
Note P   Contingent Liabilities and Commitments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk
 
The Company and its subsidiaries, because of the nature of their business, are at all times subject to numerous legal actions, threatened or filed. Management presently believes that none of the legal proceedings to which it is a party are likely to have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, or operating results or cash flows, although no assurance can be given with respect to the ultimate outcome of any such claim or litigation.


85


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Company’s subsidiary bank is party to financial instruments with off balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.
 
The subsidiary bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contract or notional amount of those instruments. The subsidiary bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and standby letters of credit as they do for on balance sheet instruments.
 
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The subsidiary bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, and commercial and residential real estate. Of the $90,437,000 in commitments to extend credit outstanding at December 31, 2010, $72,566,000 is secured by 1-4 family residential properties for individuals with approximately $13,701,000 at fixed interest rates ranging from 3.63% to 6.25%.
 
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the subsidiary bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. These instruments have fixed termination dates and most end without being drawn; therefore, they do not represent a significant liquidity risk. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing, and similar transactions. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The subsidiary bank holds collateral supporting these commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary. The extent of collateral held for secured standby letters of credit at December 31, 2010 and 2009 amounted to $10,891,000 and $11,745,000 respectively.
 
                 
    December 31
    2010   2009
    (In thousands)
 
Contract or Notional Amount
               
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk:
               
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 90,437     $ 97,262  
Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written:
               
Secured
    2,686       3,370  
Unsecured
    59       432  


86


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note Q   Supplemental Disclosures for Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
Reconciliation of Net Loss to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities for the three years ended:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2010     2009     2008  
          (In thousands)        
 
Net loss
  $ (33,203 )   $ (146,686 )   $ (45,597 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities
                       
Impairment of goodwill
          49,813        
Depreciation
    3,097       3,483       3,462  
Amortization of premiums and discounts on securities
    623       (1,353 )     (512 )
Other amortization and accretion
    282       1,175       589  
Trading securities activity
                14,000  
Change in loans held for sale, net
    5,893       (6,933 )     1,495  
Provision for loan losses, net
    31,680       124,767       88,634  
Deferred tax benefit
    (53 )     (13,087 )     (6,773 )
Gain on sale of securities
    (3,687 )     (5,399 )     (355 )
Gain on sale of loans
    (113 )     (73 )     (38 )
Loss on sale or write down of foreclosed assets
    13,520       3,486       677  
Loss (gain) on disposition of equipment
    (31 )     841       (37 )
Stock based employee benefit expense
    493       580       1,095  
Change in interest receivable
    1,123       1,370       1,688  
Change in interest payable
    944       109       (313 )
Change in prepaid expenses
    3,822       (13,315 )     140  
Change in accrued taxes
    21,424       4,858       (17,204 )
Change in other assets
    (1,944 )     548       232  
Change in other liabilities
    (1,201 )     (1,202 )     490  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 42,669     $ 2,982     $ 41,673  
                         
Supplemental disclosure of non cash investing activities
                       
Fair value adjustment to securities
  $ (279 )   $ (70 )   $ 3,037  
Transfers from loans to other real estate owned
    22,114       29,256       8,092  
Transfers from loans to loans available for sale
          9,314        
Transfers from other assets to other real estate owned
    1,676              
Transfer from bank premises and equipment to other real estate owned
    377              
Purchase of securities under trade date accounting
    508              
Transfer of loans to other assets
    1,747              
Transfer of other real estate owned to other assets
    1,642              


87


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note R   Fair Value
 
Fair Value Instruments Measured at Fair Value
 
In certain circumstances, fair value enables the Company to more accurately align its financial performance with the market value of actively traded or hedged assets and liabilities. Fair values enable a company to mitigate the non-economic earnings volatility caused from financial assets and financial liabilities being carried at different bases of accounting, as well as to more accurately portray the active and dynamic management of a company’s balance sheet. ASC 820 provides additional guidance for estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability has significantly decreased. In addition, it includes guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly. Under ASC 820, fair value measurements for items measured at fair value at December 31, 2010 and 2009 included:
 
                                 
    Fair Value
  Quoted Prices in
  Significant Other
  Significant Other
    Measurements
  Active Markets for
  Observable
  Unobservable
    December 31, 2010   Identical Assets*   Inputs**   Inputs***
    (Dollars in thousands)
 
Available for sale securities
  $ 435,140     $     $ 435,140     $  
Loans available for sale
    12,519             12,519        
Loans(2)
    49,317             13,862       35,455  
OREO(1)
    25,697             1,971       23,726  
 
                                 
    Fair Value
  Quoted Prices in
  Significant Other
  Significant Other
    Measurements
  Active Markets for
  Observable
  Unobservable
    December 30, 2009   Identical Assets*   Inputs**   Inputs***
    (Dollars in thousands)
 
Available for sale securities
  $ 393,648     $     $ 393,648     $  
Loans available for sale
    18,412       9,314       9,098        
Loans(2)
    39,103             4,466       34,637  
OREO(1)
    25,385             2,838       22,547  
Long lived assets held for sale(1)
    1,682             1,682        
 
 
Level 1 inputs
 
** Level 2 inputs
 
*** Level 3 inputs
 
(1) Fair value is measured on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with the provisions of ASC 360.
 
(2) See Note F. Nonrecurring fair value adjustments to loans identified as impaired reflect full or partial write-downs that are based on the loans observable market price or current appraised value of the collateral in accordance with ASC 310.
 
When appraisals are used to determine fair value and the appraisals are based on a market approach, the related loan’s fair value is classified as level 2 input. The fair value of loans based on appraisals which require significant adjustments to market-based valuation inputs or apply an income approach based on unobservable cash flows, is classified as Level 3 inputs.
 
Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized on the actual date of the event or circumstances that caused the transfer, which generally coincides with the Company’s monthly and/or quarter valuation process.
 
During 2010 transfers into and out of level 2 fair value for available for sale securities consisted of investment purchases, sales, maturities and principal repayments.


88


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
For loans classified as level 2 the transfers in totaled $14.6 million consisting of loans that became impaired during 2010. Transfers out consisted of valuation write downs of $1.1 million, and foreclosures migrating to OREO and other reductions (including principal payments) totaling $4.0 million. No sales were recorded.
 
For OREO classified as level 2 during 2010 transfers out totaled $3.7 million consisting of valuation write-downs of $186,000 and sales of $3.6 million and transfers in consisted of foreclosed loans totaling $2.8 million.
 
The carrying value amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31 were as follows:
 
                                 
    At December 31
    2010   2009
    Carrying
  Fair
  Carrying
  Fair
    Amount   Value   Amount   Value
        (In thousands)    
 
Financial Assets
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 211,405     $ 211,405     $ 215,100     $ 215,100  
Securities
    462,001       461,993       410,735       410,858  
Loans, net
    1,202,864       1,224,452       1,352,311       1,354,545  
Loans held for sale
    12,519       12,519       18,412       18,412  
Financial Liabilities
                               
Deposits
    1,637,228       1,644,930       1,779,434       1,789,114  
Borrowings
    148,213       152,091       155,673       158,563  
Subordinated debt
    53,610       17,200       53,610       17,200  
 
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument for which it is practicable to estimate that value at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
Cash and cash equivalents:   The carrying amount was used as a reasonable estimate of fair value.
 
Securities:   The fair value of U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government agency, mutual fund and mortgage backed securities are based on market quotations when available or by using a discounted cash flow approach. The fair value of many state and municipal securities are not readily available through market sources, so fair value estimates are based on quoted market price or prices of similar instruments.
 
Loans:   Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type such as commercial, mortgage, etc. Each loan category is further segmented into fixed and adjustable rate interest terms and by performing and nonperforming categories. The fair value of loans, except residential mortgages, is calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risks inherent in the loan. For residential mortgage loans, fair value is estimated by discounting contractual cash flows adjusting for prepayment assumptions using discount rates based on secondary market sources. The estimated fair value is not an exit price fair value under ASC 820 when this valuation technique is used.
 
Loans held for sale:   Fair values are based upon estimated values to be received from independent third party purchasers.
 
Deposit Liabilities:   The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and money market deposits is the amount payable at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for funding of similar remaining maturities.


89


 

SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Borrowings:   The fair value of floating rate borrowings is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed rate borrowings is estimated using the rates currently offered for borrowings of similar remaining maturities.
 
Subordinated debt:   The fair value of the floating rate subordinated debt is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis and the Company’s current incremental borrowing rate for similar instruments.
 
Note S   Earnings Per Share
 
Basic earnings per common share were computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year.
 
In 2010, 2009,and 2008 options and warrants to purchase 1,136,000, 1,147,000, and 1,790,000 shares , respectively, were antidilutive and accordingly were excluded in determining diluted earnings per share.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
                Per Share
 
    Net Loss     Shares     Amount  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
2010
                       
Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share
                       
Loss available to common shareholders
  $ (36,951 )     76,561,692     $ (0.48 )
                         
2009
                       
Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share
                       
Loss available to common shareholders
  $ (150,434 )     31,733,260     $ (4.74 )
                         
2008
                       
Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share
                       
Loss available to common shareholders
  $ (45,712 )     18,997,757     $ (2.41 )
                         
 
Note T   Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, Net
 
Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity from all transactions other than those with stockholders, and it includes net income and other comprehensive income. Accumulated balances related to each component of other comprehensive income, net, is presented below.
 
                         
          Income Tax
       
    Pre-tax
    (Expense)
    After-tax
 
    Amount     Benefit     Amount  
    (In thousands)  
 
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET
                       
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net, December 31, 2008
  $ 3,345     $ (1,286 )   $ 2,059  
Net unrealized gain on securities
    2,287       (888 )     1,399  
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains and losses on securities
    (2,362 )     912       (1,450 )
                         
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net, December 31, 2009
    3,270       (1,262 )     2,008  
Net unrealized gain on securities
    2,560       (988 )     1,572  
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains and losses on securities
    (2,845 )     1,098       (1,747 )
                         
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net, December 31, 2010
  $ 2,985     $ (1,152 )   $ 1,833  
                         


90

EXHIBIT 21
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
The Company had the following subsidiaries as of the date of this report:
         
NAME       INCORPORATED
   
 
   
1.   
Seacoast National Bank
  United States
   
 
   
2.   
FNB Brokerage Services, Inc. 
  Florida
   
 
   
3.   
FNB Insurance Services, Inc (inactive)
  Florida
   
 
   
4.   
South Branch Building, Inc
  Florida
   
 
   
5.   
TCoast Holdings, LLC
  Florida
   
 
   
6.   
BR West, LLC
  Florida
   
 
   
7.   
TC Stuart, LLC
  Florida
   
 
   
8.   
TC Property Venture, LLC
  Florida
   
 
   
9.   
SBCF Capital Trust I
  Delaware
   
 
   
10.   
SBCF Statutory Trust II
  Connecticut
   
 
   
11.   
SBCF Statutory Trust III
  Delaware
   
 
   
12.   
SBCF Capital Trust IV
  Delaware
   
 
   
13.   
SBCF Capital Trust V
  Delaware

 

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 33-22846, 33-25627, 33-161014, 333-49972, and 333-151176) and Form S-3 (Nos. 333-152931 and 333-156803) of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida and subsidiaries (the Company) of our reports dated March 14, 2011, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, which reports appear in the December 31, 2010 annual report on Form 10-K of the Company.
/s/ KPMG, LLP
March 14, 2011
Miami, Florida
Certified Public Accountants

EXHIBIT 31.1
Certification Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Dennis S. Hudson, III, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a.   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b.   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c.   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d.   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 


 

  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a.   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b.   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 14, 2011
         
     
  /s/ Dennis S. Hudson, III    
  Dennis S. Hudson, III   
  Chairman & Chief Executive Officer   

 

EXHIBIT 31.2
Certification Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, William R. Hahl, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a.   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b.   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c.   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d.   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 


 

  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a.   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b.   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 14, 2011
         
     
  /s/ William R. Hahl    
  William R. Hahl   
  Chief Financial Officer   

 

EXHIBIT 32.1
STATEMENT OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER OF
SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida (“Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2010 (“Report”), I, Dennis S. Hudson, III , President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, do hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
  1.   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
  2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
     
/s/ Dennis S. Hudson    
Dennis S. Hudson, III   
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   
 
Date: March 14, 2011
     A signed original of this written statement required by § 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by § 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, has been provided to Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida and will be retained by Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

EXHIBIT 32.2
STATEMENT OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF
SEACOAST BANKING CORPORATION OF FLORIDA
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida (“Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2010 (“Report”), I, William R. Hahl, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, do hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
  1.   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
  2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
     
/s/ William R. Hahl    
William R. Hahl   
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer 
 
 
Date: March 14, 2011
     A signed original of this written statement required by § 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by § 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, has been provided to Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida and will be retained by Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

EXHIBIT 99.1
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 31 C.F.R. § 30.15
     I, Dennis S. Hudson, III, certify, based on my knowledge, that:
     (i) The compensation committee of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months during the period beginning on the later of September 14, 2009, or ninety days after the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date (the applicable period), the senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and the employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida;
     (ii) The compensation committee of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has identified and limited during the applicable period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida and during that same applicable period has identified any features in the employee compensation plans that pose risks to Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida and has limited those features to ensure that Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;
     (iii) The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during the applicable period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any such features;
     (iv) The compensation committee of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;
     (v) The compensation committee of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that included a TARP period the features in
  (a)   SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida;
 
  (b)   Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida to risks; and
 
  (c)   Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida to enhance the compensation of an employee;
     (vi) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has required that bonus payments, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), of SEOs and twenty next most highly compensated employees be subject to a recovery or “clawback” provision during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;
     (vii) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to a SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;
     (viii) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with Section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;

 


 

     (ix) The board of directors of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has established an excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, by the later of September 14, 2009, or ninety days after the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury; this policy has been provided to Treasury and its primary regulatory agency; Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida and its employees have complied with this policy during the applicable period; and any expenses that, pursuant to this policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility, were properly approved;
     (x) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable federal securities rules and regulations on the disclosures provided under the federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;
     (xi) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);
     (xii) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida will disclose whether Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida, the board of directors of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida, or the compensation committee of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has engaged during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date, a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;
     (xiii) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;
     (xiv) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida and Treasury, including any amendments;
     (xv) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the current fiscal year and the most recently completed fiscal year, with the non-SEOs ranked in descending order of level of annual compensation, and with the name, title, and employer of each SEO and the most highly compensated employee identified; and
     (xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.
         
     
Date: March 14, 2011  /s/ Dennis S. Hudson, III    
  Dennis S. Hudson, III   
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) 
 
 

 

EXHIBIT 99.2
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 31 C.F.R. § 30.15
     I, William R. Hahl, certify, based on my knowledge, that:
     (i) The compensation committee of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months during the period beginning on the later of September 14, 2009, or ninety days after the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date (the applicable period), the senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and the employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida;
     (ii) The compensation committee of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has identified and limited during the applicable period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida, and during that same applicable period has identified any features in the employee compensation plans that pose risks to Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida and has limited those features to ensure that Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;
     (iii) The compensation committee has reviewed, at least every six months during the applicable period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any such features;
     (iv) The compensation committee of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;
     (v) The compensation committee of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that included a TARP period the features in
  (a)   SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida;
 
  (b)   Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida to risks; and
 
  (c)   Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida to enhance the compensation of an employee;
     (vi) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has required that bonus payments, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), of SEOs and twenty next most highly compensated employees be subject to a recovery or “clawback” provision during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;
     (vii) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to a SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;
     (viii) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with Section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;

 


 

     (ix) The board of directors of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has established an excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, by the later of March 19, 2009, or ninety days after the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury; this policy has been provided to Treasury and its primary regulatory agency; Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida and its employees have complied with this policy during the applicable period; and any expenses that, pursuant to this policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility, were properly approved;
     (x) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable federal securities rules and regulations on the disclosures provided under the federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;
     (xi) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);
     (xii) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida will disclose whether Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida, the board of directors of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida, or the compensation committee of Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has engaged during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date, a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;
     (xiii) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during the period beginning on the later of the closing date of the agreement between the TARP recipient and Treasury or June 15, 2009 and ending with the last day of the TARP recipient’s fiscal year containing that date;
     (xiv) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida and Treasury, including any amendments;
     (xv) Seacoast Banking Corporation of Florida has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the current fiscal year and the most recently completed fiscal year, with the non-SEOs ranked in descending order of level of annual compensation, and with the name, title, and employer of each SEO and the most highly compensated employee identified; and
     (xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.
         
     
Date: March 14, 2011  /s/ William R. Hahl    
  William R. Hahl   
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)